1# -- 2# Copyright (C) 2006 Thorsten Rossner <thorsten.rossner[at]stepstone.de> 3# Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Mads N. Vestergaard <mnv[at]timmy.dk> 4# Copyright (C) 2010 Lars Jørgensen <lajo[at]kb.dk> 5# -- 6# This software comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY. For details, see 7# the enclosed file COPYING for license information (GPL). If you 8# did not receive this file, see https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-3.0.txt. 9# -- 10package Kernel::Language::da; 11 12use strict; 13use warnings; 14use utf8; 15 16sub Data { 17 my $Self = shift; 18 19 # $$START$$ 20 # possible charsets 21 $Self->{Charset} = ['utf-8', ]; 22 # date formats (%A=WeekDay;%B=LongMonth;%T=Time;%D=Day;%M=Month;%Y=Year;) 23 $Self->{DateFormat} = '%D.%M.%Y %T'; 24 $Self->{DateFormatLong} = '%A %D %B %T %Y'; 25 $Self->{DateFormatShort} = '%D.%M.%Y'; 26 $Self->{DateInputFormat} = '%D.%M.%Y'; 27 $Self->{DateInputFormatLong} = '%D.%M.%Y - %T'; 28 $Self->{Completeness} = 0.390958347443278; 29 30 # csv separator 31 $Self->{Separator} = ''; 32 33 $Self->{DecimalSeparator} = ','; 34 $Self->{ThousandSeparator} = '.'; 35 $Self->{Translation} = { 36 37 # Template: AdminACL 38 'ACL Management' => 'ACL-administration', 39 'Actions' => 'Handlinger', 40 'Create New ACL' => 'Opret ny ACL', 41 'Deploy ACLs' => 'Aktiver ACL\'er', 42 'Export ACLs' => 'Eksporter ACL\'er', 43 'Filter for ACLs' => 'Filtrer ACL\'er', 44 'Just start typing to filter...' => 'Begynd at skrive for at filtrere...', 45 'Configuration Import' => 'Importer konfiguration', 46 'Here you can upload a configuration file to import ACLs to your system. The file needs to be in .yml format as exported by the ACL editor module.' => 47 'Her kan du indlæse en konfigurationsfil for at importere ACL\'er til dit system. Filen skal være eksporteret i .yml format af ACL redigerings modulet.', 48 'This field is required.' => 'Dette felt skal udfyldes', 49 'Overwrite existing ACLs?' => 'Overskriv eksisterende ACL\'er?', 50 'Upload ACL configuration' => 'Upload ACL-konfiguration', 51 'Import ACL configuration(s)' => 'Importer ACL-konfiguration(er)', 52 'Description' => 'Beskrivelse', 53 'To create a new ACL you can either import ACLs which were exported from another system or create a complete new one.' => 54 'For at oprette en ACL kan du enten importere ACL\'er der er eksporteret fra et andet system eller kreere en helt ny.', 55 'Changes to the ACLs here only affect the behavior of the system, if you deploy the ACL data afterwards. By deploying the ACL data, the newly made changes will be written to the configuration.' => 56 'Ændringer i disse ACL\'er får først indflydelse på systemet hvis du efterfølgende udgiver ACL data. Ved at udgive ACL data skrives ændringerne til konfigurationen.', 57 'ACLs' => 'ACL\'er', 58 'Please note: This table represents the execution order of the ACLs. If you need to change the order in which ACLs are executed, please change the names of the affected ACLs.' => 59 'Bemærk: Denne tabel repræsenterer i hvilken rækkefølge ACL\'er udføres. Hvis du har brug for at ændre rækkefølgen skal du omdøbe dem.', 60 'ACL name' => 'ACL-navn', 61 'Comment' => 'Kommentar', 62 'Validity' => 'Gyldighed', 63 'Export' => 'Eksporter', 64 'Copy' => 'Kopier', 65 'No data found.' => 'Ingen data fundet.', 66 'No matches found.' => 'Intet fundet', 67 68 # Template: AdminACLEdit 69 'Edit ACL %s' => 'Rediger ACL %s', 70 'Edit ACL' => 'Rediger ACL', 71 'Go to overview' => 'Gå til oversigt', 72 'Delete ACL' => 'Slet ACL', 73 'Delete Invalid ACL' => 'Slet ugyldig ACL', 74 'Match settings' => 'Match indstilliger', 75 'Set up matching criteria for this ACL. Use \'Properties\' to match the current screen or \'PropertiesDatabase\' to match attributes of the current ticket that are in the database.' => 76 '', 77 'Change settings' => 'Skift indstillinger', 78 'Set up what you want to change if the criteria match. Keep in mind that \'Possible\' is a white list, \'PossibleNot\' a black list.' => 79 'Indstil hvad du vil ændre hvis kriterierne passer. Husk på at \'Possible\' er en hvidlistning og \'PossibleNot\' er en sortlistning', 80 'Check the official %sdocumentation%s.' => '', 81 'Show or hide the content' => 'Vis eller skjul indhold', 82 'Edit ACL Information' => 'Rediger ACL information', 83 'Name' => 'Navn', 84 'Stop after match' => 'Stop, hvis matcher', 85 'Edit ACL Structure' => 'Rediger ACL struktur', 86 'Save ACL' => 'Gem ACL', 87 'Save' => 'Gem', 88 'or' => 'eller', 89 'Save and finish' => 'Gem og afslut', 90 'Cancel' => 'Annuller', 91 'Do you really want to delete this ACL?' => 'Vil du virkelig slette denne ACL?', 92 93 # Template: AdminACLNew 94 'Create a new ACL by submitting the form data. After creating the ACL, you will be able to add configuration items in edit mode.' => 95 '', 96 97 # Template: AdminAppointmentCalendarManage 98 'Calendar Management' => 'Kalender administration', 99 'Add Calendar' => 'Tilføj kalender', 100 'Edit Calendar' => 'Rediger kalender', 101 'Calendar Overview' => 'Kalenderoversigt', 102 'Add new Calendar' => 'Tilføj ny kalender', 103 'Import Appointments' => 'Importer aftaler', 104 'Calendar Import' => 'Importer kalender', 105 'Here you can upload a configuration file to import a calendar to your system. The file needs to be in .yml format as exported by calendar management module.' => 106 'Her kan du uploade en konfigurationsfil til import af kalender til dit system. Filen skal være i samme .yml format som kalendermodulet eksporter.', 107 'Overwrite existing entities' => 'Overskriv eksisterende enheder', 108 'Upload calendar configuration' => 'Upload kalenderkonfiguration', 109 'Import Calendar' => 'Importer kalender', 110 'Filter for Calendars' => '', 111 'Filter for calendars' => 'Filter for kalendre', 112 'Depending on the group field, the system will allow users the access to the calendar according to their permission level.' => 113 '', 114 'Read only: users can see and export all appointments in the calendar.' => 115 '', 116 'Move into: users can modify appointments in the calendar, but without changing the calendar selection.' => 117 '', 118 'Create: users can create and delete appointments in the calendar.' => 119 '', 120 'Read/write: users can manage the calendar itself.' => '', 121 'Group' => 'Gruppe', 122 'Changed' => 'ændret', 123 'Created' => 'Oprettet', 124 'Download' => 'Download', 125 'URL' => 'URL', 126 'Export calendar' => 'Eksporter kalender', 127 'Download calendar' => 'Download kalender', 128 'Copy public calendar URL' => 'Kopier URL til offentlig kalender', 129 'Calendar' => 'Kalender', 130 'Calendar name' => 'Navn på kalender', 131 'Calendar with same name already exists.' => 'Der findes allerede en kalender med samme navn.', 132 'Color' => 'Farve', 133 'Permission group' => 'Tilladelsesgruppe', 134 'Ticket Appointments' => '', 135 'Rule' => 'Regel', 136 'Remove this entry' => 'Fjern denne parameter', 137 'Remove' => 'Fjern', 138 'Start date' => 'Start dato', 139 'End date' => 'Slutdato', 140 'Use options below to narrow down for which tickets appointments will be automatically created.' => 141 '', 142 'Queues' => 'Køer', 143 'Please select a valid queue.' => 'Vælg en gyldig kø.', 144 'Search attributes' => 'Søgeattributter', 145 'Add entry' => 'Tilføj parameter', 146 'Add' => 'Tilføj', 147 'Define rules for creating automatic appointments in this calendar based on ticket data.' => 148 '', 149 'Add Rule' => 'Tilføj Regel', 150 'Submit' => 'Send', 151 152 # Template: AdminAppointmentImport 153 'Appointment Import' => 'Importer Aftale', 154 'Go back' => 'Tilbage', 155 'Uploaded file must be in valid iCal format (.ics).' => '', 156 'If desired Calendar is not listed here, please make sure that you have at least \'create\' permissions.' => 157 '', 158 'Upload' => 'Upload', 159 'Update existing appointments?' => 'Opdater eksisterende aftaler?', 160 'All existing appointments in the calendar with same UniqueID will be overwritten.' => 161 '', 162 'Upload calendar' => 'Upload kalender', 163 'Import appointments' => 'Importer aftaler', 164 165 # Template: AdminAppointmentNotificationEvent 166 'Appointment Notification Management' => '', 167 'Add Notification' => 'Tilføj besked', 168 'Edit Notification' => 'Rediger besked', 169 'Export Notifications' => 'Eksporter beskeder', 170 'Filter for Notifications' => 'Filter for Meddelelser', 171 'Filter for notifications' => 'Filter for meddelelser', 172 'Here you can upload a configuration file to import appointment notifications to your system. The file needs to be in .yml format as exported by the appointment notification module.' => 173 '', 174 'Overwrite existing notifications?' => 'Overskriv eksisterende beskeder?', 175 'Upload Notification configuration' => 'Upload besked-konfiguration', 176 'Import Notification configuration' => 'Importer besked-konfiguration', 177 'List' => 'Liste', 178 'Delete' => 'Slet', 179 'Delete this notification' => 'Slet denne besked', 180 'Show in agent preferences' => 'Vis i agent præferencer', 181 'Agent preferences tooltip' => 'Agent præference værktøjstip', 182 'This message will be shown on the agent preferences screen as a tooltip for this notification.' => 183 '', 184 'Toggle this widget' => 'Slå denne widget til eller fra', 185 'Events' => 'Hændelser', 186 'Event' => 'Hændelse', 187 'Here you can choose which events will trigger this notification. An additional appointment filter can be applied below to only send for appointments with certain criteria.' => 188 '', 189 'Appointment Filter' => 'Aftalefilter', 190 'Type' => 'Type', 191 'Title' => 'Titel', 192 'Location' => 'Lokation', 193 'Team' => 'Hold', 194 'Resource' => 'Resurse', 195 'Recipients' => 'Modtagere', 196 'Send to' => 'Send til', 197 'Send to these agents' => 'Send til disse agenter', 198 'Send to all group members (agents only)' => '', 199 'Send to all role members' => 'Send til alle rollemedlemmer', 200 'Send on out of office' => 'Send ved ude af kontoret', 201 'Also send if the user is currently out of office.' => 'Send også hvis brugeren er ude af kontoret.', 202 'Once per day' => 'Dagligt', 203 'Notify user just once per day about a single appointment using a selected transport.' => 204 '', 205 'Notification Methods' => 'Beskedafgivelsesmetoder', 206 'These are the possible methods that can be used to send this notification to each of the recipients. Please select at least one method below.' => 207 '', 208 'Enable this notification method' => 'Aktiver denne beskedafgivelsesmetode', 209 'Transport' => 'Transport', 210 'At least one method is needed per notification.' => 'Mindst en metode er krævet pr. besked', 211 'Active by default in agent preferences' => '', 212 'This is the default value for assigned recipient agents who didn\'t make a choice for this notification in their preferences yet. If the box is enabled, the notification will be sent to such agents.' => 213 '', 214 'This feature is currently not available.' => 'Denne funktionalitet er i øjeblikket ikke tilgængelig.', 215 'Upgrade to %s' => 'Opgrader til %s', 216 'Please activate this transport in order to use it.' => '', 217 'No data found' => 'Ingen data fundet', 218 'No notification method found.' => 'Ingen beskedafgivelsesmetode fundet.', 219 'Notification Text' => 'Beskedtekst', 220 'This language is not present or enabled on the system. This notification text could be deleted if it is not needed anymore.' => 221 'Dette sprog er deaktiveret eller ikke tilstede på dette system. Denne besked-tekst kan slettes hvis den ikke skal bruges mere.', 222 'Remove Notification Language' => 'Fjern beskedsprog', 223 'Subject' => 'Emne', 224 'Text' => 'Tekst', 225 'Message body' => '', 226 'Add new notification language' => 'Tilføj beskedsprog', 227 'Save Changes' => 'Gem ændringer', 228 'Tag Reference' => '', 229 'Notifications are sent to an agent.' => 'Meddelelser sendt til agent.', 230 'You can use the following tags' => 'Du kan bruge følgende tags', 231 'To get the first 20 character of the appointment title.' => '', 232 'To get the appointment attribute' => '', 233 ' e. g.' => 'f.eks.', 234 'To get the calendar attribute' => '', 235 'Attributes of the recipient user for the notification' => '', 236 'Config options' => 'Konfigrationsvalgmuligheder', 237 'Example notification' => 'Eksempel på besked', 238 239 # Template: AdminAppointmentNotificationEventTransportEmailSettings 240 'Additional recipient email addresses' => 'Yderligere modtageres email adresser', 241 'This field must have less then 200 characters.' => '', 242 'Article visible for customer' => 'Indlæg synligt for kunde', 243 'An article will be created if the notification is sent to the customer or an additional email address.' => 244 '', 245 'Email template' => 'Email skabelon', 246 'Use this template to generate the complete email (only for HTML emails).' => 247 '', 248 'Enable email security' => 'Aktiver sikker email', 249 'Email security level' => '', 250 'If signing key/certificate is missing' => '', 251 'If encryption key/certificate is missing' => '', 252 253 # Template: AdminAttachment 254 'Attachment Management' => 'Styring af vedhæftede filer', 255 'Add Attachment' => 'Tilføj vedhæftet fil', 256 'Edit Attachment' => 'Rediger vedhæftet fil', 257 'Filter for Attachments' => 'Filter for vedhæftede filer', 258 'Filter for attachments' => '', 259 'Filename' => 'Filnavn', 260 'Download file' => 'Download fil', 261 'Delete this attachment' => 'Slet denne vedhæftede fil', 262 'Do you really want to delete this attachment?' => 'Er du sikker på at du vil slette denne vedhæftning?', 263 'Attachment' => 'Vedhæftet fil', 264 265 # Template: AdminAutoResponse 266 'Auto Response Management' => 'Styring af autosvar', 267 'Add Auto Response' => 'Tilføj autosvar', 268 'Edit Auto Response' => 'Rediger autosvar', 269 'Filter for Auto Responses' => 'Filtrer autosvar', 270 'Filter for auto responses' => '', 271 'Response' => 'Svar', 272 'Auto response from' => 'Autosvar fra', 273 'Reference' => 'Reference', 274 'To get the first 20 character of the subject.' => 'For at få de første 20 tegn af emnet.', 275 'To get the first 5 lines of the email.' => 'For at få de første 5 linjer af mailen.', 276 'To get the name of the ticket\'s customer user (if given).' => '', 277 'To get the article attribute' => 'For at få indlægges attributter', 278 'Options of the current customer user data' => 'Valgmuligheder for den nuværende kundebruger', 279 'Ticket owner options' => 'Valgmuligheder for sagens ejer', 280 'Ticket responsible options' => 'Valgmuligheder for sagens ansvarlige', 281 'Options of the current user who requested this action' => 'Valgmuligheder for den bruger, der udfører denne handling', 282 'Options of the ticket data' => 'Valgmuligheder for sagens oplysninger', 283 'Options of ticket dynamic fields internal key values' => 'Valgmuligheder for sagens dynamiske felters interne nøgleværdier', 284 'Options of ticket dynamic fields display values, useful for Dropdown and Multiselect fields' => 285 'Valgmuligheder for sagens dynamiske felters visningsværdier, brugbart for Dropdown- og Multiselect-felter', 286 'Example response' => 'Eksempel på svar', 287 288 # Template: AdminCloudServiceSupportDataCollector 289 'Cloud Service Management' => 'Cloud Service Management', 290 'Support Data Collector' => 'Indsamling af support-data', 291 'Support data collector' => 'Indsamling af support-data', 292 'Hint' => 'Tip', 293 'Currently support data is only shown in this system.' => 'I øjeblikket vises support-data kun i dette system.', 294 'It is highly recommended to send this data to OTRS Group in order to get better support.' => 295 'Det anbefales at sende disse data til OTRS koncernen for bedre support.', 296 'Configuration' => 'Konfiguration', 297 'Send support data' => 'Send support-data', 298 'This will allow the system to send additional support data information to OTRS Group.' => 299 'Dette tillader systemet at sende udvidet support-data information til OTRS koncernen.', 300 'Update' => 'Opdater', 301 'System Registration' => 'System-registrering', 302 'To enable data sending, please register your system with OTRS Group or update your system registration information (make sure to activate the \'send support data\' option.)' => 303 'For at aktivere data afsendelse, bedes du registrere dit system hos OTRS koncernen eller opdatere dit systems registreringsoplysninger (sørg for at aktivere "send support data".)', 304 'Register this System' => 'Registrer dette system', 305 'System Registration is disabled for your system. Please check your configuration.' => 306 'System registrering er deaktiveret for dit system, kontroller din konfiguration.', 307 308 # Template: AdminCloudServices 309 'System registration is a service of OTRS Group, which provides a lot of advantages!' => 310 'System-registrering er en OTRS Group-service, der giver en masse fordele!', 311 'Please note that the use of OTRS cloud services requires the system to be registered.' => 312 'Bemærk: for at benytte OTRS sky-tjenester skal systemet være registreret.', 313 'Register this system' => 'Registrer dette system', 314 'Here you can configure available cloud services that communicate securely with %s.' => 315 'Her kan du konfigurere tilgængelige sky-tjenester der kommunikerer sikkert med %s.', 316 'Available Cloud Services' => 'Tilgængelige sky-tjenester', 317 318 # Template: AdminCommunicationLog 319 'Communication Log' => '', 320 'Time Range' => '', 321 'Show only communication logs created in specific time range.' => 322 '', 323 'Filter for Communications' => '', 324 'Filter for communications' => '', 325 'In this screen you can see an overview about incoming and outgoing communications.' => 326 '', 327 'You can change the sort and order of the columns by clicking on the column header.' => 328 '', 329 'If you click on the different entries, you will get redirected to a detailed screen about the message.' => 330 '', 331 'Status for: %s' => 'Status for: %s', 332 'Failing accounts' => '', 333 'Some account problems' => '', 334 'No account problems' => '', 335 'No account activity' => '', 336 'Number of accounts with problems: %s' => '', 337 'Number of accounts with warnings: %s' => '', 338 'Failing communications' => '', 339 'No communication problems' => '', 340 'No communication logs' => '', 341 'Number of reported problems: %s' => '', 342 'Open communications' => '', 343 'No active communications' => '', 344 'Number of open communications: %s' => '', 345 'Average processing time' => '', 346 'List of communications (%s)' => '', 347 'Settings' => 'Indstillinger', 348 'Entries per page' => '', 349 'No communications found.' => '', 350 '%s s' => '%s s', 351 352 # Template: AdminCommunicationLogAccounts 353 'Account Status' => '', 354 'Back to overview' => '', 355 'Filter for Accounts' => '', 356 'Filter for accounts' => '', 357 'You can change the sort and order of those columns by clicking on the column header.' => 358 '', 359 'Account status for: %s' => '', 360 'Status' => 'Status', 361 'Account' => 'Konto', 362 'Edit' => 'Rediger', 363 'No accounts found.' => 'Ingen konti fundet.', 364 'Communication Log Details (%s)' => '', 365 'Direction' => 'Retning', 366 'Start Time' => 'Starttid', 367 'End Time' => 'Sluttid', 368 'No communication log entries found.' => '', 369 370 # Template: AdminCommunicationLogCommunications 371 'Duration' => 'Varighed', 372 373 # Template: AdminCommunicationLogObjectLog 374 '#' => '#', 375 'Priority' => 'Prioritet', 376 'Module' => 'Modul', 377 'Information' => 'Information', 378 'No log entries found.' => '', 379 380 # Template: AdminCommunicationLogZoom 381 'Detail view for %s communication started at %s' => '', 382 'Filter for Log Entries' => '', 383 'Filter for log entries' => '', 384 'Show only entries with specific priority and higher:' => '', 385 'Communication Log Overview (%s)' => '', 386 'No communication objects found.' => '', 387 'Communication Log Details' => '', 388 'Please select an entry from the list.' => '', 389 390 # Template: AdminCustomerCompany 391 'Customer Management' => 'Administrer Kunder', 392 'Add Customer' => 'Tilføj kunde', 393 'Edit Customer' => 'Rediger kunde', 394 'Search' => 'Søg', 395 'Wildcards like \'*\' are allowed.' => 'Jokertegn som \'*\' er tilladt.', 396 'Select' => 'Vælg', 397 'List (only %s shown - more available)' => 'List (kun %s vist - der er flere)', 398 'total' => 'i alt', 399 'Please enter a search term to look for customers.' => 'Angiv søgeord for at lede efter kunder', 400 'Customer ID' => 'Kunde-ID', 401 'Please note' => 'Bemærk', 402 'This customer backend is read only!' => '', 403 404 # Template: AdminCustomerGroup 405 'Manage Customer-Group Relations' => 'Administrer Kunde/Gruppe-relationer', 406 'Notice' => 'Notits', 407 'This feature is disabled!' => 'Denne mulighed er deaktiveret!', 408 'Just use this feature if you want to define group permissions for customers.' => 409 'Brug denne funktion, hvis du vil definere gruppetilladelser for kunder.', 410 'Enable it here!' => 'Aktiver det her!', 411 'Edit Customer Default Groups' => 'Rediger standardgrupper for kunder', 412 'These groups are automatically assigned to all customers.' => 'Disse grupper tildeles automatisk til alle kunder.', 413 'You can manage these groups via the configuration setting "CustomerGroupCompanyAlwaysGroups".' => 414 '', 415 'Filter for Groups' => 'Filtrer grupper', 416 'Select the customer:group permissions.' => 'Vælg kunde:gruppe-tilladelser.', 417 'If nothing is selected, then there are no permissions in this group (tickets will not be available for the customer).' => 418 'Hvis intet er velgt, er der ingen tilladelser i denne gruppe (sager vil ikke være tilgængelige for kunden).', 419 'Search Results' => 'Søgeresultat', 420 'Customers' => 'Kunder', 421 'Groups' => 'Grupper', 422 'Change Group Relations for Customer' => 'Administrer Gruppe-relationer for Kunde', 423 'Change Customer Relations for Group' => 'Administrer Kunde-relationer for Gruppe', 424 'Toggle %s Permission for all' => 'Skift %s-tilladelse for alle', 425 'Toggle %s permission for %s' => 'Skift %s-tilladelse for %s', 426 'Customer Default Groups:' => 'Kundestandardgrupper:', 427 'No changes can be made to these groups.' => 'Ingen ændringer kan laves på disse grupper', 428 'ro' => 'ro', 429 'Read only access to the ticket in this group/queue.' => 'Kun læseadgang til sager i denne gruppe/kø.', 430 'rw' => 'rw', 431 'Full read and write access to the tickets in this group/queue.' => 432 'Komplet læse- og skriveadgang til sagerne i denne gruppe/kø.', 433 434 # Template: AdminCustomerUser 435 'Customer User Management' => 'Kunde-bruger-administration', 436 'Add Customer User' => 'Tilføj Kundebruger', 437 'Edit Customer User' => 'Rediger Kundebruger', 438 'Back to search results' => 'Tilbage til søgeresultater', 439 'Customer user are needed to have a customer history and to login via customer panel.' => 440 'Kundebrugere skal oprettes for at få vist kundehistorik og for at kunne logge på i kundepanelet.', 441 'List (%s total)' => '', 442 'Username' => 'Brugernavn', 443 'Email' => 'Mail', 444 'Last Login' => 'Seneste login', 445 'Login as' => 'Login som', 446 'Switch to customer' => 'Skift til kunde', 447 'This customer backend is read only, but the customer user preferences can be changed!' => 448 '', 449 'This field is required and needs to be a valid email address.' => 450 'Dette felt er kævet og skal være en gyldig mail-adresse.', 451 'This email address is not allowed due to the system configuration.' => 452 'Denne mailadresse er ikke tilladt ifølge systemkonfigurationen.', 453 'This email address failed MX check.' => 'Denne mail-adresse fejler MX-tjek.', 454 'DNS problem, please check your configuration and the error log.' => 455 'DNS-problem. Tjek din konfiguration og fejl-loggen.', 456 'The syntax of this email address is incorrect.' => 'Syntaksen på denne mail-adresse er forkert.', 457 'This CustomerID is invalid.' => '', 458 'Effective Permissions for Customer User' => '', 459 'Group Permissions' => 'Gruppe-Tilladelser', 460 'This customer user has no group permissions.' => '', 461 'Table above shows effective group permissions for the customer user. The matrix takes into account all inherited permissions (e.g. via customer groups). Note: The table does not consider changes made to this form without submitting it.' => 462 '', 463 'Customer Access' => '', 464 'Customer' => 'Kunde', 465 'This customer user has no customer access.' => '', 466 'Table above shows granted customer access for the customer user by permission context. The matrix takes into account all inherited access (e.g. via customer groups). Note: The table does not consider changes made to this form without submitting it.' => 467 '', 468 469 # Template: AdminCustomerUserCustomer 470 'Manage Customer User-Customer Relations' => '', 471 'Select the customer user:customer relations.' => '', 472 'Customer Users' => 'Kundebrugere', 473 'Change Customer Relations for Customer User' => '', 474 'Change Customer User Relations for Customer' => '', 475 'Toggle active state for all' => 'Skift aktiv tilstand for alle', 476 'Active' => 'Aktiv', 477 'Toggle active state for %s' => 'Skift aktiv tilstand for %s', 478 479 # Template: AdminCustomerUserGroup 480 'Manage Customer User-Group Relations' => '', 481 'Just use this feature if you want to define group permissions for customer users.' => 482 '', 483 'Edit Customer User Default Groups' => '', 484 'These groups are automatically assigned to all customer users.' => 485 '', 486 'You can manage these groups via the configuration setting "CustomerGroupAlwaysGroups".' => 487 'Du kan administrere disse grupper via konfigurationsindstillingen "CustomerGroupAlwaysGroups".', 488 'Filter for groups' => '', 489 'Select the customer user - group permissions.' => '', 490 'If nothing is selected, then there are no permissions in this group (tickets will not be available for the customer user).' => 491 '', 492 'Customer User Default Groups:' => '', 493 494 # Template: AdminCustomerUserService 495 'Manage Customer User-Service Relations' => '', 496 'Edit default services' => 'Rediger standardservices', 497 'Filter for Services' => 'Filter for services', 498 'Filter for services' => '', 499 'Services' => 'Services', 500 501 # Template: AdminDynamicField 502 'Dynamic Fields Management' => 'Administrer Dynamiske Felter', 503 'Add new field for object' => 'Tilføj nyt felt for objekt', 504 'Filter for Dynamic Fields' => '', 505 'Filter for dynamic fields' => '', 506 'More Business Fields' => '', 507 'Would you like to benefit from additional dynamic field types for businesses? Upgrade to %s to get access to the following field types:' => 508 '', 509 'Database' => 'Database', 510 'Use external databases as configurable data sources for this dynamic field.' => 511 '', 512 'Web service' => '', 513 'External web services can be configured as data sources for this dynamic field.' => 514 '', 515 'Contact with data' => '', 516 'This feature allows to add (multiple) contacts with data to tickets.' => 517 '', 518 'To add a new field, select the field type from one of the object\'s list, the object defines the boundary of the field and it can\'t be changed after the field creation.' => 519 '', 520 'Dynamic Fields List' => 'Liste over Dynamiske Felter', 521 'Dynamic fields per page' => 'Dynamiske felter pr. side', 522 'Label' => 'Label', 523 'Order' => 'Rækkefølge', 524 'Object' => 'Objekt', 525 'Delete this field' => 'Slet dette felt', 526 527 # Template: AdminDynamicFieldCheckbox 528 'Dynamic Fields' => 'Dynamiske Felter', 529 'Go back to overview' => 'Gå tilbage til oversigt', 530 'General' => 'Generelt', 531 'This field is required, and the value should be alphabetic and numeric characters only.' => 532 'Dette felt er påkrævet og værdien skal kun bestå af bogstaver og tal.', 533 'Must be unique and only accept alphabetic and numeric characters.' => 534 'Skal være unik og kun bogstaver og tal.', 535 'Changing this value will require manual changes in the system.' => 536 'At ændre denne værdi vil kræve manuelle ændringer i systemet.', 537 'This is the name to be shown on the screens where the field is active.' => 538 'Dette er navnet, der bliver vist på de skærmbilleder, hvor feltet er aktivt.', 539 'Field order' => 'Feltrækkefølge', 540 'This field is required and must be numeric.' => 'Dette felt er påkrævet og skal være numerisk.', 541 'This is the order in which this field will be shown on the screens where is active.' => 542 'Dette er rækkefølgen som dette felt vil blive vist på skærmbilleder, hvor det er aktivt.', 543 'Is not possible to invalidate this entry, all config settings have to be changed beforehand.' => 544 '', 545 'Field type' => 'Felttype', 546 'Object type' => 'Objekttype', 547 'Internal field' => 'Internt felt', 548 'This field is protected and can\'t be deleted.' => 'Dette felt er beskyttet og kan ikke slettes.', 549 'This dynamic field is used in the following config settings:' => 550 '', 551 'Field Settings' => 'Feltindstillinger', 552 'Default value' => 'Standardværdi', 553 'This is the default value for this field.' => 'Dette er standardværdien for dette felt.', 554 555 # Template: AdminDynamicFieldDateTime 556 'Default date difference' => 'Standard dato-forskel', 557 'This field must be numeric.' => 'Dette felt skal være numerisk.', 558 'The difference from NOW (in seconds) to calculate the field default value (e.g. 3600 or -60).' => 559 'Forskellen fra NU (i sekunder) for at beregne feltets standardværdi (f.eks. 3600 eller -60).', 560 'Define years period' => 'Definer årsperiode', 561 'Activate this feature to define a fixed range of years (in the future and in the past) to be displayed on the year part of the field.' => 562 'Aktiver denne funktion for at definere en fast række af år (i fremtiden og i fortiden), der vises i års-delen af feltet.', 563 'Years in the past' => 'År tilbage', 564 'Years in the past to display (default: 5 years).' => 'År tilbage, der skal vises (standard: 5 år).', 565 'Years in the future' => 'År frem', 566 'Years in the future to display (default: 5 years).' => 'År frem, der skal vises (standard: 5 år).', 567 'Show link' => 'Vis link', 568 'Here you can specify an optional HTTP link for the field value in Overviews and Zoom screens.' => 569 'Her kan du angive et valgfrit HTTP-link for felt-værdien i oversigter og Zoom-skærmbilleder.', 570 'If special characters (&, @, :, /, etc.) should not be encoded, use \'url\' instead of \'uri\' filter.' => 571 '', 572 'Example' => 'Eksempel', 573 'Link for preview' => '', 574 'If filled in, this URL will be used for a preview which is shown when this link is hovered in ticket zoom. Please note that for this to work, the regular URL field above needs to be filled in, too.' => 575 '', 576 'Restrict entering of dates' => 'Begræns dato-indtastninger', 577 'Here you can restrict the entering of dates of tickets.' => 'Her kan du begrænse dato-indtastningen på sager.', 578 579 # Template: AdminDynamicFieldDropdown 580 'Possible values' => 'Mulige værdier', 581 'Key' => 'Nøgle', 582 'Value' => 'Værdi', 583 'Remove value' => 'Fjern værdi', 584 'Add value' => 'Tilføj værdi', 585 'Add Value' => 'Tilføj Værdi', 586 'Add empty value' => 'Tilføj tom værdi', 587 'Activate this option to create an empty selectable value.' => 'Aktiver denne valgmulighed for at oprette en tom, valgbar værdi.', 588 'Tree View' => 'Træ-visning', 589 'Activate this option to display values as a tree.' => 'Aktiver dette punkt for at vise værdier som et træ.', 590 'Translatable values' => 'Oversættelige værdier', 591 'If you activate this option the values will be translated to the user defined language.' => 592 'Hvis du aktiverer denne valgmulighed, vil værdierne blive oversat til brugerens sprog.', 593 'Note' => 'Note', 594 'You need to add the translations manually into the language translation files.' => 595 'Du skal manuelt tilføje oversættelserne til oversættelses-filen.', 596 597 # Template: AdminDynamicFieldText 598 'Number of rows' => 'Antal rækker', 599 'Specify the height (in lines) for this field in the edit mode.' => 600 'Angiv højden (i linier) for dette felt, når det redigeres.', 601 'Number of cols' => 'Antal kolonner', 602 'Specify the width (in characters) for this field in the edit mode.' => 603 'Angiv bredden (i tegn) for dette felt, når det redigeres.', 604 'Check RegEx' => 'Tjek RegEx', 605 'Here you can specify a regular expression to check the value. The regex will be executed with the modifiers xms.' => 606 '', 607 'RegEx' => 'RegEx', 608 'Invalid RegEx' => 'Ugyldigt RegEx', 609 'Error Message' => 'Fejlbesked', 610 'Add RegEx' => 'Tilføj RegEx', 611 612 # Template: AdminEmail 613 'Admin Message' => '', 614 'With this module, administrators can send messages to agents, group or role members.' => 615 'Med dette modul kan administratorer sende beskeder til agenter, grupper eller rollemedlemmer.', 616 'Create Administrative Message' => 'Opret administrativ besked', 617 'Your message was sent to' => 'Din besked blev sendt til', 618 'From' => 'Fra', 619 'Send message to users' => 'Send besked til brugere', 620 'Send message to group members' => 'Send besked til gruppemedlemmer', 621 'Group members need to have permission' => 'Gruppemedlemmer skal have tilladelse', 622 'Send message to role members' => 'Send besked til rollemedlemmer', 623 'Also send to customers in groups' => 'Send også til kunder i grupper', 624 'Body' => 'Hovedtekst', 625 'Send' => 'Afsend', 626 627 # Template: AdminGenericAgent 628 'Generic Agent Job Management' => '', 629 'Edit Job' => '', 630 'Add Job' => '', 631 'Run Job' => '', 632 'Filter for Jobs' => '', 633 'Filter for jobs' => '', 634 'Last run' => 'Sidste kørsel', 635 'Run Now!' => 'Kør nu', 636 'Delete this task' => 'Slet dette job', 637 'Run this task' => 'Kør job', 638 'Job Settings' => 'Job-indstillinger', 639 'Job name' => 'Job-navn', 640 'The name you entered already exists.' => 'Det indtastede navn eksisterer allerede.', 641 'Automatic Execution (Multiple Tickets)' => 'Automatisk udførelse (flere sager)', 642 'Execution Schedule' => 'Udførelses tidsplan', 643 'Schedule minutes' => 'Planlæg minutter', 644 'Schedule hours' => 'Planlæg timer', 645 'Schedule days' => 'Planlæg dage', 646 'Automatic execution values are in the system timezone.' => '', 647 'Currently this generic agent job will not run automatically.' => 648 'Denne automatisk agent vil i øjeblikket ikke køre.', 649 'To enable automatic execution select at least one value from minutes, hours and days!' => 650 'For at aktivere automatisk kørsel, vælg mindst en værdi fra minutter, timer og dage.', 651 'Event Based Execution (Single Ticket)' => 'Handlingsbasere udførelse (Enkelt Sag)', 652 'Event Triggers' => 'Hændelsens udløsere', 653 'List of all configured events' => 'Liste med alle konfigurerede hændelser', 654 'Delete this event' => 'Slet denne hændelse', 655 'Additionally or alternatively to a periodic execution, you can define ticket events that will trigger this job.' => 656 '', 657 'If a ticket event is fired, the ticket filter will be applied to check if the ticket matches. Only then the job is run on that ticket.' => 658 '', 659 'Do you really want to delete this event trigger?' => 'Ønsker du at slette denne hændelses udløser', 660 'Add Event Trigger' => 'Tilføj hændelses-udløser', 661 'To add a new event select the event object and event name' => '', 662 'Select Tickets' => 'Vælg sager', 663 '(e. g. 10*5155 or 105658*)' => '(f.eks. 10*5155 eller 105658*)', 664 '(e. g. 234321)' => '(f.eks. 234321)', 665 'Customer user ID' => '', 666 '(e. g. U5150)' => '(f.eks. U5150)', 667 'Fulltext-search in article (e. g. "Mar*in" or "Baue*").' => 'Fuldtekst-søgning i indlæg (f.eks. "Mar*in" eller "Niels*").', 668 'To' => 'Til', 669 'Cc' => 'Cc', 670 'Service' => 'Service', 671 'Service Level Agreement' => 'Service Level Agreement', 672 'Queue' => 'Kø', 673 'State' => 'Tilstand', 674 'Agent' => 'Agent', 675 'Owner' => 'Ejer', 676 'Responsible' => 'Ansvarlig', 677 'Ticket lock' => 'Tildelt', 678 'Dynamic fields' => 'Dynamiske felter', 679 'Add dynamic field' => '', 680 'Create times' => 'Oprettelsestider', 681 'No create time settings.' => 'Angiv ikke oprettelsestid.', 682 'Ticket created' => 'Sag oprettet', 683 'Ticket created between' => 'Sag oprettet mellem', 684 'and' => 'og', 685 'Last changed times' => 'Sidst ændret tidspunkt', 686 'No last changed time settings.' => 'Ingen sidst ændret tids indstilling', 687 'Ticket last changed' => 'Sag sidst ændret', 688 'Ticket last changed between' => 'Sag sidst ændret mellem', 689 'Change times' => 'Ændringstider', 690 'No change time settings.' => 'Angiv ikke ændringstider', 691 'Ticket changed' => 'Sag ændret', 692 'Ticket changed between' => 'Sag ændret mellem', 693 'Last close times' => '', 694 'No last close time settings.' => '', 695 'Ticket last close' => '', 696 'Ticket last close between' => '', 697 'Close times' => 'Afslutningstider', 698 'No close time settings.' => 'Angiv ikke Afslutningstid', 699 'Ticket closed' => 'Sag lukket', 700 'Ticket closed between' => 'Sag lukket mellem', 701 'Pending times' => 'Afventer-tider', 702 'No pending time settings.' => 'Ingen afventningsfrist.', 703 'Ticket pending time reached' => 'Sagens afventningsfrist er nået', 704 'Ticket pending time reached between' => 'Sagens afventningsfrist er nået mellem', 705 'Escalation times' => 'Eskalationsfrister', 706 'No escalation time settings.' => 'Ingen eskaleringsfrister', 707 'Ticket escalation time reached' => 'Sagens eskaleringsfrist er nået', 708 'Ticket escalation time reached between' => 'Sagens eskaleringsfrist er nået mellem', 709 'Escalation - first response time' => 'Eskalation - frist for første svar', 710 'Ticket first response time reached' => 'Sagens frist for første svar er nået', 711 'Ticket first response time reached between' => 'Sagens frist for første svar er nået mellem', 712 'Escalation - update time' => 'Eskalation - frist for opdatering', 713 'Ticket update time reached' => 'Sagens opdateringsfrist er nået', 714 'Ticket update time reached between' => 'Sagens opdateringsfrist er nået mellem', 715 'Escalation - solution time' => 'Eskalation - frist for løsning', 716 'Ticket solution time reached' => 'Sagens løsningsfrist er nået', 717 'Ticket solution time reached between' => 'Sagens løsningsfrist er nået mellem', 718 'Archive search option' => 'Arkivsøgevalg', 719 'Update/Add Ticket Attributes' => 'Opdater/Tilføj Sags-attributter', 720 'Set new service' => 'Vælg ny service', 721 'Set new Service Level Agreement' => 'Vælg ny Service Level Agreement', 722 'Set new priority' => 'Vælg ny prioritet', 723 'Set new queue' => 'Vælg ny kø', 724 'Set new state' => 'Vælg ny tilstand', 725 'Pending date' => 'Afventer dato', 726 'Set new agent' => 'Vælg ny agent', 727 'new owner' => 'Ny ejer', 728 'new responsible' => 'Ny ansvarlig', 729 'Set new ticket lock' => 'Tildel ny sagsejer', 730 'New customer user ID' => '', 731 'New customer ID' => 'Nyt kunde-ID', 732 'New title' => 'Ny titel', 733 'New type' => 'Ny type', 734 'Archive selected tickets' => 'Arkiver valgte sager', 735 'Add Note' => 'Tilføj Bemærkning', 736 'Visible for customer' => 'Synlig for kunde', 737 'Time units' => 'Tidsenheder', 738 'Execute Ticket Commands' => 'Udfør Sags-kommandoer', 739 'Send agent/customer notifications on changes' => 'Send besked til agent/kunde ved ændringer', 740 'CMD' => 'CMD', 741 'This command will be executed. ARG[0] will be the ticket number. ARG[1] the ticket id.' => 742 'Denne kommando vil blive udført. ARG[0] bliver sagens nummer. ARG[1] sagens ID. ', 743 'Delete tickets' => 'Slet sager', 744 'Warning: All affected tickets will be removed from the database and cannot be restored!' => 745 'Advarsel: Alle berørte sager vil blive fjernet fra databasen og kan ikke gendannes!', 746 'Execute Custom Module' => 'Udfør speciel-modul', 747 'Param %s key' => 'Param %s nøgle', 748 'Param %s value' => 'Param %s værdi', 749 'Results' => 'Resultater', 750 '%s Tickets affected! What do you want to do?' => '%s sager vil blive berørt. Hvad vil du gøre?', 751 'Warning: You used the DELETE option. All deleted tickets will be lost!' => 752 'Advarsel: Du bruger SLET-muligheden. Alle slettede sager vil gå tabt!', 753 'Warning: There are %s tickets affected but only %s may be modified during one job execution!' => 754 'Advarsel: %s sager omfattet, men kun %s må ændres i én job-kørsel!', 755 'Affected Tickets' => 'Berørte sager', 756 'Age' => 'Alder', 757 758 # Template: AdminGenericInterfaceDebugger 759 'GenericInterface Web Service Management' => '', 760 'Web Service Management' => '', 761 'Debugger' => 'Debugger', 762 'Go back to web service' => 'Gå tilbage til web-service', 763 'Clear' => 'Tøm', 764 'Do you really want to clear the debug log of this web service?' => 765 'Vil du virkelig tømme debug-loggen for denne web-service?', 766 'Request List' => '', 767 'Time' => 'Tid', 768 'Communication ID' => '', 769 'Remote IP' => 'Fjern-IP', 770 'Loading' => 'Indlæser', 771 'Select a single request to see its details.' => '', 772 'Filter by type' => 'Filtrer på type', 773 'Filter from' => 'Filtrer fra', 774 'Filter to' => 'Filtrer til', 775 'Filter by remote IP' => 'Filtrer remote IP', 776 'Limit' => 'Grænse', 777 'Refresh' => 'Opfrisk', 778 779 # Template: AdminGenericInterfaceErrorHandlingDefault 780 'Add ErrorHandling' => '', 781 'Edit ErrorHandling' => '', 782 'Do you really want to delete this error handling module?' => '', 783 'All configuration data will be lost.' => 'Alle konfigurationsindstillinger vil gå tabt.', 784 'General options' => '', 785 'The name can be used to distinguish different error handling configurations.' => 786 '', 787 'Please provide a unique name for this web service.' => 'Angiv venligst et unikt navn til denne webtjeneste.', 788 'Error handling module backend' => '', 789 'This OTRS error handling backend module will be called internally to process the error handling mechanism.' => 790 '', 791 'Processing options' => '', 792 'Configure filters to control error handling module execution.' => 793 '', 794 'Only requests matching all configured filters (if any) will trigger module execution.' => 795 '', 796 'Operation filter' => '', 797 'Only execute error handling module for selected operations.' => '', 798 'Note: Operation is undetermined for errors occuring while receiving incoming request data. Filters involving this error stage should not use operation filter.' => 799 '', 800 'Invoker filter' => '', 801 'Only execute error handling module for selected invokers.' => '', 802 'Error message content filter' => '', 803 'Enter a regular expression to restrict which error messages should cause error handling module execution.' => 804 '', 805 'Error message subject and data (as seen in the debugger error entry) will considered for a match.' => 806 '', 807 'Example: Enter \'^.*401 Unauthorized.*\$\' to handle only authentication related errors.' => 808 '', 809 'Error stage filter' => '', 810 'Only execute error handling module on errors that occur during specific processing stages.' => 811 '', 812 'Example: Handle only errors where mapping for outgoing data could not be applied.' => 813 '', 814 'Error code' => 'Fejlkode', 815 'An error identifier for this error handling module.' => '', 816 'This identifier will be available in XSLT-Mapping and shown in debugger output.' => 817 '', 818 'Error message' => 'Fejlbesked', 819 'An error explanation for this error handling module.' => '', 820 'This message will be available in XSLT-Mapping and shown in debugger output.' => 821 '', 822 'Define if processing should be stopped after module was executed, skipping all remaining modules or only those of the same backend.' => 823 '', 824 'Default behavior is to resume, processing the next module.' => '', 825 826 # Template: AdminGenericInterfaceErrorHandlingRequestRetry 827 'This module allows to configure scheduled retries for failed requests.' => 828 '', 829 'Default behavior of GenericInterface web services is to send each request exactly once and not to reschedule after errors.' => 830 '', 831 'If more than one module capable of scheduling a retry is executed for an individual request, the module executed last is authoritative and determines if a retry is scheduled.' => 832 '', 833 'Request retry options' => '', 834 'Retry options are applied when requests cause error handling module execution (based on processing options).' => 835 '', 836 'Schedule retry' => '', 837 'Should requests causing an error be triggered again at a later time?' => 838 '', 839 'Initial retry interval' => '', 840 'Interval after which to trigger the first retry.' => '', 841 'Note: This and all further retry intervals are based on the error handling module execution time for the initial request.' => 842 '', 843 'Factor for further retries' => '', 844 'If a request returns an error even after a first retry, define if subsequent retries are triggered using the same interval or in increasing intervals.' => 845 '', 846 'Example: If a request is initially triggered at 10:00 with initial interval at \'1 minute\' and retry factor at \'2\', retries would be triggered at 10:01 (1 minute), 10:03 (2*1=2 minutes), 10:07 (2*2=4 minutes), 10:15 (2*4=8 minutes), ...' => 847 '', 848 'Maximum retry interval' => '', 849 'If a retry interval factor of \'1.5\' or \'2\' is selected, undesirably long intervals can be prevented by defining the largest interval allowed.' => 850 '', 851 'Intervals calculated to exceed the maximum retry interval will then automatically be shortened accordingly.' => 852 '', 853 'Example: If a request is initially triggered at 10:00 with initial interval at \'1 minute\', retry factor at \'2\' and maximum interval at \'5 minutes\', retries would be triggered at 10:01 (1 minute), 10:03 (2 minutes), 10:07 (4 minutes), 10:12 (8=>5 minutes), 10:17, ...' => 854 '', 855 'Maximum retry count' => '', 856 'Maximum number of retries before a failing request is discarded, not counting the initial request.' => 857 '', 858 'Example: If a request is initially triggered at 10:00 with initial interval at \'1 minute\', retry factor at \'2\' and maximum retry count at \'2\', retries would be triggered at 10:01 and 10:02 only.' => 859 '', 860 'Note: Maximum retry count might not be reached if a maximum retry period is configured as well and reached earlier.' => 861 '', 862 'This field must be empty or contain a positive number.' => '', 863 'Maximum retry period' => '', 864 'Maximum period of time for retries of failing requests before they are discarded (based on the error handling module execution time for the initial request).' => 865 '', 866 'Retries that would normally be triggered after maximum period is elapsed (according to retry interval calculation) will automatically be triggered at maximum period exactly.' => 867 '', 868 'Example: If a request is initially triggered at 10:00 with initial interval at \'1 minute\', retry factor at \'2\' and maximum retry period at \'30 minutes\', retries would be triggered at 10:01, 10:03, 10:07, 10:15 and finally at 10:31=>10:30.' => 869 '', 870 'Note: Maximum retry period might not be reached if a maximum retry count is configured as well and reached earlier.' => 871 '', 872 873 # Template: AdminGenericInterfaceInvokerDefault 874 'Add Invoker' => '', 875 'Edit Invoker' => '', 876 'Do you really want to delete this invoker?' => '', 877 'Invoker Details' => '', 878 'The name is typically used to call up an operation of a remote web service.' => 879 '', 880 'Invoker backend' => '', 881 'This OTRS invoker backend module will be called to prepare the data to be sent to the remote system, and to process its response data.' => 882 '', 883 'Mapping for outgoing request data' => '', 884 'Configure' => 'Konfigurer', 885 'The data from the invoker of OTRS will be processed by this mapping, to transform it to the kind of data the remote system expects.' => 886 '', 887 'Mapping for incoming response data' => '', 888 'The response data will be processed by this mapping, to transform it to the kind of data the invoker of OTRS expects.' => 889 '', 890 'Asynchronous' => 'Asynkron', 891 'Condition' => 'Betingelse', 892 'Edit this event' => '', 893 'This invoker will be triggered by the configured events.' => '', 894 'Add Event' => 'Tilføj hændelse', 895 'To add a new event select the event object and event name and click on the "+" button' => 896 'For at tilføje en ny hændelse skal du vælge hændelses-objekt og navn og klikke på "+" knappen', 897 'Asynchronous event triggers are handled by the OTRS Scheduler Daemon in background (recommended).' => 898 '', 899 'Synchronous event triggers would be processed directly during the web request.' => 900 '', 901 902 # Template: AdminGenericInterfaceInvokerEvent 903 'GenericInterface Invoker Event Settings for Web Service %s' => '', 904 'Go back to' => 'Gå tilbage til', 905 'Delete all conditions' => '', 906 'Do you really want to delete all the conditions for this event?' => 907 '', 908 'General Settings' => 'Generelle Indstillinger', 909 'Event type' => '', 910 'Conditions' => 'Betingelser', 911 'Conditions can only operate on non-empty fields.' => '', 912 'Type of Linking between Conditions' => 'Linktype mellem betingelser', 913 'Remove this Condition' => 'Fjern denne betingelse', 914 'Type of Linking' => '', 915 'Fields' => 'Felter', 916 'Add a new Field' => 'Tilføj et nyt felt', 917 'Remove this Field' => 'Fjern dette felt', 918 'And can\'t be repeated on the same condition.' => 'Og kan ikke gentages for den samme betingelse', 919 'Add New Condition' => 'Tilføj ny betingelse', 920 921 # Template: AdminGenericInterfaceMappingSimple 922 'Mapping Simple' => '', 923 'Default rule for unmapped keys' => '', 924 'This rule will apply for all keys with no mapping rule.' => '', 925 'Default rule for unmapped values' => '', 926 'This rule will apply for all values with no mapping rule.' => '', 927 'New key map' => 'Ny taste-binding', 928 'Add key mapping' => 'Tilføj taste-binding', 929 'Mapping for Key ' => 'Binding for tast', 930 'Remove key mapping' => 'Fjern taste-binding', 931 'Key mapping' => 'Taste-binding', 932 'Map key' => 'Bind tast', 933 'matching the' => 'matcher', 934 'to new key' => 'til ny tast', 935 'Value mapping' => '', 936 'Map value' => '', 937 'to new value' => '', 938 'Remove value mapping' => '', 939 'New value map' => '', 940 'Add value mapping' => '', 941 'Do you really want to delete this key mapping?' => 'Vil du virkelig fjerne denne taste-binding?', 942 943 # Template: AdminGenericInterfaceMappingXSLT 944 'General Shortcuts' => 'Generelle Genveje', 945 'MacOS Shortcuts' => 'MacOS Genveje', 946 'Comment code' => '', 947 'Uncomment code' => '', 948 'Auto format code' => '', 949 'Expand/Collapse code block' => '', 950 'Find' => 'Find', 951 'Find next' => 'Find næste', 952 'Find previous' => 'Find forrige', 953 'Find and replace' => 'Find og erstat', 954 'Find and replace all' => 'Find og erstat alle', 955 'XSLT Mapping' => '', 956 'XSLT stylesheet' => '', 957 'The entered data is not a valid XSLT style sheet.' => '', 958 'Here you can add or modify your XSLT mapping code.' => '', 959 'The editing field allows you to use different functions like automatic formatting, window resize as well as tag- and bracket-completion.' => 960 '', 961 'Data includes' => '', 962 'Select one or more sets of data that were created at earlier request/response stages to be included in mappable data.' => 963 '', 964 'These sets will appear in the data structure at \'/DataInclude/<DataSetName>\' (see debugger output of actual requests for details).' => 965 '', 966 'Data key regex filters (before mapping)' => '', 967 'Data key regex filters (after mapping)' => '', 968 'Regular expressions' => '', 969 'Replace' => 'Erstat', 970 'Remove regex' => 'Fjern regex', 971 'Add regex' => 'Tilføj regex', 972 'These filters can be used to transform keys using regular expressions.' => 973 '', 974 'The data structure will be traversed recursively and all configured regexes will be applied to all keys.' => 975 '', 976 'Use cases are e.g. removing key prefixes that are undesired or correcting keys that are invalid as XML element names.' => 977 '', 978 'Example 1: Search = \'^jira:\' / Replace = \'\' turns \'jira:element\' into \'element\'.' => 979 '', 980 'Example 2: Search = \'^\' / Replace = \'_\' turns \'16x16\' into \'_16x16\'.' => 981 '', 982 'Example 3: Search = \'^(?<number>\d+) (?<text>.+?)\$\' / Replace = \'_\$+{text}_\$+{number}\' turns \'16 elementname\' into \'_elementname_16\'.' => 983 '', 984 'For information about regular expressions in Perl please see here:' => 985 '', 986 'Perl regular expressions tutorial' => '', 987 'If modifiers are desired they have to be specified within the regexes themselves.' => 988 '', 989 'Regular expressions defined here will be applied before the XSLT mapping.' => 990 '', 991 'Regular expressions defined here will be applied after the XSLT mapping.' => 992 '', 993 994 # Template: AdminGenericInterfaceOperationDefault 995 'Add Operation' => '', 996 'Edit Operation' => '', 997 'Do you really want to delete this operation?' => 'Vil du virkelig slette denne operation?', 998 'Operation Details' => 'Operationsdetaljer', 999 'The name is typically used to call up this web service operation from a remote system.' => 1000 '', 1001 'Operation backend' => '', 1002 'This OTRS operation backend module will be called internally to process the request, generating data for the response.' => 1003 '', 1004 'Mapping for incoming request data' => '', 1005 'The request data will be processed by this mapping, to transform it to the kind of data OTRS expects.' => 1006 '', 1007 'Mapping for outgoing response data' => '', 1008 'The response data will be processed by this mapping, to transform it to the kind of data the remote system expects.' => 1009 '', 1010 'Include Ticket Data' => '', 1011 'Include ticket data in response.' => '', 1012 1013 # Template: AdminGenericInterfaceTransportHTTPREST 1014 'Network Transport' => '', 1015 'Properties' => 'Egenskaber', 1016 'Route mapping for Operation' => '', 1017 'Define the route that should get mapped to this operation. Variables marked by a \':\' will get mapped to the entered name and passed along with the others to the mapping. (e.g. /Ticket/:TicketID).' => 1018 '', 1019 'Valid request methods for Operation' => '', 1020 'Limit this Operation to specific request methods. If no method is selected all requests will be accepted.' => 1021 '', 1022 'Maximum message length' => 'Maksimal beskedlængde', 1023 'This field should be an integer number.' => 'Dette felt skal indeholde et heltal.', 1024 'Here you can specify the maximum size (in bytes) of REST messages that OTRS will process.' => 1025 'Her kan du angive den maksimale længde (i bytes) af REST-beskeder, som OTRS vil behandle.', 1026 'Send Keep-Alive' => 'Send Keep-Alive', 1027 'This configuration defines if incoming connections should get closed or kept alive.' => 1028 '', 1029 'Additional response headers' => '', 1030 'Add response header' => '', 1031 'Endpoint' => '', 1032 'URI to indicate specific location for accessing a web service.' => 1033 '', 1034 'e.g https://www.otrs.com:10745/api/v1.0 (without trailing backslash)' => 1035 'f.eks. https://www.otrs.com:10745/api/v1.0 (uden efterfølgende backslash)', 1036 'Timeout' => '', 1037 'Timeout value for requests.' => '', 1038 'Authentication' => 'Godkendelse', 1039 'An optional authentication mechanism to access the remote system.' => 1040 '', 1041 'BasicAuth User' => '', 1042 'The user name to be used to access the remote system.' => 'Brugernavnet, der skal anvendes for at tilgå fjernsystemet.', 1043 'BasicAuth Password' => '', 1044 'The password for the privileged user.' => 'Passwordet for den priviligerede bruger.', 1045 'Use Proxy Options' => '', 1046 'Show or hide Proxy options to connect to the remote system.' => '', 1047 'Proxy Server' => 'Proxy server', 1048 'URI of a proxy server to be used (if needed).' => 'URI af en proxy-server, der skal bruges (om nødvendigt).', 1049 'e.g. http://proxy_hostname:8080' => 'f.eks. http://proxy_hostname:8080', 1050 'Proxy User' => 'Proxy brugernavn', 1051 'The user name to be used to access the proxy server.' => 'Brugernavnet der skal benyttes for adgang til proxy-serveren.', 1052 'Proxy Password' => 'Proxy adgangskode', 1053 'The password for the proxy user.' => 'Adgangskoden til proxy-brugeren.', 1054 'Skip Proxy' => '', 1055 'Skip proxy servers that might be configured globally?' => '', 1056 'Use SSL Options' => 'Brug SSL', 1057 'Show or hide SSL options to connect to the remote system.' => 'Vis eller skjul SSL-muligheder for at forbinde til fjernsystemet.', 1058 'Client Certificate' => '', 1059 'The full path and name of the SSL client certificate file (must be in PEM, DER or PKCS#12 format).' => 1060 '', 1061 'e.g. /opt/otrs/var/certificates/SOAP/certificate.pem' => '', 1062 'Client Certificate Key' => '', 1063 'The full path and name of the SSL client certificate key file (if not already included in certificate file).' => 1064 '', 1065 'e.g. /opt/otrs/var/certificates/SOAP/key.pem' => '', 1066 'Client Certificate Key Password' => '', 1067 'The password to open the SSL certificate if the key is encrypted.' => 1068 '', 1069 'Certification Authority (CA) Certificate' => '', 1070 'The full path and name of the certification authority certificate file that validates SSL certificate.' => 1071 'Den fulde sti og navn på CA certifikat filen der validerer SSL certifikatet.', 1072 'e.g. /opt/otrs/var/certificates/SOAP/CA/ca.pem' => 'f.eks. /opt/otrs/var/certificates/SOAP/CA/ca.pem', 1073 'Certification Authority (CA) Directory' => 'Certification Authority (CA) bibliotek', 1074 'The full path of the certification authority directory where the CA certificates are stored in the file system.' => 1075 'Den fulde sti til biblioteket hvor CA certifikater gemmes i systemet.', 1076 'e.g. /opt/otrs/var/certificates/SOAP/CA' => 'f.eks. /opt/otrs/var/certificates/SOAP/CA', 1077 'Controller mapping for Invoker' => '', 1078 'The controller that the invoker should send requests to. Variables marked by a \':\' will get replaced by the data value and passed along with the request. (e.g. /Ticket/:TicketID?UserLogin=:UserLogin&Password=:Password).' => 1079 '', 1080 'Valid request command for Invoker' => '', 1081 'A specific HTTP command to use for the requests with this Invoker (optional).' => 1082 '', 1083 'Default command' => 'Standard kommando', 1084 'The default HTTP command to use for the requests.' => '', 1085 1086 # Template: AdminGenericInterfaceTransportHTTPSOAP 1087 'e.g. https://local.otrs.com:8000/Webservice/Example' => '', 1088 'Set SOAPAction' => '', 1089 'Set to "Yes" in order to send a filled SOAPAction header.' => '', 1090 'Set to "No" in order to send an empty SOAPAction header.' => '', 1091 'Set to "Yes" in order to check the received SOAPAction header (if not empty).' => 1092 '', 1093 'Set to "No" in order to ignore the received SOAPAction header.' => 1094 '', 1095 'SOAPAction scheme' => '', 1096 'Select how SOAPAction should be constructed.' => '', 1097 'Some web services require a specific construction.' => '', 1098 'Some web services send a specific construction.' => '', 1099 'SOAPAction separator' => '', 1100 'Character to use as separator between name space and SOAP operation.' => 1101 '', 1102 'Usually .Net web services use "/" as separator.' => '', 1103 'SOAPAction free text' => '', 1104 'Text to be used to as SOAPAction.' => '', 1105 'Namespace' => '', 1106 'URI to give SOAP methods a context, reducing ambiguities.' => '', 1107 'e.g urn:otrs-com:soap:functions or http://www.otrs.com/GenericInterface/actions' => 1108 '', 1109 'Request name scheme' => '', 1110 'Select how SOAP request function wrapper should be constructed.' => 1111 '', 1112 '\'FunctionName\' is used as example for actual invoker/operation name.' => 1113 '', 1114 '\'FreeText\' is used as example for actual configured value.' => 1115 '', 1116 'Request name free text' => '', 1117 'Text to be used to as function wrapper name suffix or replacement.' => 1118 '', 1119 'Please consider XML element naming restrictions (e.g. don\'t use \'<\' and \'&\').' => 1120 '', 1121 'Response name scheme' => '', 1122 'Select how SOAP response function wrapper should be constructed.' => 1123 '', 1124 'Response name free text' => '', 1125 'Here you can specify the maximum size (in bytes) of SOAP messages that OTRS will process.' => 1126 '', 1127 'Encoding' => 'Kodning', 1128 'The character encoding for the SOAP message contents.' => 'Tekstkodning for SOAP indhold.', 1129 'e.g utf-8, latin1, iso-8859-1, cp1250, Etc.' => 'f.eks. utf-8, latin1, iso-8859-1, cp1250, osv.', 1130 'Sort options' => 'Sorterings indstillinger', 1131 'Add new first level element' => '', 1132 'Element' => '', 1133 'Outbound sort order for xml fields (structure starting below function name wrapper) - see documentation for SOAP transport.' => 1134 '', 1135 1136 # Template: AdminGenericInterfaceWebservice 1137 'Add Web Service' => '', 1138 'Edit Web Service' => '', 1139 'Clone Web Service' => '', 1140 'The name must be unique.' => 'Navnet skal være unikt.', 1141 'Clone' => 'Klon', 1142 'Export Web Service' => '', 1143 'Import web service' => 'Importer web-service', 1144 'Configuration File' => 'Konfigurationsfil', 1145 'The file must be a valid web service configuration YAML file.' => 1146 '', 1147 'Here you can specify a name for the webservice. If this field is empty, the name of the configuration file is used as name.' => 1148 '', 1149 'Import' => 'Importer', 1150 'Configuration History' => '', 1151 'Delete web service' => 'Slet web-service', 1152 'Do you really want to delete this web service?' => 'Vil du virkelig slette denne web-service?', 1153 'Ready2Adopt Web Services' => '', 1154 'Here you can activate Ready2Adopt web services showcasing our best practices that are a part of %s.' => 1155 '', 1156 'Please note that these web services may depend on other modules only available with certain %s contract levels (there will be a notification with further details when importing).' => 1157 '', 1158 'Import Ready2Adopt web service' => '', 1159 'Would you like to benefit from web services created by experts? Upgrade to %s to import some sophisticated Ready2Adopt web services.' => 1160 '', 1161 'After you save the configuration you will be redirected again to the edit screen.' => 1162 '', 1163 'If you want to return to overview please click the "Go to overview" button.' => 1164 '', 1165 'Remote system' => '', 1166 'Provider transport' => '', 1167 'Requester transport' => '', 1168 'Debug threshold' => '', 1169 'In provider mode, OTRS offers web services which are used by remote systems.' => 1170 '', 1171 'In requester mode, OTRS uses web services of remote systems.' => 1172 '', 1173 'Network transport' => '', 1174 'Error Handling Modules' => '', 1175 'Error handling modules are used to react in case of errors during the communication. Those modules are executed in a specific order, which can be changed by drag and drop.' => 1176 '', 1177 'Backend' => '', 1178 'Add error handling module' => '', 1179 'Operations are individual system functions which remote systems can request.' => 1180 '', 1181 'Invokers prepare data for a request to a remote web service, and process its response data.' => 1182 '', 1183 'Controller' => '', 1184 'Inbound mapping' => '', 1185 'Outbound mapping' => '', 1186 'Delete this action' => '', 1187 'At least one %s has a controller that is either not active or not present, please check the controller registration or delete the %s' => 1188 '', 1189 1190 # Template: AdminGenericInterfaceWebserviceHistory 1191 'History' => 'Historik', 1192 'Go back to Web Service' => 'Gå tilbage til web-service', 1193 'Here you can view older versions of the current web service\'s configuration, export or even restore them.' => 1194 'Her kan du se, eksportere eller gendanne ældre versioner af den aktive webtjenestes konfiguration.', 1195 'Configuration History List' => 'Historik over Konfigurationen', 1196 'Version' => 'Version', 1197 'Create time' => 'Oprettelsestidspunkt', 1198 'Select a single configuration version to see its details.' => 'Vælg en konfigurations version for at se detaljer.', 1199 'Export web service configuration' => 'Eksporter webtjeneste konfiguration', 1200 'Restore web service configuration' => 'Gendan webtjeneste konfiguration', 1201 'Do you really want to restore this version of the web service configuration?' => 1202 'Ønsker du at gendanne denne version af webtjenestens konfiguration?', 1203 'Your current web service configuration will be overwritten.' => 'Din nuværende webtjeneste konfiguration bliver overskrevet.', 1204 1205 # Template: AdminGroup 1206 'Group Management' => 'Gruppestyring', 1207 'Add Group' => 'Tilføj Gruppe', 1208 'Edit Group' => 'Rediger Gruppe', 1209 'The admin group is to get in the admin area and the stats group to get stats area.' => 1210 'Admin-gruppen giver adgang til administratorområdet og statgruppen giver adgang til rapportområdet.', 1211 'Create new groups to handle access permissions for different groups of agent (e. g. purchasing department, support department, sales department, ...). ' => 1212 'Opret grupper for at give adgang til forskellige grupper af agenter (f.eks. indkøb, support, salg).', 1213 'It\'s useful for ASP solutions. ' => 'Det er nyttigt for ASP-løsninger.', 1214 1215 # Template: AdminLog 1216 'System Log' => 'Systemlog', 1217 'Here you will find log information about your system.' => 'Her finder du log-information om dit system', 1218 'Hide this message' => 'Skjul denne besked', 1219 'Recent Log Entries' => 'Nylige log-føringer', 1220 'Facility' => 'Facilitet', 1221 'Message' => 'Meddelelse', 1222 1223 # Template: AdminMailAccount 1224 'Mail Account Management' => 'Administrer mail-konti', 1225 'Add Mail Account' => 'Tilføj mailkonto', 1226 'Edit Mail Account for host' => '', 1227 'and user account' => '', 1228 'Filter for Mail Accounts' => '', 1229 'Filter for mail accounts' => '', 1230 'All incoming emails with one account will be dispatched in the selected queue.' => 1231 '', 1232 'If your account is marked as trusted, the X-OTRS headers already existing at arrival time (for priority etc.) will be kept and used, for example in PostMaster filters.' => 1233 '', 1234 'Outgoing email can be configured via the Sendmail* settings in %s.' => 1235 '', 1236 'System Configuration' => 'Systemkonfiguration', 1237 'Host' => 'Vært', 1238 'Delete account' => 'Slet konto', 1239 'Fetch mail' => 'Hent mail', 1240 'Do you really want to delete this mail account?' => 'Vil du virkelig slette denne mail-konto?', 1241 'Password' => 'Adgangskode', 1242 'Example: mail.example.com' => 'F.eks. post.firma.dk', 1243 'IMAP Folder' => 'IMAP-mappe', 1244 'Only modify this if you need to fetch mail from a different folder than INBOX.' => 1245 'Skal kun ændres, hvis du har behov for at hente mail fra en anden mappe end INBOX.', 1246 'Trusted' => 'Pålidelig', 1247 'Dispatching' => 'Tildeler', 1248 'Edit Mail Account' => 'Rediger mailkonto', 1249 1250 # Template: AdminNavigationBar 1251 'Administration Overview' => '', 1252 'Filter for Items' => '', 1253 'Filter' => 'Filter', 1254 'Favorites' => 'Favoritter', 1255 'You can add favorites by moving your cursor over items on the right side and clicking the star icon.' => 1256 '', 1257 'Links' => 'Links', 1258 'View the admin manual on Github' => '', 1259 'No Matches' => 'Intet fundet', 1260 'Sorry, your search didn\'t match any items.' => 'Beklager, men din søgning matcher ikke noget.', 1261 'Set as favorite' => 'Vælg som favorit', 1262 1263 # Template: AdminNotificationEvent 1264 'Ticket Notification Management' => 'Håndter sagsbeskeder', 1265 'Here you can upload a configuration file to import Ticket Notifications to your system. The file needs to be in .yml format as exported by the Ticket Notification module.' => 1266 'Her kan du indlæse en konfigurationsfil for at importere sagsbeskeder til dit system. Filen skal være eksporteret i .yml format af sagsbesked-modulet.', 1267 'Here you can choose which events will trigger this notification. An additional ticket filter can be applied below to only send for ticket with certain criteria.' => 1268 '', 1269 'Ticket Filter' => 'Sagsfilter', 1270 'Lock' => 'Træk', 1271 'SLA' => 'SLA', 1272 'Customer User ID' => '', 1273 'Article Filter' => 'Filtrer indlæg', 1274 'Only for ArticleCreate and ArticleSend event' => '', 1275 'Article sender type' => 'Indlægs-afsendertype', 1276 'If ArticleCreate or ArticleSend is used as a trigger event, you need to specify an article filter as well. Please select at least one of the article filter fields.' => 1277 '', 1278 'Customer visibility' => '', 1279 'Communication channel' => '', 1280 'Include attachments to notification' => 'Inkluder vedhæftninger til beskeden', 1281 'Notify user just once per day about a single ticket using a selected transport.' => 1282 '', 1283 'This field is required and must have less than 4000 characters.' => 1284 '', 1285 'Notifications are sent to an agent or a customer.' => 'Beskeder sendes til en agent eller kunde.', 1286 'To get the first 20 character of the subject (of the latest agent article).' => 1287 'For at få de første 20 tegn af emnet (af den seneste agent-indlæg).', 1288 'To get the first 5 lines of the body (of the latest agent article).' => 1289 'For at få de første 5 linier af indholdet (af den seneste agent-indlæg).', 1290 'To get the first 20 character of the subject (of the latest customer article).' => 1291 'For at få de første 20 tegn af emnet (af det seneste kunde-indlæg).', 1292 'To get the first 5 lines of the body (of the latest customer article).' => 1293 'For at få de første 5 linier af indholdet (af det seneste agent-indlæg).', 1294 'Attributes of the current customer user data' => '', 1295 'Attributes of the current ticket owner user data' => '', 1296 'Attributes of the current ticket responsible user data' => '', 1297 'Attributes of the current agent user who requested this action' => 1298 '', 1299 'Attributes of the ticket data' => '', 1300 'Ticket dynamic fields internal key values' => '', 1301 'Ticket dynamic fields display values, useful for Dropdown and Multiselect fields' => 1302 '', 1303 1304 # Template: AdminNotificationEventTransportEmailSettings 1305 'Use comma or semicolon to separate email addresses.' => '', 1306 'You can use OTRS-tags like <OTRS_TICKET_DynamicField_...> to insert values from the current ticket.' => 1307 '', 1308 1309 # Template: AdminOTRSBusinessInstalled 1310 'Manage %s' => 'Administrer %s', 1311 'Downgrade to ((OTRS)) Community Edition' => '', 1312 'Read documentation' => 'Læs dokumentation', 1313 '%s makes contact regularly with cloud.otrs.com to check on available updates and the validity of the underlying contract.' => 1314 '%s kontakter cloud.otrs.com med jævne mellemrum for at søge efter opdateringer og tjekke validiteten af din kontrakt.', 1315 'Unauthorized Usage Detected' => 'Uautoriseret brug detekteret', 1316 'This system uses the %s without a proper license! Please make contact with %s to renew or activate your contract!' => 1317 'Dette system bruger %s uden en gyldig licens! Kontakt venligst %s for at forny eller aktivere din kontrakt.', 1318 '%s not Correctly Installed' => '%s er ikke installeret korrekt.', 1319 'Your %s is not correctly installed. Please reinstall it with the button below.' => 1320 'Din %s er ikke installeret korrekt. Geninstaller den med knappen nedenfor.', 1321 'Reinstall %s' => 'Geninstaller %s', 1322 'Your %s is not correctly installed, and there is also an update available.' => 1323 'Din %s er ikke installeret korrekt, og der er også en opdatering tilgængelig.', 1324 'You can either reinstall your current version or perform an update with the buttons below (update recommended).' => 1325 'Du kan enten geninstallere din nuværende version eller udføre en opdatering med knapperne nedenfor. Opdatering er anbefalet.', 1326 'Update %s' => 'Opdater %s', 1327 '%s Not Yet Available' => '%s er endnu ikke tilgængelig.', 1328 '%s will be available soon.' => '%s vil snart være tilgængelig.', 1329 '%s Update Available' => '%s opdatering tilgængelig.', 1330 'An update for your %s is available! Please update at your earliest!' => 1331 'En opdatering til din %s er tilgængelig. Opdater venligst hurtigst muligt.', 1332 '%s Correctly Deployed' => '%s korrekt installeret.', 1333 'Congratulations, your %s is correctly installed and up to date!' => 1334 'Tillykke, din %s er korrekt installeret og up to date.', 1335 1336 # Template: AdminOTRSBusinessNotInstalled 1337 'Go to the OTRS customer portal' => '', 1338 '%s will be available soon. Please check again in a few days.' => 1339 '%s vil være tilgængelig snart. Tjek igen om nogle dage.', 1340 'Please have a look at %s for more information.' => 'Kig på %s for yderligere information.', 1341 'Your ((OTRS)) Community Edition is the base for all future actions. Please register first before you continue with the upgrade process of %s!' => 1342 '', 1343 'Before you can benefit from %s, please contact %s to get your %s contract.' => 1344 '', 1345 'Connection to cloud.otrs.com via HTTPS couldn\'t be established. Please make sure that your OTRS can connect to cloud.otrs.com via port 443.' => 1346 'Forbindelse til cloud.otrs.com via HTTPS kunne ikke etableres. Sørg venligst for, at din OTRS kan forbinde sig til cloud.otrs.com via port 443.', 1347 'Package installation requires patch level update of OTRS.' => '', 1348 'Please visit our customer portal and file a request.' => '', 1349 'Everything else will be done as part of your contract.' => '', 1350 'Your installed OTRS version is %s.' => '', 1351 'To install this package, you need to update to OTRS %s or higher.' => 1352 '', 1353 'To install this package, the Maximum OTRS Version is %s.' => '', 1354 'To install this package, the required Framework version is %s.' => 1355 '', 1356 'Why should I keep OTRS up to date?' => '', 1357 'You will receive updates about relevant security issues.' => '', 1358 'You will receive updates for all other relevant OTRS issues' => '', 1359 'With your existing contract you can only use a small part of the %s.' => 1360 '', 1361 'If you would like to take full advantage of the %s get your contract upgraded now! Contact %s.' => 1362 '', 1363 1364 # Template: AdminOTRSBusinessUninstall 1365 'Cancel downgrade and go back' => 'Annuller nedgradering og gå tilbage', 1366 'Go to OTRS Package Manager' => 'Gå til OTRS Pakkestyring', 1367 'Sorry, but currently you can\'t downgrade due to the following packages which depend on %s:' => 1368 'Beklager, men du kan ikke nedgradere nu, fordi følgende pakker er afhængige af %s:', 1369 'Vendor' => 'Leverandør', 1370 'Please uninstall the packages first using the package manager and try again.' => 1371 'Afinstaller pakkerne først via pakke-styring og prøv igen.', 1372 'You are about to downgrade to ((OTRS)) Community Edition and will lose the following features and all data related to these:' => 1373 '', 1374 'Chat' => 'Chat', 1375 'Report Generator' => 'Rapportgenerator', 1376 'Timeline view in ticket zoom' => '', 1377 'DynamicField ContactWithData' => '', 1378 'DynamicField Database' => '', 1379 'SLA Selection Dialog' => '', 1380 'Ticket Attachment View' => '', 1381 'The %s skin' => '%s-skin\'et', 1382 1383 # Template: AdminPGP 1384 'PGP Management' => 'PGP-styring', 1385 'Add PGP Key' => 'Tilføj PGP-nøgle', 1386 'PGP support is disabled' => '', 1387 'To be able to use PGP in OTRS, you have to enable it first.' => '', 1388 'Enable PGP support' => '', 1389 'Faulty PGP configuration' => '', 1390 'PGP support is enabled, but the relevant configuration contains errors. Please check the configuration using the button below.' => 1391 '', 1392 'Configure it here!' => '', 1393 'Check PGP configuration' => '', 1394 'In this way you can directly edit the keyring configured in SysConfig.' => 1395 'Du kan på denne måde direkte redigere den nøglering, der er konfigureret i SysConfig.', 1396 'Introduction to PGP' => 'Introduktion til PGP', 1397 'Identifier' => 'Identifikator', 1398 'Bit' => 'Bit', 1399 'Fingerprint' => 'Fingeraftryk', 1400 'Expires' => 'Udløber', 1401 'Delete this key' => 'Slet denne nøgle', 1402 'PGP key' => 'PGP-nøgle', 1403 1404 # Template: AdminPackageManager 1405 'Package Manager' => 'Pakkestyring', 1406 'Uninstall Package' => '', 1407 'Uninstall package' => 'Afinstaller pakke', 1408 'Do you really want to uninstall this package?' => 'Er du sikker på, du ønsker at afinstallere denne pakke?', 1409 'Reinstall package' => 'Geninstaller pakke', 1410 'Do you really want to reinstall this package? Any manual changes will be lost.' => 1411 'Vil du virkelig geninstallere denne pakke? Alle manuelle ændringer vil gå tabt.', 1412 'Go to updating instructions' => '', 1413 'package information' => '', 1414 'Package installation requires a patch level update of OTRS.' => '', 1415 'Package update requires a patch level update of OTRS.' => '', 1416 'If you are a OTRS Business Solution™ customer, please visit our customer portal and file a request.' => 1417 '', 1418 'Please note that your installed OTRS version is %s.' => '', 1419 'To install this package, you need to update OTRS to version %s or newer.' => 1420 '', 1421 'This package can only be installed on OTRS version %s or older.' => 1422 '', 1423 'This package can only be installed on OTRS version %s or newer.' => 1424 '', 1425 'You will receive updates for all other relevant OTRS issues.' => 1426 '', 1427 'How can I do a patch level update if I don’t have a contract?' => 1428 '', 1429 'Please find all relevant information within the updating instructions at %s.' => 1430 '', 1431 'In case you would have further questions we would be glad to answer them.' => 1432 'Hvis du har yderligere spørgsmål, vil vi glædeligt besvare dem.', 1433 'Install Package' => 'Installer pakke', 1434 'Update Package' => '', 1435 'Continue' => 'Fortsæt', 1436 'Please make sure your database accepts packages over %s MB in size (it currently only accepts packages up to %s MB). Please adapt the max_allowed_packet setting of your database in order to avoid errors.' => 1437 'Sørg for at din database accepterer pakker over %s MB i størrelse. I øjeblikket accepterer den kun pakker op til %s MB. Tilpas max_allowed_packet-indstillingen i din database for at undgå fejl.', 1438 'Install' => 'Installation', 1439 'Update repository information' => 'Opdater information i repositoriet', 1440 'Cloud services are currently disabled.' => '', 1441 'OTRS Verify™ can not continue!' => '', 1442 'Enable cloud services' => '', 1443 'Update all installed packages' => '', 1444 'Online Repository' => 'Online lagerdepot', 1445 'Action' => 'Handling', 1446 'Module documentation' => 'Modul-dokumentation', 1447 'Local Repository' => 'Lokalt lagerdepot', 1448 'This package is verified by OTRSverify (tm)' => 'Denne pakke er verificeret af OTRSverify (tm)', 1449 'Uninstall' => 'Afinstaller', 1450 'Package not correctly deployed! Please reinstall the package.' => 1451 'Pakken er ikke installeret korrekt! Installer den igen.', 1452 'Reinstall' => 'Geninstaller', 1453 'Features for %s customers only' => '', 1454 'With %s, you can benefit from the following optional features. Please make contact with %s if you need more information.' => 1455 '', 1456 'Package Information' => '', 1457 'Download package' => 'Download pakke', 1458 'Rebuild package' => 'Genopbyg pakke', 1459 'Metadata' => 'Metadata', 1460 'Change Log' => 'Ændringslog', 1461 'Date' => 'Dato', 1462 'List of Files' => 'Liste af filer', 1463 'Permission' => 'Tilladdelse', 1464 'Download file from package!' => 'Download fil fra pakke!', 1465 'Required' => 'Påkrævet', 1466 'Size' => 'Størrelse', 1467 'Primary Key' => '', 1468 'Auto Increment' => '', 1469 'SQL' => 'SQL', 1470 'File Differences for File %s' => '', 1471 'File differences for file %s' => 'Fil-difference for fil %s', 1472 1473 # Template: AdminPerformanceLog 1474 'Performance Log' => 'Ydelseslog', 1475 'Range' => 'Område', 1476 'last' => 'sidste', 1477 'This feature is enabled!' => 'Denne funktion er aktiveret', 1478 'Just use this feature if you want to log each request.' => 'Benyt denne funktion hvis du ønsker at alle forespørgsler skal logges.', 1479 'Activating this feature might affect your system performance!' => 1480 'Aktivering af denne funktion kan have indflydelse på systemets ydeevne', 1481 'Disable it here!' => 'Deaktiver det her!', 1482 'Logfile too large!' => 'Logfil er for stor', 1483 'The logfile is too large, you need to reset it' => 'Logfilen er for stor, du bør nulstille den', 1484 'Reset' => 'Nulstil', 1485 'Overview' => 'Oversigt', 1486 'Interface' => 'Interface', 1487 'Requests' => 'Forespørgsel', 1488 'Min Response' => 'Min Svar', 1489 'Max Response' => 'Max Svar', 1490 'Average Response' => 'Gennemsnitligt Svar', 1491 'Period' => 'Periode', 1492 'minutes' => 'minutter', 1493 'Min' => 'Min', 1494 'Max' => 'Max', 1495 'Average' => 'Gennemsnitlig', 1496 1497 # Template: AdminPostMasterFilter 1498 'PostMaster Filter Management' => 'PostMasters filterstyring', 1499 'Add PostMaster Filter' => 'Tilføj Postmaster-filter', 1500 'Edit PostMaster Filter' => 'Rediger Postmaster-filter', 1501 'Filter for PostMaster Filters' => '', 1502 'Filter for PostMaster filters' => '', 1503 'To dispatch or filter incoming emails based on email headers. Matching using Regular Expressions is also possible.' => 1504 'For at fordele eller filtrere indgående mail baseret på mail-headere. Det er også muligt at macthe på regulære udtryk.', 1505 'If you want to match only the email address, use EMAILADDRESS:info@example.com in From, To or Cc.' => 1506 'Hvis du kun ønsker at matche mail adressen, så brug EMAILADDRESS:info@example.com i Fra, Til eller Cc.', 1507 'If you use Regular Expressions, you also can use the matched value in () as [***] in the \'Set\' action.' => 1508 'Hvis du bruger regulære udtryk, kan du også bruge den matchede værdi i (), som [***] i \'Set\'-handlingen.', 1509 'You can also use named captures %s and use the names in the \'Set\' action %s (e.g. Regexp: %s, Set action: %s). A matched EMAILADDRESS has the name \'%s\'.' => 1510 '', 1511 'Delete this filter' => 'Slet dette filter', 1512 'Do you really want to delete this postmaster filter?' => '', 1513 'A postmaster filter with this name already exists!' => '', 1514 'Filter Condition' => 'Filter-betingelse', 1515 'AND Condition' => 'AND-betingelse', 1516 'Search header field' => '', 1517 'for value' => '', 1518 'The field needs to be a valid regular expression or a literal word.' => 1519 'Feltet skal indeholde et gyldigt regulært udtryk eller et ord.', 1520 'Negate' => 'Ophæv', 1521 'Set Email Headers' => 'Sæt mail-headers', 1522 'Set email header' => 'Sæt mail-header', 1523 'with value' => '', 1524 'The field needs to be a literal word.' => 'Feltet skal være et ord.', 1525 'Header' => 'Overskrift', 1526 1527 # Template: AdminPriority 1528 'Priority Management' => 'Administrer Prioriteter', 1529 'Add Priority' => 'Tilføj prioritet', 1530 'Edit Priority' => 'Rediger prioritet', 1531 'Filter for Priorities' => '', 1532 'Filter for priorities' => '', 1533 'This priority is present in a SysConfig setting, confirmation for updating settings to point to the new priority is needed!' => 1534 '', 1535 'This priority is used in the following config settings:' => '', 1536 1537 # Template: AdminProcessManagement 1538 'Process Management' => 'Proces styring', 1539 'Filter for Processes' => 'Filter for processer', 1540 'Filter for processes' => '', 1541 'Create New Process' => 'Opret ny proces', 1542 'Deploy All Processes' => 'Aktiver alle processer', 1543 'Here you can upload a configuration file to import a process to your system. The file needs to be in .yml format as exported by process management module.' => 1544 'Her kan du indlæse en konfigurationsfil for at importere en proces til dit system. Filen skal være eksporteret i .yml format af proces modulet.', 1545 'Upload process configuration' => 'Upload proces-konfiguration', 1546 'Import process configuration' => 'Importer proces-konfiguration', 1547 'Ready2Adopt Processes' => '', 1548 'Here you can activate Ready2Adopt processes showcasing our best practices. Please note that some additional configuration may be required.' => 1549 '', 1550 'Would you like to benefit from processes created by experts? Upgrade to %s to import some sophisticated Ready2Adopt processes.' => 1551 '', 1552 'Import Ready2Adopt process' => '', 1553 'To create a new Process you can either import a Process that was exported from another system or create a complete new one.' => 1554 'For at lave en ny proces kan du enten importere en proces fra et andet system eller kreere en helt ny.', 1555 'Changes to the Processes here only affect the behavior of the system, if you synchronize the Process data. By synchronizing the Processes, the newly made changes will be written to the Configuration.' => 1556 'Ændringer af disse processer får kun indflydelse på systemet hvis du synkroniserer procesdata. Ved synkronisering skrives ændringerne i konfigurationen.', 1557 'Processes' => 'Processer', 1558 'Process name' => 'Proces-navn', 1559 'Print' => 'Udskrift', 1560 'Export Process Configuration' => 'Eksporter proces-konfiguration', 1561 'Copy Process' => 'Kopier proces', 1562 1563 # Template: AdminProcessManagementActivity 1564 'Cancel & close' => 'Annuller & Luk', 1565 'Go Back' => 'Gå tilbage', 1566 'Please note, that changing this activity will affect the following processes' => 1567 'Bemærk, ændring af denne aktivitet påvirker følgende processer', 1568 'Activity' => 'Aktivitet', 1569 'Activity Name' => 'Aktivitetsnavn', 1570 'Activity Dialogs' => 'Aktivitetsdialoger', 1571 'You can assign Activity Dialogs to this Activity by dragging the elements with the mouse from the left list to the right list.' => 1572 'Du kan tilføje dialoger til denne aktivitet, ved at trække dem med musen fra venstre liste og over i højre.', 1573 'Ordering the elements within the list is also possible by drag \'n\' drop.' => 1574 'Det er også muligt at arrangere elementerne i listen v.h.a. træk og slip.', 1575 'Filter available Activity Dialogs' => 'Filtrer tilgængelige aktivitets dialoger', 1576 'Available Activity Dialogs' => 'Tilgængelige aktivitets dialoger', 1577 'Name: %s, EntityID: %s' => '', 1578 'Create New Activity Dialog' => 'Opret ny aktivitets dialog', 1579 'Assigned Activity Dialogs' => 'Tildelte aktivitets dialoger', 1580 1581 # Template: AdminProcessManagementActivityDialog 1582 'Please note that changing this activity dialog will affect the following activities' => 1583 '', 1584 'Please note that customer users will not be able to see or use the following fields: Owner, Responsible, Lock, PendingTime and CustomerID.' => 1585 '', 1586 'The Queue field can only be used by customers when creating a new ticket.' => 1587 '', 1588 'Activity Dialog' => 'Aktivitets dialog', 1589 'Activity dialog Name' => 'Aktivitets dialog navn', 1590 'Available in' => '', 1591 'Description (short)' => '', 1592 'Description (long)' => '', 1593 'The selected permission does not exist.' => '', 1594 'Required Lock' => '', 1595 'The selected required lock does not exist.' => '', 1596 'Submit Advice Text' => '', 1597 'Submit Button Text' => '', 1598 'You can assign Fields to this Activity Dialog by dragging the elements with the mouse from the left list to the right list.' => 1599 '', 1600 'Filter available fields' => '', 1601 'Available Fields' => 'Tilgængelige felter', 1602 'Assigned Fields' => 'Tildelte felter', 1603 'Communication Channel' => '', 1604 'Is visible for customer' => '', 1605 'Display' => 'Vis', 1606 1607 # Template: AdminProcessManagementPath 1608 'Path' => 'Sti', 1609 'Edit this transition' => 'Rediger denne overgang', 1610 'Transition Actions' => '', 1611 'You can assign Transition Actions to this Transition by dragging the elements with the mouse from the left list to the right list.' => 1612 '', 1613 'Filter available Transition Actions' => '', 1614 'Available Transition Actions' => '', 1615 'Create New Transition Action' => '', 1616 'Assigned Transition Actions' => '', 1617 1618 # Template: AdminProcessManagementProcessAccordion 1619 'Activities' => 'Aktiviteter', 1620 'Filter Activities...' => '', 1621 'Create New Activity' => 'Opret ny aktivitet', 1622 'Filter Activity Dialogs...' => '', 1623 'Transitions' => 'Overgange', 1624 'Filter Transitions...' => '', 1625 'Create New Transition' => '', 1626 'Filter Transition Actions...' => '', 1627 1628 # Template: AdminProcessManagementProcessEdit 1629 'Edit Process' => 'Rediger proces', 1630 'Print process information' => '', 1631 'Delete Process' => 'Slet proces', 1632 'Delete Inactive Process' => 'Slet inaktiv proces', 1633 'Available Process Elements' => '', 1634 'The Elements listed above in this sidebar can be moved to the canvas area on the right by using drag\'n\'drop.' => 1635 '', 1636 'You can place Activities on the canvas area to assign this Activity to the Process.' => 1637 '', 1638 'To assign an Activity Dialog to an Activity drop the Activity Dialog element from this sidebar over the Activity placed in the canvas area.' => 1639 '', 1640 'You can start a connection between two Activities by dropping the Transition element over the Start Activity of the connection. After that you can move the loose end of the arrow to the End Activity.' => 1641 '', 1642 'Actions can be assigned to a Transition by dropping the Action Element onto the label of a Transition.' => 1643 '', 1644 'Edit Process Information' => 'Rediger proces-information', 1645 'Process Name' => 'Proces-navn', 1646 'The selected state does not exist.' => 'Den valgte tilstand findes ikke.', 1647 'Add and Edit Activities, Activity Dialogs and Transitions' => '', 1648 'Show EntityIDs' => '', 1649 'Extend the width of the Canvas' => '', 1650 'Extend the height of the Canvas' => '', 1651 'Remove the Activity from this Process' => '', 1652 'Edit this Activity' => 'Rediger denne aktivitet', 1653 'Save Activities, Activity Dialogs and Transitions' => '', 1654 'Do you really want to delete this Process?' => 'Vil du virkelig slette denne proces?', 1655 'Do you really want to delete this Activity?' => 'Vil du virkelig slette denne aktivitet?', 1656 'Do you really want to delete this Activity Dialog?' => 'Vil du virkelig slette denne aktivitets-dialog?', 1657 'Do you really want to delete this Transition?' => 'Vil du virkelig slette denne overgang?', 1658 'Do you really want to delete this Transition Action?' => '', 1659 'Do you really want to remove this activity from the canvas? This can only be undone by leaving this screen without saving.' => 1660 '', 1661 'Do you really want to remove this transition from the canvas? This can only be undone by leaving this screen without saving.' => 1662 '', 1663 1664 # Template: AdminProcessManagementProcessNew 1665 'In this screen, you can create a new process. In order to make the new process available to users, please make sure to set its state to \'Active\' and synchronize after completing your work.' => 1666 '', 1667 1668 # Template: AdminProcessManagementProcessPrint 1669 'cancel & close' => '', 1670 'Start Activity' => 'Start aktivitet', 1671 'Contains %s dialog(s)' => 'Indeholder %s dialoger', 1672 'Assigned dialogs' => 'Tildelte dialoger', 1673 'Activities are not being used in this process.' => '', 1674 'Assigned fields' => 'Tildelte delter', 1675 'Activity dialogs are not being used in this process.' => '', 1676 'Condition linking' => 'Link betingelser', 1677 'Transitions are not being used in this process.' => '', 1678 'Module name' => 'Modul navn', 1679 'Transition actions are not being used in this process.' => '', 1680 1681 # Template: AdminProcessManagementTransition 1682 'Please note that changing this transition will affect the following processes' => 1683 '', 1684 'Transition' => 'Overgang', 1685 'Transition Name' => '', 1686 1687 # Template: AdminProcessManagementTransitionAction 1688 'Please note that changing this transition action will affect the following processes' => 1689 '', 1690 'Transition Action' => '', 1691 'Transition Action Name' => '', 1692 'Transition Action Module' => '', 1693 'Config Parameters' => '', 1694 'Add a new Parameter' => '', 1695 'Remove this Parameter' => '', 1696 1697 # Template: AdminQueue 1698 'Queue Management' => '', 1699 'Add Queue' => 'Tilføj kø', 1700 'Edit Queue' => 'Rediger kø', 1701 'Filter for Queues' => 'Filtrer køer', 1702 'Filter for queues' => '', 1703 'A queue with this name already exists!' => 'En kø med dette navn findes allerede.', 1704 'This queue is present in a SysConfig setting, confirmation for updating settings to point to the new queue is needed!' => 1705 '', 1706 'Sub-queue of' => 'Underkø af', 1707 'Unlock timeout' => 'Tidsfrist for frigivelse', 1708 '0 = no unlock' => '0 = ingen frigivelse', 1709 'hours' => 'timer', 1710 'Only business hours are counted.' => 'Kun normal kontor tid er beregnet.', 1711 'If an agent locks a ticket and does not close it before the unlock timeout has passed, the ticket will unlock and will become available for other agents.' => 1712 'Hvis en agent trækker sagen og ikke lukker den før frigivelses-timeout, vil sagen blive frigivet og gjort tilgængelig for andre agenter.', 1713 'Notify by' => 'Adviser ved', 1714 '0 = no escalation' => '0 = ingen eskalering', 1715 'If there is not added a customer contact, either email-external or phone, to a new ticket before the time defined here expires, the ticket is escalated.' => 1716 'Hvis der ikke har været kontakt fra kunden, enten via mail eller telefon, vedr. en ny sag inden den specificerede tid udløber, bliver sagen eskaleret.', 1717 'If there is an article added, such as a follow-up via email or the customer portal, the escalation update time is reset. If there is no customer contact, either email-external or phone, added to a ticket before the time defined here expires, the ticket is escalated.' => 1718 'Hvis et indlæg tilføjes, som f.eks. en opfølging via mail eller kunde-portalen, nulstilles eskalerings-tiden. Hvis der ikke har været kontakt fra kunden, enten via mail eller telefon, tilføjet sagen inden den specificerede tid udløber, bliver sagen eskaleret.', 1719 'If the ticket is not set to closed before the time defined here expires, the ticket is escalated.' => 1720 'Hvis sagen ikke er lukket inden den specificerede tid, bliver sagen eskaleret.', 1721 'Follow up Option' => 'Opfølgningsmulighed', 1722 'Specifies if follow up to closed tickets would re-open the ticket, be rejected or lead to a new ticket.' => 1723 'Angiver, om opfølginger på lukkede sager vil resultere i en genåbning af sagen, en afvisning af opfølgningen eller en ny sag.', 1724 'Ticket lock after a follow up' => 'Sag tildelt efter opfølgning på lukket sag', 1725 'If a ticket is closed and the customer sends a follow up the ticket will be locked to the old owner.' => 1726 'Hvis en kunde sender en opfølging på en lukket sag, vil sagen blive tildelt dens sidste ejer.', 1727 'System address' => 'Systemadresse', 1728 'Will be the sender address of this queue for email answers.' => 'Bliver til denne køs afsenderadresse for mail-svar.', 1729 'Default sign key' => 'Standard signeringsnøgle', 1730 'To use a sign key, PGP keys or S/MIME certificates need to be added with identifiers for selected queue system address.' => 1731 '', 1732 'Salutation' => 'Indledning', 1733 'The salutation for email answers.' => 'Den hilsen, der bruges til mail-svar.', 1734 'Signature' => 'Signatur', 1735 'The signature for email answers.' => 'Den signatur, der bruges til mail-svar.', 1736 'This queue is used in the following config settings:' => '', 1737 1738 # Template: AdminQueueAutoResponse 1739 'Manage Queue-Auto Response Relations' => 'Administrer Kø/Autosvar-relationer', 1740 'Change Auto Response Relations for Queue' => 'Administrer autosvar-relationer for kø', 1741 'This filter allow you to show queues without auto responses' => '', 1742 'Queues without Auto Responses' => '', 1743 'This filter allow you to show all queues' => 'Dette filter tillader dig at vise alle køer', 1744 'Show All Queues' => 'Vis alle køer', 1745 'Auto Responses' => 'Autosvar', 1746 1747 # Template: AdminQueueTemplates 1748 'Manage Template-Queue Relations' => 'Administrer Skabelon/Kø-relationer', 1749 'Filter for Templates' => 'Filter for skabeloner', 1750 'Filter for templates' => '', 1751 'Templates' => 'Skabeloner', 1752 1753 # Template: AdminRegistration 1754 'System Registration Management' => '', 1755 'Edit System Registration' => '', 1756 'System Registration Overview' => '', 1757 'Register System' => '', 1758 'Validate OTRS-ID' => '', 1759 'Deregister System' => 'Afregistrer system', 1760 'Edit details' => 'Rediger detaljer', 1761 'Show transmitted data' => 'Vis overførte data', 1762 'Deregister system' => 'Afregistrer system', 1763 'Overview of registered systems' => 'Oversigt over registrerede systemer', 1764 'This system is registered with OTRS Group.' => 'Dette system er registreret hos OTRS Group.', 1765 'System type' => 'System-type', 1766 'Unique ID' => 'Unikt ID', 1767 'Last communication with registration server' => 'Seneste kommunikation med registrerings-server', 1768 'System Registration not Possible' => '', 1769 'Please note that you can\'t register your system if OTRS Daemon is not running correctly!' => 1770 'Bemærk at du ikke kan registrere dit system hvis ikke OTRS tjenesten fungerer korrekt!', 1771 'Instructions' => 'Instruktioner', 1772 'System Deregistration not Possible' => '', 1773 'Please note that you can\'t deregister your system if you\'re using the %s or having a valid service contract.' => 1774 'Bemærk at du ikke kan afregistrere systemet hvis du benytter %s eller hvis du har en gyldig service kontrakt.', 1775 'OTRS-ID Login' => 'OTRS-ID Login', 1776 'Read more' => 'Læs mere', 1777 'You need to log in with your OTRS-ID to register your system.' => 1778 'Du skal logge ind med dit OTRS-ID for at registrere dit system', 1779 'Your OTRS-ID is the email address you used to sign up on the OTRS.com webpage.' => 1780 'Dit OTRS-ID er den mail-adresse, du tilmeldte dig med op OTRS.com-hjemmesiden.', 1781 'Data Protection' => 'Data-beskyttelse', 1782 'What are the advantages of system registration?' => 'Hvad er fordelene ved at registrere systemet?', 1783 'You will receive updates about relevant security releases.' => 'Du vil modtage opdateringer om relevante sikkerheds-udgivelser.', 1784 'With your system registration we can improve our services for you, because we have all relevant information available.' => 1785 'Vi kan levere en bedre service til dig ved hjælp af din system registrering, fordi vi har alle relevante oplysninger tilgængelig.', 1786 'This is only the beginning!' => 'Dette er kun begyndelsen!', 1787 'We will inform you about our new services and offerings soon.' => 1788 '', 1789 'Can I use OTRS without being registered?' => 'Kan jeg bruge OTRS uden at registrere?', 1790 'System registration is optional.' => 'Registrering er valgfrit.', 1791 'You can download and use OTRS without being registered.' => 'Du kan downloade og bruge OTRS uden at registrere.', 1792 'Is it possible to deregister?' => 'Er det muligt at afregistrere?', 1793 'You can deregister at any time.' => 'Du kan afregistrere til enhver tid.', 1794 'Which data is transfered when registering?' => 'Hvilke data bliver sendt ved registrering?', 1795 'A registered system sends the following data to OTRS Group:' => 'Et registreret system sender følgende data til OTRS Group:', 1796 'Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN), OTRS version, Database, Operating System and Perl version.' => 1797 'Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN), OTRS-version, Database, Operativsystem og Perl-version.', 1798 'Why do I have to provide a description for my system?' => 'Hvorfor skal jeg give en beskrivelse for mit system?', 1799 'The description of the system is optional.' => 'Beskrivelsen af dit system er valgfri.', 1800 'The description and system type you specify help you to identify and manage the details of your registered systems.' => 1801 'Beskrivelsen og typen, som du angiver, hjælper dig med at identificere og administrere dine registrerede systemer.', 1802 'How often does my OTRS system send updates?' => 'Hvor ofte sender mit OTRS-system opdateringer?', 1803 'Your system will send updates to the registration server at regular intervals.' => 1804 'Dit system vil sende opdateringer til registrerings-serveren med jævne mellemrum', 1805 'Typically this would be around once every three days.' => 'Normalt er det omkring én gang hver tredie dag.', 1806 'If you deregister your system, you will lose these benefits:' => 1807 'Hvis du afregistrerer dit system mister du disse fordele:', 1808 'You need to log in with your OTRS-ID to deregister your system.' => 1809 'Du skal logge ind med dit OTRS-ID for at afregistrere dit system.', 1810 'OTRS-ID' => 'OTRS-ID', 1811 'You don\'t have an OTRS-ID yet?' => 'Har du ikke et OTRS-ID endnu?', 1812 'Sign up now' => 'Registrer dig nu', 1813 'Forgot your password?' => 'Glemt dit password?', 1814 'Retrieve a new one' => 'Få et nyt', 1815 'Next' => 'Næste', 1816 'This data will be frequently transferred to OTRS Group when you register this system.' => 1817 'Disse data bliver jævnligt overført til OTRS koncernen når du registrerer dit system', 1818 'Attribute' => 'Attribut', 1819 'FQDN' => 'FQDN', 1820 'OTRS Version' => 'OTRS-version', 1821 'Operating System' => 'Operativ-system', 1822 'Perl Version' => 'Perl-version', 1823 'Optional description of this system.' => 'Valgfri beskrivelse af dette system.', 1824 'Register' => 'Registrer', 1825 'Continuing with this step will deregister the system from OTRS Group.' => 1826 'Hvis du fortsætter afregistreres dit system hos OTRS koncernen.', 1827 'Deregister' => 'Afregistrer', 1828 'You can modify registration settings here.' => 'Du kan ændre registrerings indstillingerne her.', 1829 'Overview of Transmitted Data' => '', 1830 'There is no data regularly sent from your system to %s.' => '', 1831 'The following data is sent at minimum every 3 days from your system to %s.' => 1832 '', 1833 'The data will be transferred in JSON format via a secure https connection.' => 1834 '', 1835 'System Registration Data' => '', 1836 'Support Data' => '', 1837 1838 # Template: AdminRole 1839 'Role Management' => 'Rollestyring', 1840 'Add Role' => 'Tilføj rolle', 1841 'Edit Role' => 'Rediger rolle', 1842 'Filter for Roles' => 'Filtrer roller', 1843 'Filter for roles' => '', 1844 'Create a role and put groups in it. Then add the role to the users.' => 1845 'Opret en rolle og indsæt grupper i den. Tilføj dernæst brugernes rolle.', 1846 'There are no roles defined. Please use the \'Add\' button to create a new role.' => 1847 'Der er ikke defineret nogen roller. Brug \'Tilføj rolle\'-knappen for at oprette en ny rolle.', 1848 1849 # Template: AdminRoleGroup 1850 'Manage Role-Group Relations' => 'Administrer Rolle/Gruppe-relationer', 1851 'Roles' => 'Roller', 1852 'Select the role:group permissions.' => 'Vælg rolle:gruppe-rettigheder', 1853 'If nothing is selected, then there are no permissions in this group (tickets will not be available for the role).' => 1854 'Hvis intet er valgt, er der ingen tilladelser i denne gruppe (sager vil ikke være tilgængelige for rollen).', 1855 'Toggle %s permission for all' => 'Skift %s-tilladelse for alle', 1856 'move_into' => 'flyt_til', 1857 'Permissions to move tickets into this group/queue.' => 'Tilladelser til at flytte sager ind i denne gruppe/kø.', 1858 'create' => 'opret', 1859 'Permissions to create tickets in this group/queue.' => 'Tilladelser til at oprette sager i denne gruppe/kø.', 1860 'note' => 'note', 1861 'Permissions to add notes to tickets in this group/queue.' => 'Rettigheder til at tilføje noter til sager i denne gruppe/kø.', 1862 'owner' => 'ejer', 1863 'Permissions to change the owner of tickets in this group/queue.' => 1864 'Rettigheder til at ændre ejer på sager i denne gruppe/kø', 1865 'priority' => 'prioritering', 1866 'Permissions to change the ticket priority in this group/queue.' => 1867 'Tilladelser til at ændre sagprioriteringen i denne gruppe/kø.', 1868 1869 # Template: AdminRoleUser 1870 'Manage Agent-Role Relations' => 'Administrer agent/rolle-relationer', 1871 'Add Agent' => 'Tilføj agent', 1872 'Filter for Agents' => 'Filtrer agenter', 1873 'Filter for agents' => '', 1874 'Agents' => 'Agenter', 1875 'Manage Role-Agent Relations' => 'Administrer rolle/agent-relationer', 1876 1877 # Template: AdminSLA 1878 'SLA Management' => 'SLA Administration', 1879 'Edit SLA' => 'Rediger SLA', 1880 'Add SLA' => 'Tilføj SLA', 1881 'Filter for SLAs' => '', 1882 'Please write only numbers!' => 'Angiv venligst kun tal!', 1883 1884 # Template: AdminSMIME 1885 'S/MIME Management' => 'S/MIME Styring', 1886 'Add Certificate' => 'Tilføj certifikat', 1887 'Add Private Key' => 'Tilføj privat nøgle', 1888 'SMIME support is disabled' => '', 1889 'To be able to use SMIME in OTRS, you have to enable it first.' => 1890 '', 1891 'Enable SMIME support' => '', 1892 'Faulty SMIME configuration' => '', 1893 'SMIME support is enabled, but the relevant configuration contains errors. Please check the configuration using the button below.' => 1894 '', 1895 'Check SMIME configuration' => '', 1896 'Filter for Certificates' => '', 1897 'Filter for certificates' => 'Filter for certifikater', 1898 'To show certificate details click on a certificate icon.' => 'Klik på et certifikat-ikon for at se certifikatets detaljer', 1899 'To manage private certificate relations click on a private key icon.' => 1900 'Klik på Privatnøgle-ikonet for at administrere private certifikater.', 1901 'Here you can add relations to your private certificate, these will be embedded to the S/MIME signature every time you use this certificate to sign an email.' => 1902 '', 1903 'See also' => 'Se også', 1904 'In this way you can directly edit the certification and private keys in file system.' => 1905 'Du kan på denne måde direkte redigere certificeringsnøgler og private nøgler i filsystemet.', 1906 'Hash' => 'Hash', 1907 'Create' => 'Opret', 1908 'Handle related certificates' => 'Håndter relaterede certifikater', 1909 'Read certificate' => 'Læs certifikat', 1910 'Delete this certificate' => 'Slet dette certifikat', 1911 'File' => 'Fil', 1912 'Secret' => 'Hemmelig', 1913 'Related Certificates for' => 'Relaterede certifikater for', 1914 'Delete this relation' => 'Slet denne relation', 1915 'Available Certificates' => 'Tilgængelige Certifikater', 1916 'Filter for S/MIME certs' => 'Filter for S/MIME-certifikater', 1917 'Relate this certificate' => 'Relater dette certifikat', 1918 1919 # Template: AdminSMIMECertRead 1920 'S/MIME Certificate' => 'S/MIME-certifikat', 1921 'Close this dialog' => 'Luk dette vindue', 1922 'Certificate Details' => '', 1923 1924 # Template: AdminSalutation 1925 'Salutation Management' => 'Administrer Indledninger', 1926 'Add Salutation' => 'Tilføj Indledning', 1927 'Edit Salutation' => 'Rediger Indledning', 1928 'Filter for Salutations' => '', 1929 'Filter for salutations' => '', 1930 'e. g.' => 'f.eks.', 1931 'Example salutation' => 'Eksempel på indledning', 1932 1933 # Template: AdminSecureMode 1934 'Secure Mode Needs to be Enabled!' => '', 1935 'Secure mode will (normally) be set after the initial installation is completed.' => 1936 'Secure Mode vil (normalt) blive aktiveret efter den indledende installation er fuldført.', 1937 'If secure mode is not activated, activate it via SysConfig because your application is already running.' => 1938 'Hvis Secure Mode ikke er aktiveret, så aktiver det via SysConfig, da din applikation allerede kører.', 1939 1940 # Template: AdminSelectBox 1941 'SQL Box' => 'SQL Box', 1942 'Filter for Results' => '', 1943 'Filter for results' => '', 1944 'Here you can enter SQL to send it directly to the application database. It is not possible to change the content of the tables, only select queries are allowed.' => 1945 '', 1946 'Here you can enter SQL to send it directly to the application database.' => 1947 'Her kan du indtaste SQL og sende de direkte til applikations-databasen.', 1948 'Options' => 'Valgmuligheder', 1949 'Only select queries are allowed.' => '', 1950 'The syntax of your SQL query has a mistake. Please check it.' => 1951 'Din SQL-syntax indeholder fejl. Tjek den venligst.', 1952 'There is at least one parameter missing for the binding. Please check it.' => 1953 'Der mangler mindst et parameter for bindingen. Tjek det venligst.', 1954 'Result format' => 'Resultatformat', 1955 'Run Query' => 'Kør forespørgsel', 1956 '%s Results' => '', 1957 'Query is executed.' => 'Forespørgslen er udført', 1958 1959 # Template: AdminService 1960 'Service Management' => 'Administrer Services', 1961 'Add Service' => 'Tilføj service', 1962 'Edit Service' => 'Rediger service', 1963 'Service name maximum length is 200 characters (with Sub-service).' => 1964 '', 1965 'Sub-service of' => 'Under-service af', 1966 1967 # Template: AdminSession 1968 'Session Management' => 'Sessionsstyring', 1969 'Detail Session View for %s (%s)' => '', 1970 'All sessions' => 'Alle sessioner', 1971 'Agent sessions' => 'Agent-sessioner', 1972 'Customer sessions' => 'Kunde-sessioner', 1973 'Unique agents' => 'Ukikke agenter', 1974 'Unique customers' => 'Unikke kunder', 1975 'Kill all sessions' => 'Dræb alle sessioner', 1976 'Kill this session' => 'Dræb denne session', 1977 'Filter for Sessions' => '', 1978 'Filter for sessions' => '', 1979 'Session' => 'Session', 1980 'User' => 'Bruger', 1981 'Kill' => 'Dræb', 1982 'Detail View for SessionID: %s - %s' => '', 1983 1984 # Template: AdminSignature 1985 'Signature Management' => 'Administrer signaturer', 1986 'Add Signature' => 'Tilføj Signatur', 1987 'Edit Signature' => 'Rediger signatur', 1988 'Filter for Signatures' => '', 1989 'Filter for signatures' => '', 1990 'Example signature' => 'Eksempel på signatur', 1991 1992 # Template: AdminState 1993 'State Management' => 'Administrer Tilstande', 1994 'Add State' => 'Tilføj tilstand', 1995 'Edit State' => 'Rediger tilstand', 1996 'Filter for States' => '', 1997 'Filter for states' => '', 1998 'Attention' => 'Bemærk', 1999 'Please also update the states in SysConfig where needed.' => 'Husk også at opdatere tilstandene i SysConfig, hvor der er behov for det.', 2000 'This state is present in a SysConfig setting, confirmation for updating settings to point to the new type is needed!' => 2001 '', 2002 'State type' => 'Tilstandstype', 2003 'It\'s not possible to invalidate this entry because there is no other merge states in system!' => 2004 '', 2005 'This state is used in the following config settings:' => '', 2006 2007 # Template: AdminSupportDataCollector 2008 'Sending support data to OTRS Group is not possible!' => '', 2009 'Enable Cloud Services' => '', 2010 'This data is sent to OTRS Group on a regular basis. To stop sending this data please update your system registration.' => 2011 '', 2012 'You can manually trigger the Support Data sending by pressing this button:' => 2013 '', 2014 'Send Update' => 'Send Opdatering', 2015 'Currently this data is only shown in this system.' => '', 2016 'A support bundle (including: system registration information, support data, a list of installed packages and all locally modified source code files) can be generated by pressing this button:' => 2017 '', 2018 'Generate Support Bundle' => 'Generer Support Pakke', 2019 'The Support Bundle has been Generated' => '', 2020 'Please choose one of the following options.' => 'Vælg venligst en af følgende muligheder.', 2021 'Send by Email' => 'Send via mail', 2022 'The support bundle is too large to send it by email, this option has been disabled.' => 2023 'Support Pakken er for stor til at kunne sendes via email, denne mulighed er deaktiveret.', 2024 'The email address for this user is invalid, this option has been disabled.' => 2025 'Email adressen til denne bruger er ugyldig, denne mulighed er deaktiveret.', 2026 'Sending' => 'Sender', 2027 'The support bundle will be sent to OTRS Group via email automatically.' => 2028 'Support Pakken sendes automatisk via email til OTRS Group', 2029 'Download File' => 'Hent fil', 2030 'A file containing the support bundle will be downloaded to the local system. Please save the file and send it to the OTRS Group, using an alternate method.' => 2031 'Supportpakken downloades på det lokale system. Gem venligst filen og send den til OTRS Group.', 2032 'Error: Support data could not be collected (%s).' => 'Fejl: Supportdata kunne ikke indsamles (%s).', 2033 'Details' => 'Detaljer', 2034 2035 # Template: AdminSystemAddress 2036 'System Email Addresses Management' => 'Administrer systemets mail-adresser', 2037 'Add System Email Address' => 'Tilføj system-mail-adresse', 2038 'Edit System Email Address' => 'Rediger system-mail-adresse', 2039 'Add System Address' => '', 2040 'Filter for System Addresses' => '', 2041 'Filter for system addresses' => '', 2042 'All incoming email with this address in To or Cc will be dispatched to the selected queue.' => 2043 'Alt indgående mail med denne adresse i Til eller Cc, vil blive sendt til den valgte kø.', 2044 'Email address' => 'Mail-adresse', 2045 'Display name' => 'Vist navn', 2046 'This email address is already used as system email address.' => '', 2047 'The display name and email address will be shown on mail you send.' => 2048 'Vist navn og mail-adresse vil blive vist på mail, du sender.', 2049 'This system address cannot be set to invalid.' => '', 2050 'This system address cannot be set to invalid, because it is used in one or more queue(s) or auto response(s).' => 2051 '', 2052 2053 # Template: AdminSystemConfiguration 2054 'online administrator documentation' => '', 2055 'System configuration' => 'Systemkonfiguration', 2056 'Navigate through the available settings by using the tree in the navigation box on the left side.' => 2057 '', 2058 'Find certain settings by using the search field below or from search icon from the top navigation.' => 2059 '', 2060 'Find out how to use the system configuration by reading the %s.' => 2061 '', 2062 'Search in all settings...' => '', 2063 'There are currently no settings available. Please make sure to run \'otrs.Console.pl Maint::Config::Rebuild\' before using the software.' => 2064 '', 2065 2066 # Template: AdminSystemConfigurationDeployment 2067 'Changes Deployment' => '', 2068 'Help' => '', 2069 'This is an overview of all settings which will be part of the deployment if you start it now. You can compare each setting to its former state by clicking the icon on the top right.' => 2070 '', 2071 'To exclude certain settings from a deployment, click the checkbox on the header bar of a setting.' => 2072 '', 2073 'By default, you will only deploy settings which you changed on your own. If you\'d like to deploy settings changed by other users, too, please click the link on top of the screen to enter the advanced deployment mode.' => 2074 '', 2075 'A deployment has just been restored, which means that all affected setting have been reverted to the state from the selected deployment.' => 2076 '', 2077 'Please review the changed settings and deploy afterwards.' => '', 2078 'An empty list of changes means that there are no differences between the restored and the current state of the affected settings.' => 2079 '', 2080 'Changes Overview' => '', 2081 'There are %s changed settings which will be deployed in this run.' => 2082 '', 2083 'Switch to basic mode to deploy settings only changed by you.' => 2084 '', 2085 'You have %s changed settings which will be deployed in this run.' => 2086 '', 2087 'Switch to advanced mode to deploy settings changed by other users, too.' => 2088 '', 2089 'There are no settings to be deployed.' => '', 2090 'Switch to advanced mode to see deployable settings changed by other users.' => 2091 '', 2092 'Deploy selected changes' => '', 2093 2094 # Template: AdminSystemConfigurationGroup 2095 'This group doesn\'t contain any settings. Please try navigating to one of its sub groups.' => 2096 '', 2097 2098 # Template: AdminSystemConfigurationImportExport 2099 'Import & Export' => '', 2100 'Upload a file to be imported to your system (.yml format as exported from the System Configuration module).' => 2101 '', 2102 'Upload system configuration' => 'Upload systemkonfiguration', 2103 'Import system configuration' => 'Importer systemkonfiguration', 2104 'Download current configuration settings of your system in a .yml file.' => 2105 '', 2106 'Include user settings' => '', 2107 'Export current configuration' => '', 2108 2109 # Template: AdminSystemConfigurationSearch 2110 'Search for' => '', 2111 'Search for category' => '', 2112 'Settings I\'m currently editing' => '', 2113 'Your search for "%s" in category "%s" did not return any results.' => 2114 '', 2115 'Your search for "%s" in category "%s" returned one result.' => '', 2116 'Your search for "%s" in category "%s" returned %s results.' => '', 2117 'You\'re currently not editing any settings.' => '', 2118 'You\'re currently editing %s setting(s).' => '', 2119 2120 # Template: AdminSystemConfigurationSearchDialog 2121 'Category' => 'Kategori', 2122 'Run search' => 'Søg', 2123 2124 # Template: AdminSystemConfigurationView 2125 'View a custom List of Settings' => '', 2126 'View single Setting: %s' => '', 2127 'Go back to Deployment Details' => '', 2128 2129 # Template: AdminSystemMaintenance 2130 'System Maintenance Management' => 'System vedligeholdelse', 2131 'Schedule New System Maintenance' => 'Planlæg ny system vedligeholdelse', 2132 'Filter for System Maintenances' => '', 2133 'Filter for system maintenances' => '', 2134 'Schedule a system maintenance period for announcing the Agents and Customers the system is down for a time period.' => 2135 '', 2136 'Some time before this system maintenance starts the users will receive a notification on each screen announcing about this fact.' => 2137 '', 2138 'Stop date' => 'Slut dato', 2139 'Delete System Maintenance' => 'Slet Systemvedligehold', 2140 2141 # Template: AdminSystemMaintenanceEdit 2142 'Edit System Maintenance' => '', 2143 'Edit System Maintenance Information' => '', 2144 'Date invalid!' => 'Ugyldig dato', 2145 'Login message' => 'Login besked', 2146 'This field must have less then 250 characters.' => '', 2147 'Show login message' => 'Vis login besked', 2148 'Notify message' => '', 2149 'Manage Sessions' => 'Administrer sessioner', 2150 'All Sessions' => 'Alle sessioner', 2151 'Agent Sessions' => 'Agent-sessioner', 2152 'Customer Sessions' => 'Kunde-sessioner', 2153 'Kill all Sessions, except for your own' => 'Afbryd alle sessioner, undtagen din egen', 2154 2155 # Template: AdminTemplate 2156 'Template Management' => '', 2157 'Add Template' => 'Tilføj skabelon', 2158 'Edit Template' => 'Rediger skabelon', 2159 'A template is a default text which helps your agents to write faster tickets, answers or forwards.' => 2160 'En skabelon er en standard-tekst, der hjælper dine agenter til at skrive hurtigere sager, svar og videresendelser.', 2161 'Don\'t forget to add new templates to queues.' => 'Husk at tilføje nye skabeloner til køer.', 2162 'Attachments' => 'Vedhæftede filer', 2163 'Delete this entry' => 'Slet dette svar', 2164 'Do you really want to delete this template?' => '', 2165 'A standard template with this name already exists!' => 'En standard-skabelon med dette navn eksisterer allerede!', 2166 'Template' => 'Skabelon', 2167 'To get the first 20 characters of the subject of the current/latest agent article (current for Answer and Forward, latest for Note template type). This tag is not supported for other template types.' => 2168 '', 2169 'To get the first 5 lines of the body of the current/latest agent article (current for Answer and Forward, latest for Note template type). This tag is not supported for other template types.' => 2170 '', 2171 'To get the first 20 characters of the subject of the current/latest article (current for Answer and Forward, latest for Note template type). This tag is not supported for other template types.' => 2172 '', 2173 'To get the first 5 lines of the body of the current/latest article (current for Answer and Forward, latest for Note template type). This tag is not supported for other template types.' => 2174 '', 2175 'Create type templates only supports this smart tags' => 'Skabeloner af typen \'Opret\' understøtter kun disse smart tags', 2176 'Example template' => 'Eksempel-skabelon', 2177 'The current ticket state is' => 'Den aktuelle sags status er', 2178 'Your email address is' => 'Din mail-adresse er', 2179 2180 # Template: AdminTemplateAttachment 2181 'Manage Template-Attachment Relations' => '', 2182 'Toggle active for all' => 'Skift aktiv for alle', 2183 'Link %s to selected %s' => 'Kæd %s til valgte %s', 2184 2185 # Template: AdminType 2186 'Type Management' => 'Administrer Typer', 2187 'Add Type' => 'Tilføj type', 2188 'Edit Type' => 'Rediger type', 2189 'Filter for Types' => '', 2190 'Filter for types' => '', 2191 'A type with this name already exists!' => 'En type med dette navn eksisterer allerede!', 2192 'This type is present in a SysConfig setting, confirmation for updating settings to point to the new type is needed!' => 2193 '', 2194 'This type is used in the following config settings:' => '', 2195 2196 # Template: AdminUser 2197 'Agent Management' => 'Administrer Agenter', 2198 'Edit Agent' => 'Rediger agent', 2199 'Edit personal preferences for this agent' => 'Rediger personlige indstillinger for denne agent', 2200 'Agents will be needed to handle tickets.' => 'Agenter skal oprettes for at kunne håndtere sager.', 2201 'Don\'t forget to add a new agent to groups and/or roles!' => 'Glem ikke at tilføje nye agenter til grupper og/eller roller!', 2202 'Please enter a search term to look for agents.' => 'Angiv en søgestreng for at lede efter agenter.', 2203 'Last login' => 'Seneste Login', 2204 'Switch to agent' => 'Skift til agent', 2205 'Title or salutation' => 'Titel eller titulering', 2206 'Firstname' => 'Fornavn', 2207 'Lastname' => 'Efternavn', 2208 'A user with this username already exists!' => 'En bruger med dette brugernavn eksisterer allerede!', 2209 'Will be auto-generated if left empty.' => 'Bliver autogenereret, hvis ikke udfyldt.', 2210 'Mobile' => 'Mobil', 2211 'Effective Permissions for Agent' => '', 2212 'This agent has no group permissions.' => '', 2213 'Table above shows effective group permissions for the agent. The matrix takes into account all inherited permissions (e.g. via roles).' => 2214 '', 2215 2216 # Template: AdminUserGroup 2217 'Manage Agent-Group Relations' => 'Administrer Agent/Gruppe-relationer', 2218 2219 # Template: AgentAppointmentAgendaOverview 2220 'Agenda Overview' => '', 2221 'Manage Calendars' => '', 2222 'Add Appointment' => '', 2223 'Today' => 'I dag', 2224 'All-day' => 'Alle dage', 2225 'Repeat' => '', 2226 'Notification' => 'Besked', 2227 'Yes' => 'Ja', 2228 'No' => 'Nej', 2229 'No calendars found. Please add a calendar first by using Manage Calendars page.' => 2230 '', 2231 2232 # Template: AgentAppointmentCalendarOverview 2233 'Add new Appointment' => 'Tilføj ny Aftale', 2234 'Calendars' => '', 2235 2236 # Template: AgentAppointmentEdit 2237 'Basic information' => '', 2238 'Date/Time' => '', 2239 'Invalid date!' => 'Ugyldig dato!', 2240 'Please set this to value before End date.' => '', 2241 'Please set this to value after Start date.' => '', 2242 'This an occurrence of a repeating appointment.' => '', 2243 'Click here to see the parent appointment.' => '', 2244 'Click here to edit the parent appointment.' => '', 2245 'Frequency' => '', 2246 'Every' => '', 2247 'day(s)' => 'dag(e)', 2248 'week(s)' => 'uge(r)', 2249 'month(s)' => 'måned(er)', 2250 'year(s)' => 'år', 2251 'On' => 'Til', 2252 'Monday' => 'Mandag', 2253 'Mon' => 'Man', 2254 'Tuesday' => 'Tirsdag', 2255 'Tue' => 'Tir', 2256 'Wednesday' => 'Onsdag', 2257 'Wed' => 'Ons', 2258 'Thursday' => 'Torsdag', 2259 'Thu' => 'Tor', 2260 'Friday' => 'Fredag', 2261 'Fri' => 'Fre', 2262 'Saturday' => 'Lørdag', 2263 'Sat' => 'Lør', 2264 'Sunday' => 'Søndag', 2265 'Sun' => 'Søn', 2266 'January' => 'Januar', 2267 'Jan' => 'Jan', 2268 'February' => 'Februar', 2269 'Feb' => 'Feb', 2270 'March' => 'Marts', 2271 'Mar' => 'Mar', 2272 'April' => 'April', 2273 'Apr' => 'Apr', 2274 'May_long' => 'Maj', 2275 'May' => 'Maj', 2276 'June' => 'Juni', 2277 'Jun' => 'Jun', 2278 'July' => 'Juli', 2279 'Jul' => 'Jul', 2280 'August' => 'August', 2281 'Aug' => 'Aug', 2282 'September' => 'September', 2283 'Sep' => 'Sep', 2284 'October' => 'Oktober', 2285 'Oct' => 'Okt', 2286 'November' => 'November', 2287 'Nov' => 'Nov', 2288 'December' => 'December', 2289 'Dec' => 'Dec', 2290 'Relative point of time' => '', 2291 'Link' => 'Link', 2292 'Remove entry' => 'Fjern parameter', 2293 2294 # Template: AgentCustomerInformationCenter 2295 'Customer Information Center' => 'Kundeinformations-center', 2296 2297 # Template: AgentCustomerInformationCenterSearch 2298 'Customer User' => 'Kundebruger', 2299 2300 # Template: AgentCustomerTableView 2301 'Note: Customer is invalid!' => 'Bemærk: Kunden er ugyldig', 2302 'Start chat' => 'Start chat', 2303 'Video call' => '', 2304 'Audio call' => '', 2305 2306 # Template: AgentCustomerUserAddressBook 2307 'Customer User Address Book' => '', 2308 'Search for recipients and add the results as \'%s\'.' => '', 2309 'Search template' => 'Søgeskabelon', 2310 'Create Template' => 'Opret skabelon', 2311 'Create New' => 'Opret ny', 2312 'Save changes in template' => 'Gem ændringer i skabelon', 2313 'Filters in use' => 'Aktive filtre', 2314 'Additional filters' => 'Yderligere filtre', 2315 'Add another attribute' => 'Tilføj endnu en attribut', 2316 'The attributes with the identifier \'(Customer)\' are from the customer company.' => 2317 '', 2318 '(e. g. Term* or *Term*)' => '', 2319 2320 # Template: AgentCustomerUserAddressBookOverview 2321 'Select all' => 'Vælg alle', 2322 'The customer user is already selected in the ticket mask.' => '', 2323 'Select this customer user' => '', 2324 'Add selected customer user to' => '', 2325 2326 # Template: AgentCustomerUserAddressBookOverviewNavBar 2327 'Change search options' => 'Skift søgemuligheder', 2328 2329 # Template: AgentCustomerUserInformationCenter 2330 'Customer User Information Center' => '', 2331 2332 # Template: AgentDaemonInfo 2333 'The OTRS Daemon is a daemon process that performs asynchronous tasks, e.g. ticket escalation triggering, email sending, etc.' => 2334 'OTRS tjenesten er en tjeneste der udfører asynkrone opgaver, f.eks. sags eskalering, afsendelse af email, osv.', 2335 'A running OTRS Daemon is mandatory for correct system operation.' => 2336 'En kørende OTRS tjeneste er påkrævet for korrekt system operation.', 2337 'Starting the OTRS Daemon' => 'Starter OTRS tjeneste', 2338 'Make sure that the file \'%s\' exists (without .dist extension). This cron job will check every 5 minutes if the OTRS Daemon is running and start it if needed.' => 2339 'Kontroller at filen \'%s\' eksisterer (uden .dist filendelsen). Dette cron job checker hvert 5. minut om OTRS tjenesten kører og starter den om nødvendigt.', 2340 'Execute \'%s start\' to make sure the cron jobs of the \'otrs\' user are active.' => 2341 'Kør \'%s start\' for at sikre at \'otrs\' brugerens cron job er aktive.', 2342 'After 5 minutes, check that the OTRS Daemon is running in the system (\'bin/otrs.Daemon.pl status\').' => 2343 'Check at OTRS tjenesten kører efter 5 minutter (\'bin/otrs.Daemon.pl status\').', 2344 2345 # Template: AgentDashboard 2346 'Dashboard' => 'Oversigt', 2347 2348 # Template: AgentDashboardAppointmentCalendar 2349 'New Appointment' => 'Ny Aftale', 2350 'Tomorrow' => 'I morgen', 2351 'Soon' => '', 2352 '5 days' => '', 2353 'Start' => 'Start', 2354 'none' => 'ingen', 2355 2356 # Template: AgentDashboardCalendarOverview 2357 'in' => 'om', 2358 2359 # Template: AgentDashboardCommon 2360 'Save settings' => 'Gem ændringer', 2361 'Close this widget' => 'Luk widget', 2362 'more' => 'mere', 2363 'Available Columns' => 'Tilgængelige kolonner', 2364 'Visible Columns (order by drag & drop)' => 'Synlige kolonner (flyt dem med musen)', 2365 2366 # Template: AgentDashboardCustomerIDList 2367 'Change Customer Relations' => '', 2368 'Open' => 'Åben', 2369 'Closed' => 'Lukket', 2370 '%s open ticket(s) of %s' => '%s åbne sager af %s', 2371 '%s closed ticket(s) of %s' => '%s lukkede sager af %s', 2372 'Edit customer ID' => '', 2373 2374 # Template: AgentDashboardCustomerIDStatus 2375 'Escalated tickets' => 'Eskalerede sager', 2376 'Open tickets' => 'Åbne sager', 2377 'Closed tickets' => 'Lukkede sager', 2378 'All tickets' => 'Alle sager', 2379 'Archived tickets' => 'Arkiverede sager', 2380 2381 # Template: AgentDashboardCustomerUserInformation 2382 'Note: Customer User is invalid!' => '', 2383 2384 # Template: AgentDashboardCustomerUserList 2385 'Customer user information' => '', 2386 'Phone ticket' => 'Sager', 2387 'Email ticket' => 'Mail-sager', 2388 'New phone ticket from %s' => 'Nye sager fra %s', 2389 'New email ticket to %s' => 'Nye mail-sager til %s', 2390 2391 # Template: AgentDashboardProductNotify 2392 '%s %s is available!' => '%s %s er tilgængelig', 2393 'Please update now.' => 'Opdater venligst.', 2394 'Release Note' => 'Udgivelsesnote', 2395 'Level' => 'Niveau', 2396 2397 # Template: AgentDashboardRSSOverview 2398 'Posted %s ago.' => 'Offentliggjort %s siden.', 2399 2400 # Template: AgentDashboardStats 2401 'The configuration for this statistic widget contains errors, please review your settings.' => 2402 'Konfigurationen for denne rapport-widget har fejl. Tjek venligst dine indstillinger.', 2403 'Download as SVG file' => 'Hent som SVG fil', 2404 'Download as PNG file' => 'Hent som PNG fil', 2405 'Download as CSV file' => 'Hent som CSV fil', 2406 'Download as Excel file' => 'Hent som Excel fil', 2407 'Download as PDF file' => 'Hent som PDF fil', 2408 'Please select a valid graph output format in the configuration of this widget.' => 2409 '', 2410 'The content of this statistic is being prepared for you, please be patient.' => 2411 'Indholdet af rapporten forberedes, vær tålmodig.', 2412 'This statistic can currently not be used because its configuration needs to be corrected by the statistics administrator.' => 2413 'Rapporten kan ikke bruges i øjeblikket, da den afventer at konfigurationen bliver korrigeret af rapport-administratoren.', 2414 2415 # Template: AgentDashboardTicketGeneric 2416 'Assigned to customer user' => '', 2417 'Accessible for customer user' => '', 2418 'My locked tickets' => 'Mine sager', 2419 'My watched tickets' => 'Sager, jeg følger', 2420 'My responsibilities' => 'Sager, jeg er ansvarlig for', 2421 'Tickets in My Queues' => 'Sager i Mine Køer', 2422 'Tickets in My Services' => 'Sager i mine services', 2423 'Service Time' => 'Servicetid', 2424 2425 # Template: AgentDashboardTicketQueueOverview 2426 'Total' => 'I alt', 2427 2428 # Template: AgentDashboardUserOnline 2429 'out of office' => 'ude af kontoret', 2430 2431 # Template: AgentDashboardUserOutOfOffice 2432 'until' => 'til', 2433 2434 # Template: AgentInfo 2435 'To accept some news, a license or some changes.' => 'For at acceptere nogle nyheder, en lices eller nogle ændringer.', 2436 'Yes, accepted.' => '', 2437 2438 # Template: AgentLinkObject 2439 'Manage links for %s' => '', 2440 'Create new links' => '', 2441 'Manage existing links' => '', 2442 'Link with' => '', 2443 'Start search' => '', 2444 'There are currently no links. Please click \'Create new Links\' on the top to link this item to other objects.' => 2445 '', 2446 2447 # Template: AgentOTRSBusinessBlockScreen 2448 'Unauthorized usage of %s detected' => '', 2449 'If you decide to downgrade to ((OTRS)) Community Edition, you will lose all database tables and data related to %s.' => 2450 '', 2451 2452 # Template: AgentPreferences 2453 'Edit your preferences' => 'Opdater dine indstillinger', 2454 'Personal Preferences' => 'Personlinge indstillinger', 2455 'Preferences' => 'Indstillinger', 2456 'Please note: you\'re currently editing the preferences of %s.' => 2457 '', 2458 'Go back to editing this agent' => '', 2459 'Set up your personal preferences. Save each setting by clicking the checkmark on the right.' => 2460 'Vælg dine personlige præferencer. Gem hver indstilling ved at klikke på tjekmærket til højre.', 2461 'You can use the navigation tree below to only show settings from certain groups.' => 2462 '', 2463 'Dynamic Actions' => '', 2464 'Filter settings...' => '', 2465 'Filter for settings' => '', 2466 'Save all settings' => '', 2467 'Avatars have been disabled by the system administrator. You\'ll see your initials instead.' => 2468 '', 2469 'You can change your avatar image by registering with your email address %s at %s. Please note that it can take some time until your new avatar becomes available because of caching.' => 2470 '', 2471 'Off' => 'Fra', 2472 'End' => 'Slut', 2473 'This setting can currently not be saved.' => '', 2474 'This setting can currently not be saved' => '', 2475 'Save this setting' => '', 2476 'Did you know? You can help translating OTRS at %s.' => 'Vidste du det? Du kan hjælpe med at oversætte OTRS på %s.', 2477 2478 # Template: SettingsList 2479 'Reset to default' => '', 2480 2481 # Template: AgentPreferencesOverview 2482 'Choose from the groups on the right to find the settings you\'d wish to change.' => 2483 '', 2484 'Did you know?' => '', 2485 'You can change your avatar by registering with your email address %s on %s' => 2486 '', 2487 2488 # Template: AgentSplitSelection 2489 'Target' => '', 2490 'Process' => 'Proces', 2491 'Split' => 'Opdel', 2492 2493 # Template: AgentStatisticsAdd 2494 'Statistics Management' => '', 2495 'Add Statistics' => '', 2496 'Read more about statistics in OTRS' => '', 2497 'Dynamic Matrix' => 'Dynamisk matrix', 2498 'Each cell contains a singular data point.' => '', 2499 'Dynamic List' => 'Dynamisk liste', 2500 'Each row contains data of one entity.' => '', 2501 'Static' => 'Statisk', 2502 'Non-configurable complex statistics.' => '', 2503 'General Specification' => 'Generel Specifikation', 2504 'Create Statistic' => 'Opret Rapport', 2505 2506 # Template: AgentStatisticsEdit 2507 'Edit Statistics' => '', 2508 'Run now' => 'Kør nu', 2509 'Statistics Preview' => 'Forhåndsvisning af Rapport', 2510 'Save Statistic' => '', 2511 2512 # Template: AgentStatisticsImport 2513 'Import Statistics' => '', 2514 'Import Statistics Configuration' => '', 2515 2516 # Template: AgentStatisticsOverview 2517 'Statistics' => 'Rapporter', 2518 'Run' => 'Kør', 2519 'Edit statistic "%s".' => 'Rediger rapport "%s".', 2520 'Export statistic "%s"' => 'Eksporter rapport "%s"', 2521 'Export statistic %s' => 'Eksporter rapport %s', 2522 'Delete statistic "%s"' => 'Slet rapport "%s"', 2523 'Delete statistic %s' => 'Slet rapport %s', 2524 2525 # Template: AgentStatisticsView 2526 'Statistics Overview' => '', 2527 'View Statistics' => '', 2528 'Statistics Information' => '', 2529 'Created by' => 'Oprettet af', 2530 'Changed by' => 'ændret af', 2531 'Sum rows' => 'Summer rækker', 2532 'Sum columns' => 'Summer Kolonner', 2533 'Show as dashboard widget' => 'Vis på dashboardet som widget', 2534 'Cache' => 'Cache', 2535 'This statistic contains configuration errors and can currently not be used.' => 2536 'Denne rapport er fejlkonfigureret og kan ikke benyttes i øjeblikket.', 2537 2538 # Template: AgentTicketActionCommon 2539 'Change Free Text of %s%s%s' => '', 2540 'Change Owner of %s%s%s' => '', 2541 'Close %s%s%s' => '', 2542 'Add Note to %s%s%s' => '', 2543 'Set Pending Time for %s%s%s' => '', 2544 'Change Priority of %s%s%s' => '', 2545 'Change Responsible of %s%s%s' => '', 2546 'All fields marked with an asterisk (*) are mandatory.' => 'Alle felter markeret med en stjerne er obligatoriske.', 2547 'The ticket has been locked' => 'Sagen er blevet trukket', 2548 'Undo & close' => 'Afbryd og luk', 2549 'Ticket Settings' => 'Administrer Sager', 2550 'Queue invalid.' => '', 2551 'Service invalid.' => 'Ugyldig service.', 2552 'SLA invalid.' => '', 2553 'New Owner' => 'Ny Ejer', 2554 'Please set a new owner!' => 'Vælg venligst en ny ejer!', 2555 'Owner invalid.' => '', 2556 'New Responsible' => 'Ny Ansvarlig', 2557 'Please set a new responsible!' => '', 2558 'Responsible invalid.' => '', 2559 'Next state' => 'Næste status', 2560 'State invalid.' => '', 2561 'For all pending* states.' => 'For alle afventende* tilstande.', 2562 'Add Article' => 'Tilføj Indlæg', 2563 'Create an Article' => 'Opret et Indlæg', 2564 'Inform agents' => 'Informer agenter', 2565 'Inform involved agents' => 'Informer involverede agenter', 2566 'Here you can select additional agents which should receive a notification regarding the new article.' => 2567 'Her kan du vælge yderligere agenter der skal have besked om den nye artikel.', 2568 'Text will also be received by' => '', 2569 'Text Template' => 'Tekst-skabelon', 2570 'Setting a template will overwrite any text or attachment.' => 'Angivelse af skabelon vil overskrive enhver tekst eller vedhæftning.', 2571 'Invalid time!' => 'Ugyldigt tidsrum!', 2572 2573 # Template: AgentTicketBounce 2574 'Bounce %s%s%s' => '', 2575 'Bounce to' => 'Overgiv til', 2576 'You need a email address.' => 'Du mangler en mail-adresse', 2577 'Need a valid email address or don\'t use a local email address.' => 2578 'Der mangler en gyldig mail-adresse. Brug ikke en lokal mail-adresse.', 2579 'Next ticket state' => 'Sagens næste status', 2580 'Inform sender' => 'Informer afsender', 2581 'Send mail' => 'Send mail', 2582 2583 # Template: AgentTicketBulk 2584 'Ticket Bulk Action' => 'Massehandling', 2585 'Send Email' => 'Send mail', 2586 'Merge' => 'Saml', 2587 'Merge to' => 'Saml til', 2588 'Invalid ticket identifier!' => 'Ugyldig sagsidentifikation!', 2589 'Merge to oldest' => 'Saml til ældste', 2590 'Link together' => 'Kæd sammen', 2591 'Link to parent' => 'Kæd til forælder', 2592 'Unlock tickets' => 'Frigiv sager', 2593 'Execute Bulk Action' => 'Udfør massehandling', 2594 2595 # Template: AgentTicketCompose 2596 'Compose Answer for %s%s%s' => '', 2597 'This address is registered as system address and cannot be used: %s' => 2598 'Denne adresse er registreret som systemadresse og kan ikke benyttes: %s', 2599 'Please include at least one recipient' => 'Der skal være mindst én modtager.', 2600 'Select one or more recipients from the customer user address book.' => 2601 '', 2602 'Customer user address book' => '', 2603 'Remove Ticket Customer' => 'Fjern Sagens Kunde', 2604 'Please remove this entry and enter a new one with the correct value.' => 2605 'Fjern venligst denne indtastning og skriv en ny med den korrekte værdi.', 2606 'This address already exists on the address list.' => 'Denne adresse eksisterer allerede i adresselisten.', 2607 'Remove Cc' => 'Fjern Cc', 2608 'Bcc' => 'Bcc', 2609 'Remove Bcc' => 'Fjern Bcc', 2610 'Date Invalid!' => 'Ugyldig dato!', 2611 2612 # Template: AgentTicketCustomer 2613 'Change Customer of %s%s%s' => '', 2614 'Customer Information' => 'Kundeoplysninger', 2615 'Customer user' => 'Kundebruger', 2616 2617 # Template: AgentTicketEmail 2618 'Create New Email Ticket' => 'Opret ny mail-sag', 2619 'Example Template' => 'Eksempel-skabelon', 2620 'From queue' => 'Fra kø', 2621 'To customer user' => 'Til kundebruger', 2622 'Please include at least one customer user for the ticket.' => 'Inkluder venligst mindst en kundebruger til sagen', 2623 'Select this customer as the main customer.' => 'Vælg denne kunde som sagens hovedkunde', 2624 'Remove Ticket Customer User' => 'Fjern kundebruger fra sagen', 2625 'Get all' => 'Hent alle', 2626 2627 # Template: AgentTicketEmailOutbound 2628 'Outbound Email for %s%s%s' => '', 2629 2630 # Template: AgentTicketEmailResend 2631 'Resend Email for %s%s%s' => '', 2632 2633 # Template: AgentTicketEscalation 2634 'Ticket %s: first response time is over (%s/%s)!' => 'Sag %s: Tid til første svar er overskredet (%s/%s)!', 2635 'Ticket %s: first response time will be over in %s/%s!' => 'Sag %s: Tid til første svar overskrides om %s/%s!', 2636 'Ticket %s: update time is over (%s/%s)!' => '', 2637 'Ticket %s: update time will be over in %s/%s!' => '', 2638 'Ticket %s: solution time is over (%s/%s)!' => 'Sag %s: Tid til løsning er overskredet (%s/%s)!', 2639 'Ticket %s: solution time will be over in %s/%s!' => 'Sag %s: Tid til løsning overskrides om %s/%s!', 2640 2641 # Template: AgentTicketForward 2642 'Forward %s%s%s' => '', 2643 2644 # Template: AgentTicketHistory 2645 'History of %s%s%s' => '', 2646 'Filter for history items' => '', 2647 'Expand/collapse all' => '', 2648 'CreateTime' => '', 2649 'Article' => 'Indlæg', 2650 2651 # Template: AgentTicketMerge 2652 'Merge %s%s%s' => '', 2653 'Merge Settings' => 'Saml indstillinger', 2654 'You need to use a ticket number!' => 'Du skal bruge et sagsnummer.', 2655 'A valid ticket number is required.' => 'Angiv et gyldigt sagsnummer', 2656 'Try typing part of the ticket number or title in order to search by it.' => 2657 '', 2658 'Limit the search to tickets with same Customer ID (%s).' => '', 2659 'Inform Sender' => '', 2660 'Need a valid email address.' => 'Angiv en gyldig mail-adresse', 2661 2662 # Template: AgentTicketMove 2663 'Move %s%s%s' => '', 2664 'New Queue' => 'Ny Kø', 2665 'Move' => 'Flyt', 2666 2667 # Template: AgentTicketOverviewMedium 2668 'No ticket data found.' => 'Ingen sager fundet.', 2669 'Open / Close ticket action menu' => '', 2670 'Select this ticket' => 'Vælg denne sag', 2671 'Sender' => 'Afsender', 2672 'First Response Time' => 'Frist til første svar', 2673 'Update Time' => 'Opdateringstid', 2674 'Solution Time' => 'Løsningstid', 2675 'Move ticket to a different queue' => 'Flyt sag til anden kø', 2676 'Change queue' => 'Skift kø', 2677 2678 # Template: AgentTicketOverviewNavBar 2679 'Remove active filters for this screen.' => 'Fjern aktive filtre for dette billede.', 2680 'Tickets per page' => 'Sager pr. side', 2681 2682 # Template: AgentTicketOverviewPreview 2683 'Missing channel' => '', 2684 2685 # Template: AgentTicketOverviewSmall 2686 'Reset overview' => 'Nulstil oversigt', 2687 'Column Filters Form' => 'Kolonnefiltre', 2688 2689 # Template: AgentTicketPhone 2690 'Split Into New Phone Ticket' => '', 2691 'Save Chat Into New Phone Ticket' => '', 2692 'Create New Phone Ticket' => 'Opret ny sag', 2693 'Please include at least one customer for the ticket.' => 'Der skal være mindst én kunde til sagen.', 2694 'To queue' => 'Til kø', 2695 'Chat protocol' => '', 2696 'The chat will be appended as a separate article.' => 'Chatten vil blive tilføjet som et separat indlæg.', 2697 2698 # Template: AgentTicketPhoneCommon 2699 'Phone Call for %s%s%s' => '', 2700 2701 # Template: AgentTicketPlain 2702 'View Email Plain Text for %s%s%s' => '', 2703 'Plain' => 'Kildetekst', 2704 'Download this email' => 'Download denne mail', 2705 2706 # Template: AgentTicketProcess 2707 'Create New Process Ticket' => '', 2708 2709 # Template: AgentTicketProcessSmall 2710 'Enroll Ticket into a Process' => '', 2711 2712 # Template: AgentTicketSearch 2713 'Profile link' => 'Link til profil', 2714 'Output' => 'Output', 2715 'Fulltext' => 'Fritekst', 2716 'Customer ID (complex search)' => '', 2717 '(e. g. 234*)' => '', 2718 'Customer ID (exact match)' => '', 2719 'Assigned to Customer User Login (complex search)' => '', 2720 '(e. g. U51*)' => '', 2721 'Assigned to Customer User Login (exact match)' => '', 2722 'Accessible to Customer User Login (exact match)' => '', 2723 'Created in Queue' => 'Oprettet i kø', 2724 'Lock state' => 'Tildelt/fri', 2725 'Watcher' => 'Fulgte af', 2726 'Article Create Time (before/after)' => 'Indlæg skrevet (før/efter)', 2727 'Article Create Time (between)' => 'Indlæg skrevet (mellem)', 2728 'Please set this to value before end date.' => '', 2729 'Please set this to value after start date.' => '', 2730 'Ticket Create Time (before/after)' => 'Sag oprettet (før/efter)', 2731 'Ticket Create Time (between)' => 'Sag oprettet (mellem)', 2732 'Ticket Change Time (before/after)' => 'Sag ændret (før/efter)', 2733 'Ticket Change Time (between)' => 'Sag ændret (mellem)', 2734 'Ticket Last Change Time (before/after)' => 'Sag sidst ændret (før/efter)', 2735 'Ticket Last Change Time (between)' => 'Sag sidst ændret (mellem)', 2736 'Ticket Pending Until Time (before/after)' => '', 2737 'Ticket Pending Until Time (between)' => '', 2738 'Ticket Close Time (before/after)' => 'Sag lukket (før/efter)', 2739 'Ticket Close Time (between)' => 'Sag lukket (mellem)', 2740 'Ticket Escalation Time (before/after)' => 'Sag eskaleret (før/efter)', 2741 'Ticket Escalation Time (between)' => 'Sag eskaleret (mellem)', 2742 'Archive Search' => 'Arkivsøgning', 2743 2744 # Template: AgentTicketZoom 2745 'Sender Type' => 'Afsendertype', 2746 'Save filter settings as default' => 'Gem disse filterinstillinger som standard', 2747 'Event Type' => 'Hændelsestype', 2748 'Save as default' => 'Gem som standard', 2749 'Drafts' => '', 2750 'by' => 'af', 2751 'Change Queue' => 'Skift kø', 2752 'There are no dialogs available at this point in the process.' => 2753 'Der er ingen dialoger tilgængelige på dette sted i processen.', 2754 'This item has no articles yet.' => '', 2755 'Ticket Timeline View' => '', 2756 'Article Overview - %s Article(s)' => 'Indlægsoversigt - %s Indlæg', 2757 'Page %s' => '', 2758 'Add Filter' => 'Tilføj filter', 2759 'Set' => 'Indstil', 2760 'Reset Filter' => 'Nulstil filter', 2761 'No.' => 'Nr.', 2762 'Unread articles' => 'Ulæste indlæg', 2763 'Via' => '', 2764 'Important' => 'Vigtigt', 2765 'Unread Article!' => 'Ulæst indlæg', 2766 'Incoming message' => 'Indgående besked', 2767 'Outgoing message' => 'Udgående besked', 2768 'Internal message' => 'Intern besked', 2769 'Sending of this message has failed.' => '', 2770 'Resize' => 'Ændr størrelse', 2771 'Mark this article as read' => 'Marker dette indlæg som læst', 2772 'Show Full Text' => 'Vis hele teksten', 2773 'Full Article Text' => 'Indlæggets fulde tekst', 2774 'No more events found. Please try changing the filter settings.' => 2775 '', 2776 2777 # Template: Chat 2778 '#%s' => '', 2779 'via %s' => '', 2780 'by %s' => '', 2781 'Toggle article details' => '', 2782 2783 # Template: MIMEBase 2784 'This message is being processed. Already tried to send %s time(s). Next try will be %s.' => 2785 '', 2786 'To open links in the following article, you might need to press Ctrl or Cmd or Shift key while clicking the link (depending on your browser and OS).' => 2787 '', 2788 'Close this message' => 'Luk denne besked', 2789 'Image' => '', 2790 'PDF' => 'PDF', 2791 'Unknown' => 'Ukendt', 2792 'View' => 'Vis', 2793 2794 # Template: LinkTable 2795 'Linked Objects' => 'Sammenkædede objekter', 2796 2797 # Template: TicketInformation 2798 'Archive' => 'Arkiver', 2799 'This ticket is archived.' => 'Denne sag er arkiveret', 2800 'Note: Type is invalid!' => 'Obs: Ugyldig type!', 2801 'Pending till' => 'Afventer til', 2802 'Locked' => 'Tildelt', 2803 '%s Ticket(s)' => '', 2804 'Accounted time' => 'Benyttet tid', 2805 2806 # Template: Invalid 2807 'Preview of this article is not possible because %s channel is missing in the system.' => 2808 '', 2809 'This feature is part of the %s. Please contact us at %s for an upgrade.' => 2810 '', 2811 'Please re-install %s package in order to display this article.' => 2812 '', 2813 2814 # Template: AttachmentBlocker 2815 'To protect your privacy, remote content was blocked.' => 'For at beskytte dit privatliv blev fjernindhold blokeret.', 2816 'Load blocked content.' => 'Vis blokeret indhold', 2817 2818 # Template: Breadcrumb 2819 'Home' => '', 2820 'Back to admin overview' => '', 2821 2822 # Template: CloudServicesDisabled 2823 'This Feature Requires Cloud Services' => '', 2824 'You can' => 'Du kan', 2825 'go back to the previous page' => 'gå tilbage til den forrige side', 2826 2827 # Template: CustomerAccept 2828 'Dear Customer,' => '', 2829 'thank you for using our services.' => '', 2830 'Yes, I accept your license.' => '', 2831 2832 # Template: TicketCustomerIDSelection 2833 'The customer ID is not changeable, no other customer ID can be assigned to this ticket.' => 2834 '', 2835 'First select a customer user, then you can select a customer ID to assign to this ticket.' => 2836 '', 2837 'Select a customer ID to assign to this ticket.' => '', 2838 'From all Customer IDs' => '', 2839 'From assigned Customer IDs' => '', 2840 2841 # Template: CustomerError 2842 'An Error Occurred' => '', 2843 'Error Details' => 'Fejldetaljer', 2844 'Traceback' => 'Tilbagesporing', 2845 2846 # Template: CustomerFooter 2847 '%s powered by %s™' => '', 2848 'Powered by %s™' => '', 2849 2850 # Template: CustomerFooterJS 2851 '%s detected possible network issues. You could either try reloading this page manually or wait until your browser has re-established the connection on its own.' => 2852 '', 2853 'The connection has been re-established after a temporary connection loss. Due to this, elements on this page could have stopped to work correctly. In order to be able to use all elements correctly again, it is strongly recommended to reload this page.' => 2854 '', 2855 2856 # Template: CustomerLogin 2857 'JavaScript Not Available' => 'JavaScript ikke tilgængeligt', 2858 'In order to experience this software, you\'ll need to enable JavaScript in your browser.' => 2859 '', 2860 'Browser Warning' => 'Browser-advarsel', 2861 'The browser you are using is too old.' => 'Din browser er for gammel.', 2862 'This software runs with a huge lists of browsers, please upgrade to one of these.' => 2863 '', 2864 'Please see the documentation or ask your admin for further information.' => 2865 'Se venligst dokumentationen eller kontakt din administrator for yderligere information.', 2866 'One moment please, you are being redirected...' => 'Et øjeblik, du stilles videre...', 2867 'Login' => 'Login', 2868 'User name' => 'Brugernavn', 2869 'Your user name' => 'Dit brugernavn', 2870 'Your password' => 'Dit password', 2871 'Forgot password?' => 'Glemt dit password?', 2872 '2 Factor Token' => '2 Faktor Token', 2873 'Your 2 Factor Token' => 'Dit 2 Faktor Token', 2874 'Log In' => 'Login', 2875 'Not yet registered?' => 'Endnu ikke registreret?', 2876 'Back' => 'Tilbage', 2877 'Request New Password' => 'Bed om nyt password', 2878 'Your User Name' => 'Dit brugernavn', 2879 'A new password will be sent to your email address.' => 'Et nyt password bliver sendt til din mail-adresse.', 2880 'Create Account' => 'Opret konto', 2881 'Please fill out this form to receive login credentials.' => 'Udfyld venligst denne formular for at modtage login-oplysninger', 2882 'How we should address you' => 'Hvordan skal vi tiltale dig', 2883 'Your First Name' => 'Dit fornavn', 2884 'Your Last Name' => 'Dit efternavn', 2885 'Your email address (this will become your username)' => 'Din mail-adresse (den bliver dit brugernavn)', 2886 2887 # Template: CustomerNavigationBar 2888 'Incoming Chat Requests' => '', 2889 'Edit personal preferences' => 'Rediger dine personlige indstillinger', 2890 'Logout %s' => '', 2891 2892 # Template: CustomerTicketMessage 2893 'Service level agreement' => 'Service level agreement', 2894 2895 # Template: CustomerTicketOverview 2896 'Welcome!' => 'Velkommen!', 2897 'Please click the button below to create your first ticket.' => 'Klik på knappen herunder for at oprette din første sag.', 2898 'Create your first ticket' => 'Opret din første sag', 2899 2900 # Template: CustomerTicketSearch 2901 'Profile' => 'Profil', 2902 'e. g. 10*5155 or 105658*' => 'f.eks. 10*55 eller 105658*', 2903 'CustomerID' => 'Kunde-ID', 2904 'Fulltext Search in Tickets (e. g. "John*n" or "Will*")' => '', 2905 'Types' => 'Typer', 2906 'Time Restrictions' => '', 2907 'No time settings' => 'Ingen tidsindstillinger', 2908 'All' => 'Alle', 2909 'Specific date' => 'Specifik dato', 2910 'Only tickets created' => 'Kun oprettede sager', 2911 'Date range' => 'Datointerval', 2912 'Only tickets created between' => 'Kun sager oprettet mellem', 2913 'Ticket Archive System' => '', 2914 'Save Search as Template?' => '', 2915 'Save as Template?' => 'Gem som skabelon?', 2916 'Save as Template' => 'Gem som skabelon', 2917 'Template Name' => 'Navn på skabelon', 2918 'Pick a profile name' => 'Vælg et profilnavn', 2919 'Output to' => 'Output til', 2920 2921 # Template: CustomerTicketSearchResultShort 2922 'of' => 'af', 2923 'Page' => 'Side', 2924 'Search Results for' => 'Søgeresultater for', 2925 'Remove this Search Term.' => 'Fjern dette søgekriterie.', 2926 2927 # Template: CustomerTicketZoom 2928 'Start a chat from this ticket' => '', 2929 'Next Steps' => 'Næste skridt', 2930 'Reply' => 'Svar', 2931 2932 # Template: Chat 2933 'Expand article' => 'Fold indlæg ud', 2934 2935 # Template: CustomerWarning 2936 'Warning' => 'Advarsel', 2937 2938 # Template: DashboardEventsTicketCalendar 2939 'Event Information' => 'Begivenheds oplysninger', 2940 'Ticket fields' => 'Sagsfelter', 2941 2942 # Template: Error 2943 'Really a bug? 5 out of 10 bug reports result from a wrong or incomplete installation of OTRS.' => 2944 '', 2945 'With %s, our experts take care of correct installation and cover your back with support and periodic security updates.' => 2946 '', 2947 'Contact our service team now.' => 'Kontakt vores service-team nu.', 2948 'Send a bugreport' => 'Sende en fejlrapport', 2949 'Expand' => 'Udvid', 2950 2951 # Template: AttachmentList 2952 'Click to delete this attachment.' => '', 2953 2954 # Template: DraftButtons 2955 'Update draft' => '', 2956 'Save as new draft' => '', 2957 2958 # Template: DraftNotifications 2959 'You have loaded the draft "%s".' => '', 2960 'You have loaded the draft "%s". You last changed it %s.' => '', 2961 'You have loaded the draft "%s". It was last changed %s by %s.' => 2962 '', 2963 'Please note that this draft is outdated because the ticket was modified since this draft was created.' => 2964 '', 2965 2966 # Template: Header 2967 'View notifications' => '', 2968 'Notifications' => '', 2969 'Notifications (OTRS Business Solution™)' => 'Meddelelser (OTRS Business Solution™)', 2970 'Personal preferences' => 'Personlige indstillinger', 2971 'Logout' => 'Log ud', 2972 'You are logged in as' => 'Du er logget ind som', 2973 2974 # Template: Installer 2975 'JavaScript not available' => 'JavaScript ikke tilgængeligt', 2976 'Step %s' => 'Skridt %s', 2977 'License' => 'Licens', 2978 'Database Settings' => 'Database-indstillinger', 2979 'General Specifications and Mail Settings' => 'Generelle specifikationer og mail-indstillinger', 2980 'Finish' => 'Færdig', 2981 'Welcome to %s' => 'Velkommen til %s', 2982 'Germany' => '', 2983 'Phone' => 'Telefon', 2984 'United States' => '', 2985 'Mexico' => '', 2986 'Hungary' => '', 2987 'Brazil' => '', 2988 'Singapore' => '', 2989 'Hong Kong' => '', 2990 'Web site' => 'Webside', 2991 2992 # Template: InstallerConfigureMail 2993 'Configure Outbound Mail' => 'Konfigurer udgående mail', 2994 'Outbound mail type' => 'Udgående mail-type', 2995 'Select outbound mail type.' => 'Vælg udgående mail-type', 2996 'Outbound mail port' => 'Udgående mail-port', 2997 'Select outbound mail port.' => 'Vælg udgående mail-port.', 2998 'SMTP host' => 'SMTP-server', 2999 'SMTP host.' => 'SMTP-server.', 3000 'SMTP authentication' => 'SMTP-godkendelse', 3001 'Does your SMTP host need authentication?' => 'Har din SMTP-server brug for godkendelse?', 3002 'SMTP auth user' => 'SMTP autentifikations-bruger', 3003 'Username for SMTP auth.' => 'Brugernavn for SMTP-autentifikation', 3004 'SMTP auth password' => 'SMTP autentifikations-password', 3005 'Password for SMTP auth.' => 'Password for SMTP-autentifikation', 3006 'Configure Inbound Mail' => 'Konfigurer indgående mail', 3007 'Inbound mail type' => 'Indgående mail-type', 3008 'Select inbound mail type.' => 'Vælg indgående mail-type', 3009 'Inbound mail host' => 'Indågende mail-server', 3010 'Inbound mail host.' => 'Indgående mail-server.', 3011 'Inbound mail user' => 'Indgående mail-bruger', 3012 'User for inbound mail.' => 'Bruger for indgående mail', 3013 'Inbound mail password' => 'Indgående mail-password', 3014 'Password for inbound mail.' => 'Password for indgående mail.', 3015 'Result of mail configuration check' => 'Resultat af konfigurationstjek af indgående mail', 3016 'Check mail configuration' => 'Tjek mail-konfiguration', 3017 'Skip this step' => 'Spring dette trin over', 3018 3019 # Template: InstallerDBResult 3020 'Done' => 'Færdig', 3021 'Error' => 'Fejl', 3022 'Database setup successful!' => 'Database konfigureret!', 3023 3024 # Template: InstallerDBStart 3025 'Install Type' => 'Installationstype', 3026 'Create a new database for OTRS' => 'Opret ny database til OTRS', 3027 'Use an existing database for OTRS' => 'Brug en eksisterende database til OTRS', 3028 3029 # Template: InstallerDBmssql 3030 'If you have set a root password for your database, it must be entered here. If not, leave this field empty.' => 3031 'Hvis du har sat et root-password på din database, skal det indtastes her. Ellers lad feltet være tomt.', 3032 'Database name' => 'Database-navn', 3033 'Check database settings' => 'Tjek database-konfiguration', 3034 'Result of database check' => 'Resultat af database-konfigurationstjek', 3035 'Database check successful.' => 'Databasen er tjekket ok.', 3036 'Database User' => 'Database-bruger', 3037 'New' => 'Ny', 3038 'A new database user with limited permissions will be created for this OTRS system.' => 3039 'En ny database-bruger med begrænsede rettigheder vil blive oprettet til dette OTRS-system.', 3040 'Repeat Password' => 'Gentag password', 3041 'Generated password' => 'Genereret password', 3042 3043 # Template: InstallerDBmysql 3044 'Passwords do not match' => 'Passwords matcher ikke', 3045 3046 # Template: InstallerDBoracle 3047 'SID' => 'SID', 3048 'Port' => 'Port', 3049 3050 # Template: InstallerFinish 3051 'To be able to use OTRS you have to enter the following line in your command line (Terminal/Shell) as root.' => 3052 'For at kunne anvende OTRS, er du nødt til at indtaste følgende linje i din kommandolinje (Terminal/Shell) som root.', 3053 'Restart your webserver' => 'Genstart webserveren', 3054 'After doing so your OTRS is up and running.' => 'Når det er gjort, er din OTRS sat i gang og fungerer.', 3055 'Start page' => 'Startside', 3056 'Your OTRS Team' => 'Dit OTRS Team', 3057 3058 # Template: InstallerLicense 3059 'Don\'t accept license' => 'Accepter ikke licensen', 3060 'Accept license and continue' => 'Accepter licens og fortsæt', 3061 3062 # Template: InstallerSystem 3063 'SystemID' => 'System-ID', 3064 'The identifier of the system. Each ticket number and each HTTP session ID contain this number.' => 3065 'Systemets ID. Hver sagsnummer og hver HTTP-session-id indeholder dette nummer.', 3066 'System FQDN' => 'Systemets FQDN', 3067 'Fully qualified domain name of your system.' => 'Dit systems Fully Qualified Domain Name', 3068 'AdminEmail' => 'Admin-Email', 3069 'Email address of the system administrator.' => 'System-administrators mail-adresse.', 3070 'Organization' => 'Organisation', 3071 'Log' => 'Log', 3072 'LogModule' => 'LogModul', 3073 'Log backend to use.' => 'Brug denne log-backend.', 3074 'LogFile' => 'Logfil', 3075 'Webfrontend' => 'Webfrontend', 3076 'Default language' => 'Standardsprog', 3077 'Default language.' => 'Standardsprog.', 3078 'CheckMXRecord' => 'KontrollerMXRecord', 3079 'Email addresses that are manually entered are checked against the MX records found in DNS. Don\'t use this option if your DNS is slow or does not resolve public addresses.' => 3080 'Mail-adresser, der indtastes manuelt, tjekkes mod MX-records fundet i DNS. Brug ikke denne valgmulighed, hvis din DNS er langsom eller ikke kan opløse offentlige adresser.', 3081 3082 # Template: LinkObject 3083 'Delete link' => '', 3084 'Delete Link' => '', 3085 'Object#' => 'Objekt#', 3086 'Add links' => 'Tilføj links', 3087 'Delete links' => 'Slet links', 3088 3089 # Template: Login 3090 'Lost your password?' => 'Mistet din adgangskode?', 3091 'Back to login' => 'Tilbage til login', 3092 3093 # Template: MetaFloater 3094 'Scale preview content' => '', 3095 'Open URL in new tab' => '', 3096 'Close preview' => 'Luk forhåndsvisning', 3097 'A preview of this website can\'t be provided because it didn\'t allow to be embedded.' => 3098 '', 3099 3100 # Template: MobileNotAvailableWidget 3101 'Feature not Available' => '', 3102 'Sorry, but this feature of OTRS is currently not available for mobile devices. If you\'d like to use it, you can either switch to desktop mode or use your regular desktop device.' => 3103 'Beklager, men denne funktion i OTRS er ikke tilgængelig for mobile enheder. Hvis du gerne vil bruge den, kan du enten skifte til desktop-visning eller bruge din almindelige desktop-pc.', 3104 3105 # Template: Motd 3106 'Message of the Day' => 'Dagens Besked', 3107 'This is the message of the day. You can edit this in %s.' => '', 3108 3109 # Template: NoPermission 3110 'Insufficient Rights' => 'Utilstrækkelige rettigheder', 3111 'Back to the previous page' => 'Tilbage til forrige side', 3112 3113 # Template: Alert 3114 'Alert' => '', 3115 'Powered by' => ' ', 3116 3117 # Template: Pagination 3118 'Show first page' => 'Vis frøste side', 3119 'Show previous pages' => 'Vis forrige side', 3120 'Show page %s' => 'Vis side %s', 3121 'Show next pages' => 'Vis næste side', 3122 'Show last page' => 'Vis sidste side', 3123 3124 # Template: PictureUpload 3125 'Need FormID!' => 'Mangler FormID!', 3126 'No file found!' => 'Ingen fil fundet!', 3127 'The file is not an image that can be shown inline!' => 'Dette billede kan ikke vises!', 3128 3129 # Template: PreferencesNotificationEvent 3130 'No user configurable notifications found.' => '', 3131 'Receive messages for notification \'%s\' by transport method \'%s\'.' => 3132 '', 3133 3134 # Template: ActivityDialogHeader 3135 'Process Information' => '', 3136 'Dialog' => 'Dialog', 3137 3138 # Template: Article 3139 'Inform Agent' => 'Informer Agent', 3140 3141 # Template: PublicDefault 3142 'Welcome' => 'Velkommen', 3143 'This is the default public interface of OTRS! There was no action parameter given.' => 3144 '', 3145 'You could install a custom public module (via the package manager), for example the FAQ module, which has a public interface.' => 3146 '', 3147 3148 # Template: GeneralSpecificationsWidget 3149 'Permissions' => 'Rettigheder', 3150 'You can select one or more groups to define access for different agents.' => 3151 'Du kan vælge en eller flere grupper for at give adgang for forskellige agenter.', 3152 'Result formats' => 'Formater resultat som', 3153 'Time Zone' => 'Tidszone', 3154 'The selected time periods in the statistic are time zone neutral.' => 3155 'De valgte tidsperioder i rapportern tager ikke højde for tidszoner.', 3156 'Create summation row' => 'Summer rækker', 3157 'Generate an additional row containing sums for all data rows.' => 3158 '', 3159 'Create summation column' => 'Summer kolonner', 3160 'Generate an additional column containing sums for all data columns.' => 3161 '', 3162 'Cache results' => 'Gem resultater i cache', 3163 'Stores statistics result data in a cache to be used in subsequent views with the same configuration (requires at least one selected time field).' => 3164 '', 3165 'Provide the statistic as a widget that agents can activate in their dashboard.' => 3166 'Tilbyd rapporten som en widget, agenter kan aktivere på deres dashboard.', 3167 'Please note that enabling the dashboard widget will activate caching for this statistic in the dashboard.' => 3168 'Bemærk, at ved at aktivere dashboard-widget, vil caching også blive aktiveret.', 3169 'If set to invalid end users can not generate the stat.' => 'Hvis sat til ugyldig, kan brugere ikke køre rapporten.', 3170 3171 # Template: PreviewWidget 3172 'There are problems in the configuration of this statistic:' => 'Der er problemer i konfigurationen af denne rapport:', 3173 'You may now configure the X-axis of your statistic.' => 'Du kan nu konfigurere X-aksen i din rapport.', 3174 'This statistic does not provide preview data.' => 'Denne rapport har ikke mulighed for forhåndsvisning.', 3175 'Preview format' => '', 3176 'Please note that the preview uses random data and does not consider data filters.' => 3177 'Bemærk at forhåndsvisningen bruger tilfældigt data og ikke tager filtre i betragtning.', 3178 'Configure X-Axis' => 'Konfigurer X-aksen', 3179 'X-axis' => 'X-akse', 3180 'Configure Y-Axis' => 'Konfigirer Y-aksen', 3181 'Y-axis' => 'Y-akse', 3182 'Configure Filter' => 'Konfigurer filter', 3183 3184 # Template: RestrictionsWidget 3185 'Please select only one element or turn off the button \'Fixed\'.' => 3186 'Vælg venligst kun et Element, eller fravælg knappen \'Fast\'', 3187 'Absolute period' => 'Absolut periode', 3188 'Between %s and %s' => '', 3189 'Relative period' => 'Relativ periode', 3190 'The past complete %s and the current+upcoming complete %s %s' => 3191 '', 3192 'Do not allow changes to this element when the statistic is generated.' => 3193 'Tillad ikke ændringer i dette element, når rapporten genereres.', 3194 3195 # Template: StatsParamsWidget 3196 'Format' => 'Format', 3197 'Exchange Axis' => 'Ombyt akser', 3198 'Configurable Params of Static Stat' => '', 3199 'No element selected.' => 'Intet element er valgt', 3200 'Scale' => 'Skala', 3201 'show more' => '', 3202 'show less' => '', 3203 3204 # Template: D3 3205 'Download SVG' => 'Hent SVG', 3206 'Download PNG' => 'Hent PNG', 3207 3208 # Template: XAxisWidget 3209 'The selected time period defines the default time frame for this statistic to collect data from.' => 3210 'Den valgte tidsperiode definerer tidsrammen, som denne rapport samler data i.', 3211 'Defines the time unit that will be used to split the selected time period into reporting data points.' => 3212 '', 3213 3214 # Template: YAxisWidget 3215 'Please remember that the scale for the Y-axis has to be larger than the scale for the X-axis (e.g. X-axis => Month, Y-Axis => Year).' => 3216 '', 3217 3218 # Template: SettingsList 3219 'This setting is disabled.' => '', 3220 'This setting is fixed but not deployed yet!' => '', 3221 'This setting is currently being overridden in %s and can\'t thus be changed here!' => 3222 '', 3223 'Changing this setting is only available in a higher config level!' => 3224 '', 3225 '%s (%s) is currently working on this setting.' => '', 3226 'Toggle advanced options for this setting' => '', 3227 'Disable this setting, so it is no longer effective' => '', 3228 'Disable' => '', 3229 'Enable this setting, so it becomes effective' => '', 3230 'Enable' => '', 3231 'Reset this setting to its default state' => '', 3232 'Reset setting' => '', 3233 'Allow users to adapt this setting from within their personal preferences' => 3234 'Tillad brugere at ændre denne indstilling i deres personlige indstillinger', 3235 'Allow users to update' => '', 3236 'Do not longer allow users to adapt this setting from within their personal preferences' => 3237 'Lad ikke længere brugere ændre denne indstilling i deres personlige indstillinger', 3238 'Forbid users to update' => '', 3239 'Show user specific changes for this setting' => '', 3240 'Show user settings' => '', 3241 'Copy a direct link to this setting to your clipboard' => '', 3242 'Copy direct link' => '', 3243 'Remove this setting from your favorites setting' => '', 3244 'Remove from favourites' => '', 3245 'Add this setting to your favorites' => '', 3246 'Add to favourites' => '', 3247 'Cancel editing this setting' => '', 3248 'Save changes on this setting' => '', 3249 'Edit this setting' => '', 3250 'Enable this setting' => '', 3251 'This group doesn\'t contain any settings. Please try navigating to one of its sub groups or another group.' => 3252 '', 3253 3254 # Template: SettingsListCompare 3255 'Now' => '', 3256 'User modification' => '', 3257 'enabled' => '', 3258 'disabled' => '', 3259 'Setting state' => '', 3260 3261 # Template: Actions 3262 'Edit search' => '', 3263 'Go back to admin: ' => '', 3264 'Deployment' => '', 3265 'My favourite settings' => '', 3266 'Invalid settings' => '', 3267 3268 # Template: DynamicActions 3269 'Filter visible settings...' => '', 3270 'Enable edit mode for all settings' => '', 3271 'Save all edited settings' => '', 3272 'Cancel editing for all settings' => '', 3273 'All actions from this widget apply to the visible settings on the right only.' => 3274 '', 3275 3276 # Template: Help 3277 'Currently edited by me.' => '', 3278 'Modified but not yet deployed.' => '', 3279 'Currently edited by another user.' => '', 3280 'Different from its default value.' => '', 3281 'Save current setting.' => '', 3282 'Cancel editing current setting.' => '', 3283 3284 # Template: Navigation 3285 'Navigation' => '', 3286 3287 # Template: OTRSBusinessTeaser 3288 'With %s, System Configuration supports versioning, rollback and user-specific configuration settings.' => 3289 '', 3290 3291 # Template: Test 3292 'OTRS Test Page' => 'OTRS prøveside', 3293 'Unlock' => 'Frigiv', 3294 'Welcome %s %s' => 'Velkommen %s %s', 3295 'Counter' => 'Tæller', 3296 3297 # Template: Warning 3298 'Go back to the previous page' => 'Gå tilbage til forrige side', 3299 3300 # JS Template: CalendarSettingsDialog 3301 'Show' => '', 3302 3303 # JS Template: FormDraftAddDialog 3304 'Draft title' => '', 3305 3306 # JS Template: ArticleViewSettingsDialog 3307 'Article display' => '', 3308 3309 # JS Template: FormDraftDeleteDialog 3310 'Do you really want to delete "%s"?' => '', 3311 'Confirm' => 'Bekræft', 3312 3313 # JS Template: WidgetLoading 3314 'Loading, please wait...' => '', 3315 3316 # JS Template: UploadContainer 3317 'Click to select a file for upload.' => '', 3318 'Click to select files or just drop them here.' => 'Klik for at vælge filer eller træk dem hertil.', 3319 'Click to select a file or just drop it here.' => '', 3320 'Uploading...' => '', 3321 3322 # JS Template: InformationDialog 3323 'Process state' => '', 3324 'Running' => '', 3325 'Finished' => 'Færdig', 3326 'No package information available.' => '', 3327 3328 # JS Template: AddButton 3329 'Add new entry' => 'Tilføj nyt parameter', 3330 3331 # JS Template: AddHashKey 3332 'Add key' => '', 3333 3334 # JS Template: DialogDeployment 3335 'Deployment comment...' => '', 3336 'This field can have no more than 250 characters.' => '', 3337 'Deploying, please wait...' => '', 3338 'Preparing to deploy, please wait...' => '', 3339 'Deploy now' => '', 3340 'Try again' => '', 3341 3342 # JS Template: DialogReset 3343 'Reset options' => '', 3344 'Reset setting on global level.' => '', 3345 'Reset globally' => '', 3346 'Remove all user changes.' => '', 3347 'Reset locally' => '', 3348 'user(s) have modified this setting.' => '', 3349 'Do you really want to reset this setting to it\'s default value?' => 3350 '', 3351 3352 # JS Template: HelpDialog 3353 'You can use the category selection to limit the navigation tree below to entries from the selected category. As soon as you select the category, the tree will be re-built.' => 3354 '', 3355 3356 # Perl Module: Kernel/Config/Defaults.pm 3357 'Database Backend' => '', 3358 'CustomerIDs' => 'Kunde-ID\'er', 3359 'Fax' => 'Fax', 3360 'Street' => 'Gade', 3361 'Zip' => 'Post Nr.', 3362 'City' => 'By', 3363 'Country' => 'Land', 3364 'Valid' => 'Gyldig', 3365 'Mr.' => 'Hr.', 3366 'Mrs.' => 'Fru', 3367 'Address' => 'Adresse', 3368 'View system log messages.' => 'Se systemets log', 3369 'Edit the system configuration settings.' => 'Rediger systemets konfiguration', 3370 'Update and extend your system with software packages.' => 'Opdater ', 3371 3372 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminACL.pm 3373 'ACL information from database is not in sync with the system configuration, please deploy all ACLs.' => 3374 'ACL-oplysningerne i databasen stemmer ikke med systemets konfiguration. Iværksæt alle ACL\'er.', 3375 'ACLs could not be Imported due to a unknown error, please check OTRS logs for more information' => 3376 '', 3377 'The following ACLs have been added successfully: %s' => '', 3378 'The following ACLs have been updated successfully: %s' => '', 3379 'There where errors adding/updating the following ACLs: %s. Please check the log file for more information.' => 3380 '', 3381 'This field is required' => 'Obligatorisk felt', 3382 'There was an error creating the ACL' => '', 3383 'Need ACLID!' => '', 3384 'Could not get data for ACLID %s' => '', 3385 'There was an error updating the ACL' => '', 3386 'There was an error setting the entity sync status.' => '', 3387 'There was an error synchronizing the ACLs.' => '', 3388 'ACL %s could not be deleted' => '', 3389 'There was an error getting data for ACL with ID %s' => '', 3390 '%s (copy) %s' => '', 3391 'Please note that ACL restrictions will be ignored for the Superuser account (UserID 1).' => 3392 '', 3393 'Exact match' => '', 3394 'Negated exact match' => '', 3395 'Regular expression' => '', 3396 'Regular expression (ignore case)' => '', 3397 'Negated regular expression' => '', 3398 'Negated regular expression (ignore case)' => '', 3399 3400 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminAppointmentCalendarManage.pm 3401 'System was unable to create Calendar!' => '', 3402 'Please contact the administrator.' => '', 3403 'No CalendarID!' => '', 3404 'You have no access to this calendar!' => '', 3405 'Error updating the calendar!' => '', 3406 'Couldn\'t read calendar configuration file.' => '', 3407 'Please make sure your file is valid.' => '', 3408 'Could not import the calendar!' => '', 3409 'Calendar imported!' => '', 3410 'Need CalendarID!' => '', 3411 'Could not retrieve data for given CalendarID' => '', 3412 'Successfully imported %s appointment(s) to calendar %s.' => '', 3413 '+5 minutes' => '', 3414 '+15 minutes' => '', 3415 '+30 minutes' => '', 3416 '+1 hour' => '', 3417 3418 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminAppointmentImport.pm 3419 'No permissions' => '', 3420 'System was unable to import file!' => '', 3421 'Please check the log for more information.' => '', 3422 3423 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminAppointmentNotificationEvent.pm 3424 'Notification name already exists!' => '', 3425 'Notification added!' => 'Besked tilføjet.', 3426 'There was an error getting data for Notification with ID:%s!' => 3427 'Der var en fejl med at hente data for beskeden med ID:%s!', 3428 'Unknown Notification %s!' => 'Ukendt besked %s!', 3429 '%s (copy)' => '', 3430 'There was an error creating the Notification' => 'Der opstod en fejl ved oprettelse af beskeden', 3431 'Notifications could not be Imported due to a unknown error, please check OTRS logs for more information' => 3432 'Beskeder kunne ikke importeres grundet en ukendt fejl. Tjek OTRS-loggen for mere information.', 3433 'The following Notifications have been added successfully: %s' => 3434 '', 3435 'The following Notifications have been updated successfully: %s' => 3436 '', 3437 'There where errors adding/updating the following Notifications: %s. Please check the log file for more information.' => 3438 '', 3439 'Notification updated!' => '', 3440 'Agent (resources), who are selected within the appointment' => '', 3441 'All agents with (at least) read permission for the appointment (calendar)' => 3442 '', 3443 'All agents with write permission for the appointment (calendar)' => 3444 '', 3445 'Yes, but require at least one active notification method.' => '', 3446 3447 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminAttachment.pm 3448 'Attachment added!' => 'Vedhæftet fil tilføjet.', 3449 3450 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminAutoResponse.pm 3451 'Auto Response added!' => '', 3452 3453 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminCommunicationLog.pm 3454 'Invalid CommunicationID!' => '', 3455 'All communications' => '', 3456 'Last 1 hour' => '', 3457 'Last 3 hours' => '', 3458 'Last 6 hours' => '', 3459 'Last 12 hours' => '', 3460 'Last 24 hours' => '', 3461 'Last week' => '', 3462 'Last month' => '', 3463 'Invalid StartTime: %s!' => '', 3464 'Successful' => '', 3465 'Processing' => '', 3466 'Failed' => '', 3467 'Invalid Filter: %s!' => '', 3468 'Less than a second' => '', 3469 'sorted descending' => '', 3470 'sorted ascending' => '', 3471 'Trace' => '', 3472 'Debug' => '', 3473 'Info' => 'Info', 3474 'Warn' => '', 3475 'days' => 'dage', 3476 'day' => 'dag', 3477 'hour' => 'time', 3478 'minute' => 'minut', 3479 'seconds' => 'sekunder', 3480 'second' => 'sekund', 3481 3482 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminCustomerCompany.pm 3483 'Customer company updated!' => 'Kunde-firma opdateret.', 3484 'Dynamic field %s not found!' => '', 3485 'Unable to set value for dynamic field %s!' => '', 3486 'Customer Company %s already exists!' => '', 3487 'Customer company added!' => 'Kunde-firma tilføjet.', 3488 3489 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminCustomerGroup.pm 3490 'No configuration for \'CustomerGroupPermissionContext\' found!' => 3491 '', 3492 'Please check system configuration.' => 'Tjek systemkonfigurationen.', 3493 'Invalid permission context configuration:' => '', 3494 3495 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminCustomerUser.pm 3496 'Customer updated!' => 'Kunde opdateret.', 3497 'New phone ticket' => 'Opret ny sag', 3498 'New email ticket' => 'Opret ny sag ved at sende mail', 3499 'Customer %s added' => 'Kunde %s er tilføjet', 3500 'Customer user updated!' => '', 3501 'Same Customer' => '', 3502 'Direct' => '', 3503 'Indirect' => '', 3504 3505 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminCustomerUserGroup.pm 3506 'Change Customer User Relations for Group' => '', 3507 'Change Group Relations for Customer User' => '', 3508 3509 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminCustomerUserService.pm 3510 'Allocate Customer Users to Service' => '', 3511 'Allocate Services to Customer User' => '', 3512 3513 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminDynamicField.pm 3514 'Fields configuration is not valid' => '', 3515 'Objects configuration is not valid' => '', 3516 'Database (%s)' => '', 3517 'Web service (%s)' => '', 3518 'Contact with data (%s)' => '', 3519 'Could not reset Dynamic Field order properly, please check the error log for more details.' => 3520 '', 3521 3522 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminDynamicFieldCheckbox.pm 3523 'Undefined subaction.' => '', 3524 'Need %s' => '', 3525 'Add %s field' => '', 3526 'The field does not contain only ASCII letters and numbers.' => '', 3527 'There is another field with the same name.' => '', 3528 'The field must be numeric.' => '', 3529 'Need ValidID' => '', 3530 'Could not create the new field' => '', 3531 'Need ID' => '', 3532 'Could not get data for dynamic field %s' => '', 3533 'Change %s field' => '', 3534 'The name for this field should not change.' => '', 3535 'Could not update the field %s' => '', 3536 'Currently' => '', 3537 'Unchecked' => 'Fravalgt', 3538 'Checked' => 'Valgt', 3539 3540 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminDynamicFieldDateTime.pm 3541 'Prevent entry of dates in the future' => '', 3542 'Prevent entry of dates in the past' => '', 3543 3544 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminDynamicFieldDropdown.pm 3545 'This field value is duplicated.' => '', 3546 3547 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminEmail.pm 3548 'Select at least one recipient.' => '', 3549 3550 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminGenericAgent.pm 3551 'minute(s)' => 'minut(ter)', 3552 'hour(s)' => 'time(r)', 3553 'Time unit' => 'Tidsenhed', 3554 'within the last ...' => 'indenfor de sidste ...', 3555 'within the next ...' => 'indenfor den næste ...', 3556 'more than ... ago' => 'mere end ... siden', 3557 'Unarchived tickets' => 'Uarkiverede sager', 3558 'archive tickets' => '', 3559 'restore tickets from archive' => 'gendan sager fra arkivet', 3560 'Need Profile!' => '', 3561 'Got no values to check.' => '', 3562 'Please remove the following words because they cannot be used for the ticket selection:' => 3563 '', 3564 3565 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminGenericInterfaceDebugger.pm 3566 'Need WebserviceID!' => '', 3567 'Could not get data for WebserviceID %s' => '', 3568 'ascending' => 'stigende', 3569 'descending' => 'faldende', 3570 3571 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminGenericInterfaceErrorHandlingDefault.pm 3572 'Need communication type!' => '', 3573 'Communication type needs to be \'Requester\' or \'Provider\'!' => 3574 '', 3575 'Invalid Subaction!' => '', 3576 'Need ErrorHandlingType!' => '', 3577 'ErrorHandlingType %s is not registered' => '', 3578 'Could not update web service' => '', 3579 'Need ErrorHandling' => '', 3580 'Could not determine config for error handler %s' => '', 3581 'Invoker processing outgoing request data' => '', 3582 'Mapping outgoing request data' => '', 3583 'Transport processing request into response' => '', 3584 'Mapping incoming response data' => '', 3585 'Invoker processing incoming response data' => '', 3586 'Transport receiving incoming request data' => '', 3587 'Mapping incoming request data' => '', 3588 'Operation processing incoming request data' => '', 3589 'Mapping outgoing response data' => '', 3590 'Transport sending outgoing response data' => '', 3591 'skip same backend modules only' => '', 3592 'skip all modules' => '', 3593 'Operation deleted' => '', 3594 'Invoker deleted' => '', 3595 3596 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminGenericInterfaceErrorHandlingRequestRetry.pm 3597 '0 seconds' => '', 3598 '15 seconds' => '', 3599 '30 seconds' => '', 3600 '45 seconds' => '', 3601 '1 minute' => '', 3602 '2 minutes' => '', 3603 '3 minutes' => '', 3604 '4 minutes' => '', 3605 '5 minutes' => '', 3606 '10 minutes' => '10 minutter', 3607 '15 minutes' => '15 minutter', 3608 '30 minutes' => '', 3609 '1 hour' => '', 3610 '2 hours' => '', 3611 '3 hours' => '', 3612 '4 hours' => '', 3613 '5 hours' => '', 3614 '6 hours' => '', 3615 '12 hours' => '', 3616 '18 hours' => '', 3617 '1 day' => '', 3618 '2 days' => '', 3619 '3 days' => '', 3620 '4 days' => '', 3621 '6 days' => '', 3622 '1 week' => '', 3623 3624 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminGenericInterfaceInvokerDefault.pm 3625 'Could not determine config for invoker %s' => '', 3626 'InvokerType %s is not registered' => '', 3627 'MappingType %s is not registered' => '', 3628 3629 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminGenericInterfaceInvokerEvent.pm 3630 'Need Invoker!' => '', 3631 'Need Event!' => '', 3632 'Could not get registered modules for Invoker' => '', 3633 'Could not get backend for Invoker %s' => '', 3634 'The event %s is not valid.' => '', 3635 'Could not update configuration data for WebserviceID %s' => '', 3636 'This sub-action is not valid' => '', 3637 'xor' => '', 3638 'String' => '', 3639 'Regexp' => '', 3640 'Validation Module' => '', 3641 3642 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminGenericInterfaceMappingSimple.pm 3643 'Simple Mapping for Outgoing Data' => '', 3644 'Simple Mapping for Incoming Data' => '', 3645 'Could not get registered configuration for action type %s' => '', 3646 'Could not get backend for %s %s' => '', 3647 'Keep (leave unchanged)' => 'Behold (ignorer ændringer)', 3648 'Ignore (drop key/value pair)' => '', 3649 'Map to (use provided value as default)' => '', 3650 'Exact value(s)' => '', 3651 'Ignore (drop Value/value pair)' => '', 3652 3653 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminGenericInterfaceMappingXSLT.pm 3654 'XSLT Mapping for Outgoing Data' => '', 3655 'XSLT Mapping for Incoming Data' => '', 3656 'Could not find required library %s' => '', 3657 'Outgoing request data before processing (RequesterRequestInput)' => 3658 '', 3659 'Outgoing request data before mapping (RequesterRequestPrepareOutput)' => 3660 '', 3661 'Outgoing request data after mapping (RequesterRequestMapOutput)' => 3662 '', 3663 'Incoming response data before mapping (RequesterResponseInput)' => 3664 '', 3665 'Outgoing error handler data after error handling (RequesterErrorHandlingOutput)' => 3666 '', 3667 'Incoming request data before mapping (ProviderRequestInput)' => '', 3668 'Incoming request data after mapping (ProviderRequestMapOutput)' => 3669 '', 3670 'Outgoing response data before mapping (ProviderResponseInput)' => 3671 '', 3672 'Outgoing error handler data after error handling (ProviderErrorHandlingOutput)' => 3673 '', 3674 3675 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminGenericInterfaceOperationDefault.pm 3676 'Could not determine config for operation %s' => '', 3677 'OperationType %s is not registered' => '', 3678 3679 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminGenericInterfaceTransportHTTPREST.pm 3680 'Need valid Subaction!' => '', 3681 'This field should be an integer.' => '', 3682 'File or Directory not found.' => '', 3683 3684 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminGenericInterfaceWebservice.pm 3685 'There is another web service with the same name.' => '', 3686 'There was an error updating the web service.' => '', 3687 'There was an error creating the web service.' => '', 3688 'Web service "%s" created!' => 'Web tjeneste "%s" er oprettet!', 3689 'Need Name!' => '', 3690 'Need ExampleWebService!' => '', 3691 'Could not load %s.' => '', 3692 'Could not read %s!' => '', 3693 'Need a file to import!' => '', 3694 'The imported file has not valid YAML content! Please check OTRS log for details' => 3695 '', 3696 'Web service "%s" deleted!' => 'Web tjeneste "%s" er slettet!', 3697 'OTRS as provider' => 'OTRS som provider', 3698 'Operations' => '', 3699 'OTRS as requester' => 'OTRS som requester', 3700 'Invokers' => '', 3701 3702 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminGenericInterfaceWebserviceHistory.pm 3703 'Got no WebserviceHistoryID!' => '', 3704 'Could not get history data for WebserviceHistoryID %s' => '', 3705 3706 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminGroup.pm 3707 'Group updated!' => 'Gruppe opdateret.', 3708 3709 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminMailAccount.pm 3710 'Mail account added!' => 'Mail-konto tilføjet.', 3711 'Email account fetch already fetched by another process. Please try again later!' => 3712 '', 3713 'Dispatching by email To: field.' => 'Sendes via mail til: felt.', 3714 'Dispatching by selected Queue.' => 'Sendes via den valgte kø.', 3715 3716 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminNotificationEvent.pm 3717 'Agent who created the ticket' => '', 3718 'Agent who owns the ticket' => 'Agent der ejer sagen', 3719 'Agent who is responsible for the ticket' => 'Ansvarlig agent for sagen', 3720 'All agents watching the ticket' => 'Alle agenter der monitorerer sagen', 3721 'All agents with write permission for the ticket' => 'Alle agenter med skrivetilladelse i sagen', 3722 'All agents subscribed to the ticket\'s queue' => 'Alle agenter der abonnerer på sagens kø', 3723 'All agents subscribed to the ticket\'s service' => '', 3724 'All agents subscribed to both the ticket\'s queue and service' => 3725 '', 3726 'Customer user of the ticket' => '', 3727 'All recipients of the first article' => '', 3728 'All recipients of the last article' => '', 3729 'Invisible to customer' => '', 3730 'Visible to customer' => '', 3731 3732 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminOTRSBusiness.pm 3733 'Your system was successfully upgraded to %s.' => 'Dit system blev opgraderet til %s.', 3734 'There was a problem during the upgrade to %s.' => 'Der var et problem under opgraderingen til %s.', 3735 '%s was correctly reinstalled.' => '%s blev geninstalleret korrekt.', 3736 'There was a problem reinstalling %s.' => 'Der var et problem med at geninstallere %s.', 3737 'Your %s was successfully updated.' => '%s blev opdateret.', 3738 'There was a problem during the upgrade of %s.' => 'Der var et problem under opgraderingen af %s.', 3739 '%s was correctly uninstalled.' => '%s blev afinstalleret.', 3740 'There was a problem uninstalling %s.' => 'Der var et problem med at afinstallere %s.', 3741 3742 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminPGP.pm 3743 'PGP environment is not working. Please check log for more info!' => 3744 '', 3745 'Need param Key to delete!' => '', 3746 'Key %s deleted!' => 'Nøgle %s slettet.', 3747 'Need param Key to download!' => '', 3748 3749 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminPackageManager.pm 3750 'Sorry, Apache::Reload is needed as PerlModule and PerlInitHandler in Apache config file. See also scripts/apache2-httpd.include.conf. Alternatively, you can use the command line tool bin/otrs.Console.pl to install packages!' => 3751 '', 3752 'No such package!' => 'Den pakke findes ikke!', 3753 'No such file %s in package!' => '', 3754 'No such file %s in local file system!' => '', 3755 'Can\'t read %s!' => 'Kan ikke læse %s!', 3756 'File is OK' => '', 3757 'Package has locally modified files.' => '', 3758 'Package not verified by the OTRS Group! It is recommended not to use this package.' => 3759 'Pakken er ikke godtkendt af OTRS-gruppen! Det anbefales ikke af bruge denne pakke.', 3760 'Not Started' => '', 3761 'Updated' => '', 3762 'Already up-to-date' => '', 3763 'Installed' => '', 3764 'Not correctly deployed' => '', 3765 'Package updated correctly' => '', 3766 'Package was already updated' => '', 3767 'Dependency installed correctly' => '', 3768 'The package needs to be reinstalled' => '', 3769 'The package contains cyclic dependencies' => '', 3770 'Not found in on-line repositories' => '', 3771 'Required version is higher than available' => '', 3772 'Dependencies fail to upgrade or install' => '', 3773 'Package could not be installed' => '', 3774 'Package could not be upgraded' => '', 3775 'Repository List' => '', 3776 'No packages found in selected repository. Please check log for more info!' => 3777 '', 3778 'Package not verified due a communication issue with verification server!' => 3779 'Pakke ikke verificeret pga. kommunikationsfejl med server!', 3780 'Can\'t connect to OTRS Feature Add-on list server!' => '', 3781 'Can\'t get OTRS Feature Add-on list from server!' => '', 3782 'Can\'t get OTRS Feature Add-on from server!' => '', 3783 3784 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminPostMasterFilter.pm 3785 'No such filter: %s' => '', 3786 3787 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminPriority.pm 3788 'Priority added!' => 'Prioritet tilføjet.', 3789 3790 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminProcessManagement.pm 3791 'Process Management information from database is not in sync with the system configuration, please synchronize all processes.' => 3792 'Process Management-informationen i databasen stemmer ikke overens med systemkonfigurationen. Synkroniser alle processer.', 3793 'Need ExampleProcesses!' => '', 3794 'Need ProcessID!' => '', 3795 'Yes (mandatory)' => '', 3796 'Unknown Process %s!' => '', 3797 'There was an error generating a new EntityID for this Process' => 3798 '', 3799 'The StateEntityID for state Inactive does not exists' => '', 3800 'There was an error creating the Process' => '', 3801 'There was an error setting the entity sync status for Process entity: %s' => 3802 '', 3803 'Could not get data for ProcessID %s' => '', 3804 'There was an error updating the Process' => '', 3805 'Process: %s could not be deleted' => '', 3806 'There was an error synchronizing the processes.' => '', 3807 'The %s:%s is still in use' => '', 3808 'The %s:%s has a different EntityID' => '', 3809 'Could not delete %s:%s' => '', 3810 'There was an error setting the entity sync status for %s entity: %s' => 3811 '', 3812 'Could not get %s' => '', 3813 'Need %s!' => '', 3814 'Process: %s is not Inactive' => '', 3815 3816 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminProcessManagementActivity.pm 3817 'There was an error generating a new EntityID for this Activity' => 3818 '', 3819 'There was an error creating the Activity' => '', 3820 'There was an error setting the entity sync status for Activity entity: %s' => 3821 '', 3822 'Need ActivityID!' => '', 3823 'Could not get data for ActivityID %s' => '', 3824 'There was an error updating the Activity' => '', 3825 'Missing Parameter: Need Activity and ActivityDialog!' => '', 3826 'Activity not found!' => '', 3827 'ActivityDialog not found!' => '', 3828 'ActivityDialog already assigned to Activity. You cannot add an ActivityDialog twice!' => 3829 '', 3830 'Error while saving the Activity to the database!' => '', 3831 'This subaction is not valid' => '', 3832 'Edit Activity "%s"' => '', 3833 3834 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminProcessManagementActivityDialog.pm 3835 'There was an error generating a new EntityID for this ActivityDialog' => 3836 '', 3837 'There was an error creating the ActivityDialog' => '', 3838 'There was an error setting the entity sync status for ActivityDialog entity: %s' => 3839 '', 3840 'Need ActivityDialogID!' => '', 3841 'Could not get data for ActivityDialogID %s' => '', 3842 'There was an error updating the ActivityDialog' => '', 3843 'Edit Activity Dialog "%s"' => '', 3844 'Agent Interface' => '', 3845 'Customer Interface' => '', 3846 'Agent and Customer Interface' => '', 3847 'Do not show Field' => '', 3848 'Show Field' => '', 3849 'Show Field As Mandatory' => '', 3850 3851 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminProcessManagementPath.pm 3852 'Edit Path' => '', 3853 3854 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminProcessManagementTransition.pm 3855 'There was an error generating a new EntityID for this Transition' => 3856 '', 3857 'There was an error creating the Transition' => '', 3858 'There was an error setting the entity sync status for Transition entity: %s' => 3859 '', 3860 'Need TransitionID!' => '', 3861 'Could not get data for TransitionID %s' => '', 3862 'There was an error updating the Transition' => '', 3863 'Edit Transition "%s"' => '', 3864 'Transition validation module' => '', 3865 3866 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminProcessManagementTransitionAction.pm 3867 'At least one valid config parameter is required.' => '', 3868 'There was an error generating a new EntityID for this TransitionAction' => 3869 '', 3870 'There was an error creating the TransitionAction' => '', 3871 'There was an error setting the entity sync status for TransitionAction entity: %s' => 3872 '', 3873 'Need TransitionActionID!' => '', 3874 'Could not get data for TransitionActionID %s' => '', 3875 'There was an error updating the TransitionAction' => '', 3876 'Edit Transition Action "%s"' => '', 3877 'Error: Not all keys seem to have values or vice versa.' => '', 3878 3879 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminQueue.pm 3880 'Queue updated!' => 'Kø opdateret.', 3881 'Don\'t use :: in queue name!' => '', 3882 'Click back and change it!' => '', 3883 '-none-' => '-ingen-', 3884 3885 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminQueueAutoResponse.pm 3886 'Queues ( without auto responses )' => '', 3887 3888 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminQueueTemplates.pm 3889 'Change Queue Relations for Template' => 'Ændr Kø-relationer for Skabelon', 3890 'Change Template Relations for Queue' => 'Ændr Skabelon-relationer for Kø', 3891 3892 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminRegistration.pm 3893 'Production' => 'Produktion', 3894 'Test' => '', 3895 'Training' => 'Træning', 3896 'Development' => '', 3897 3898 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminRole.pm 3899 'Role updated!' => 'Rolle opdateret.', 3900 'Role added!' => 'Rolle tilføjet.', 3901 3902 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminRoleGroup.pm 3903 'Change Group Relations for Role' => 'Administrer Gruppe-relationer for Rolle', 3904 'Change Role Relations for Group' => 'Administrer Rolle-relationer for Gruppe', 3905 3906 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminRoleUser.pm 3907 'Role' => '', 3908 'Change Role Relations for Agent' => 'Skift rolle-relationer for agent', 3909 'Change Agent Relations for Role' => 'Skift agent-relationer for rolle', 3910 3911 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminSLA.pm 3912 'Please activate %s first!' => 'Aktiver venligst %s først', 3913 3914 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminSMIME.pm 3915 'S/MIME environment is not working. Please check log for more info!' => 3916 '', 3917 'Need param Filename to delete!' => '', 3918 'Need param Filename to download!' => '', 3919 'Needed CertFingerprint and CAFingerprint!' => '', 3920 'CAFingerprint must be different than CertFingerprint' => '', 3921 'Relation exists!' => '', 3922 'Relation added!' => '', 3923 'Impossible to add relation!' => '', 3924 'Relation doesn\'t exists' => '', 3925 'Relation deleted!' => '', 3926 'Impossible to delete relation!' => '', 3927 'Certificate %s could not be read!' => '', 3928 'Needed Fingerprint' => '', 3929 'Handle Private Certificate Relations' => '', 3930 3931 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminSalutation.pm 3932 'Salutation added!' => '', 3933 3934 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminSignature.pm 3935 'Signature updated!' => 'Signatur opdateret.', 3936 'Signature added!' => 'Signatur tilføjet.', 3937 3938 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminState.pm 3939 'State added!' => 'Tilstand tilføjet.', 3940 3941 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminSupportDataCollector.pm 3942 'File %s could not be read!' => '', 3943 3944 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminSystemAddress.pm 3945 'System e-mail address added!' => 'System-mail-adresse tilføjet.', 3946 3947 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminSystemConfiguration.pm 3948 'Invalid Settings' => '', 3949 'There are no invalid settings active at this time.' => '', 3950 'You currently don\'t have any favourite settings.' => '', 3951 'The following settings could not be found: %s' => '', 3952 'Import not allowed!' => '', 3953 'System Configuration could not be imported due to an unknown error, please check OTRS logs for more information.' => 3954 '', 3955 'Category Search' => '', 3956 3957 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminSystemConfigurationDeployment.pm 3958 'Some imported settings are not present in the current state of the configuration or it was not possible to update them. Please check the OTRS log for more information.' => 3959 '', 3960 3961 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminSystemConfigurationGroup.pm 3962 'You need to enable the setting before locking!' => '', 3963 'You can\'t work on this setting because %s (%s) is currently working on it.' => 3964 '', 3965 'Missing setting name!' => '', 3966 'Missing ResetOptions!' => '', 3967 'Setting is locked by another user!' => '', 3968 'System was not able to lock the setting!' => '', 3969 'System was not able to reset the setting!' => '', 3970 'System was unable to update setting!' => '', 3971 'Missing setting name.' => '', 3972 'Setting not found.' => '', 3973 'Missing Settings!' => '', 3974 3975 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminSystemMaintenance.pm 3976 'Start date shouldn\'t be defined after Stop date!' => '', 3977 'There was an error creating the System Maintenance' => '', 3978 'Need SystemMaintenanceID!' => '', 3979 'Could not get data for SystemMaintenanceID %s' => '', 3980 'System Maintenance was added successfully!' => '', 3981 'System Maintenance was updated successfully!' => '', 3982 'Session has been killed!' => '', 3983 'All sessions have been killed, except for your own.' => 'Alle sessioner er lukket, undtagen din egen', 3984 'There was an error updating the System Maintenance' => '', 3985 'Was not possible to delete the SystemMaintenance entry: %s!' => '', 3986 3987 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminTemplate.pm 3988 'Template updated!' => '', 3989 'Template added!' => '', 3990 3991 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminTemplateAttachment.pm 3992 'Change Attachment Relations for Template' => 'Ændr den vedhæftede fils relation til skabeloner', 3993 'Change Template Relations for Attachment' => 'Ændr Skabelonens relation til vedhæftede filer', 3994 3995 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminType.pm 3996 'Need Type!' => '', 3997 'Type added!' => 'Type tilføjet.', 3998 3999 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminUser.pm 4000 'Agent updated!' => 'Agent opdateret', 4001 4002 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AdminUserGroup.pm 4003 'Change Group Relations for Agent' => 'Skift gruppe-relationer for agent', 4004 'Change Agent Relations for Group' => 'Skift agent-relationer for gruppe', 4005 4006 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentAppointmentAgendaOverview.pm 4007 'Month' => 'Måned', 4008 'Week' => '', 4009 'Day' => 'Dag', 4010 4011 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentAppointmentCalendarOverview.pm 4012 'All appointments' => '', 4013 'Appointments assigned to me' => '', 4014 'Showing only appointments assigned to you! Change settings' => '', 4015 4016 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentAppointmentEdit.pm 4017 'Appointment not found!' => '', 4018 'Never' => '', 4019 'Every Day' => '', 4020 'Every Week' => '', 4021 'Every Month' => '', 4022 'Every Year' => '', 4023 'Custom' => '', 4024 'Daily' => '', 4025 'Weekly' => '', 4026 'Monthly' => '', 4027 'Yearly' => '', 4028 'every' => '', 4029 'for %s time(s)' => '', 4030 'until ...' => '', 4031 'for ... time(s)' => '', 4032 'until %s' => '', 4033 'No notification' => '', 4034 '%s minute(s) before' => '', 4035 '%s hour(s) before' => '', 4036 '%s day(s) before' => '', 4037 '%s week before' => '', 4038 'before the appointment starts' => '', 4039 'after the appointment has been started' => '', 4040 'before the appointment ends' => '', 4041 'after the appointment has been ended' => '', 4042 'No permission!' => '', 4043 'Cannot delete ticket appointment!' => '', 4044 'No permissions!' => '', 4045 4046 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentAppointmentList.pm 4047 '+%s more' => '', 4048 4049 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentCustomerSearch.pm 4050 'Customer History' => 'Kunde-historik', 4051 4052 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentCustomerUserAddressBook.pm 4053 'No RecipientField is given!' => '', 4054 4055 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentDashboardCommon.pm 4056 'No such config for %s' => '', 4057 'Statistic' => 'Rapport', 4058 'No preferences for %s!' => '', 4059 'Can\'t get element data of %s!' => '', 4060 'Can\'t get filter content data of %s!' => '', 4061 'Customer Name' => '', 4062 'Customer User Name' => 'Kundenavn', 4063 4064 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentLinkObject.pm 4065 'Need SourceObject and SourceKey!' => '', 4066 'You need ro permission!' => '', 4067 'Can not delete link with %s!' => 'Kan ikke slette link med %s!', 4068 '%s Link(s) deleted successfully.' => '', 4069 'Can not create link with %s! Object already linked as %s.' => '', 4070 'Can not create link with %s!' => 'Kan ikke oprette link med %s!', 4071 '%s links added successfully.' => '', 4072 'The object %s cannot link with other object!' => '', 4073 4074 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentPreferences.pm 4075 'Param Group is required!' => '', 4076 'Updated user preferences' => '', 4077 'System was unable to deploy your changes.' => '', 4078 'Setting not found!' => '', 4079 'System was unable to reset the setting!' => '', 4080 4081 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentSplitSelection.pm 4082 'Process ticket' => '', 4083 4084 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentStatistics.pm 4085 'Parameter %s is missing.' => '', 4086 'Invalid Subaction.' => '', 4087 'Statistic could not be imported.' => 'Rapport kunne ikke importeres', 4088 'Please upload a valid statistic file.' => 'Upload venligst en gyldig rapport-fil.', 4089 'Export: Need StatID!' => '', 4090 'Delete: Get no StatID!' => '', 4091 'Need StatID!' => '', 4092 'Could not load stat.' => '', 4093 'Add New Statistic' => 'Tilføj ny rapport', 4094 'Could not create statistic.' => 'Kunne ikke oprette rapport.', 4095 'Run: Get no %s!' => '', 4096 4097 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentTicketActionCommon.pm 4098 'No TicketID is given!' => '', 4099 'You need %s permissions!' => '', 4100 'Loading draft failed!' => '', 4101 'Sorry, you need to be the ticket owner to perform this action.' => 4102 'Du skal eje denne sag for at udføre handlingen.', 4103 'Please change the owner first.' => 'Skift venligst ejeren først.', 4104 'FormDraft functionality disabled!' => '', 4105 'Draft name is required!' => '', 4106 'FormDraft name %s is already in use!' => '', 4107 'Could not perform validation on field %s!' => '', 4108 'No subject' => 'Intet emne', 4109 'Could not delete draft!' => '', 4110 'Previous Owner' => 'Tidligere ejer', 4111 'wrote' => 'skrev', 4112 'Message from' => 'Besked fra', 4113 'End message' => 'Slut på besked', 4114 4115 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentTicketBounce.pm 4116 '%s is needed!' => '', 4117 'Plain article not found for article %s!' => '', 4118 'Article does not belong to ticket %s!' => '', 4119 'Can\'t bounce email!' => '', 4120 'Can\'t send email!' => '', 4121 'Wrong Subaction!' => '', 4122 4123 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentTicketBulk.pm 4124 'Can\'t lock Tickets, no TicketIDs are given!' => '', 4125 'Ticket (%s) is not unlocked!' => '', 4126 'The following tickets were ignored because they are locked by another agent or you don\'t have write access to tickets: %s.' => 4127 '', 4128 'The following ticket was ignored because it is locked by another agent or you don\'t have write access to ticket: %s.' => 4129 '', 4130 'You need to select at least one ticket.' => '', 4131 'Bulk feature is not enabled!' => '', 4132 'No selectable TicketID is given!' => '', 4133 'You either selected no ticket or only tickets which are locked by other agents.' => 4134 '', 4135 'The following tickets were ignored because they are locked by another agent or you don\'t have write access to these tickets: %s.' => 4136 '', 4137 'The following tickets were locked: %s.' => '', 4138 4139 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentTicketCompose.pm 4140 'Article subject will be empty if the subject contains only the ticket hook!' => 4141 '', 4142 'Address %s replaced with registered customer address.' => 'Adresse %s erstattet med kundens registrerede adresse.', 4143 'Customer user automatically added in Cc.' => 'Kundebruger automatisk tilføjet til Cc.', 4144 4145 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentTicketEmail.pm 4146 'Ticket "%s" created!' => 'Sag "%s" oprettet.', 4147 'No Subaction!' => '', 4148 4149 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentTicketEmailOutbound.pm 4150 'Got no TicketID!' => '', 4151 'System Error!' => '', 4152 4153 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentTicketEmailResend.pm 4154 'No ArticleID is given!' => '', 4155 4156 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentTicketEscalationView.pm 4157 'Next week' => 'Næste uge', 4158 'Ticket Escalation View' => 'Oversigt over eskalerede sager', 4159 4160 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentTicketForward.pm 4161 'Article %s could not be found!' => '', 4162 'Forwarded message from' => 'Videresendt besked fra', 4163 'End forwarded message' => 'Slut på videresendt besked', 4164 4165 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentTicketHistory.pm 4166 'Can\'t show history, no TicketID is given!' => '', 4167 4168 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentTicketLock.pm 4169 'Can\'t lock Ticket, no TicketID is given!' => '', 4170 'Sorry, the current owner is %s!' => '', 4171 'Please become the owner first.' => '', 4172 'Ticket (ID=%s) is locked by %s!' => '', 4173 'Change the owner!' => '', 4174 4175 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentTicketLockedView.pm 4176 'New Article' => 'Nyt indlæg', 4177 'Pending' => 'Afventer', 4178 'Reminder Reached' => 'Påmindelsesdato nået', 4179 'My Locked Tickets' => 'Mine sager', 4180 4181 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentTicketMerge.pm 4182 'Can\'t merge ticket with itself!' => '', 4183 4184 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentTicketMove.pm 4185 'You need move permissions!' => '', 4186 4187 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentTicketPhone.pm 4188 'Chat is not active.' => '', 4189 'No permission.' => '', 4190 '%s has left the chat.' => '', 4191 'This chat has been closed and will be removed in %s hours.' => '', 4192 4193 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentTicketPhoneCommon.pm 4194 'Ticket locked.' => 'Sag trukker.', 4195 4196 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentTicketPlain.pm 4197 'No ArticleID!' => '', 4198 'This is not an email article.' => '', 4199 'Can\'t read plain article! Maybe there is no plain email in backend! Read backend message.' => 4200 '', 4201 4202 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentTicketPrint.pm 4203 'Need TicketID!' => '', 4204 4205 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentTicketProcess.pm 4206 'Couldn\'t get ActivityDialogEntityID "%s"!' => '', 4207 'No Process configured!' => '', 4208 'The selected process is invalid!' => 'Den valgte proces er ugyldig.', 4209 'Process %s is invalid!' => '', 4210 'Subaction is invalid!' => '', 4211 'Parameter %s is missing in %s.' => '', 4212 'No ActivityDialog configured for %s in _RenderAjax!' => '', 4213 'Got no Start ActivityEntityID or Start ActivityDialogEntityID for Process: %s in _GetParam!' => 4214 '', 4215 'Couldn\'t get Ticket for TicketID: %s in _GetParam!' => '', 4216 'Couldn\'t determine ActivityEntityID. DynamicField or Config isn\'t set properly!' => 4217 '', 4218 'Process::Default%s Config Value missing!' => '', 4219 'Got no ProcessEntityID or TicketID and ActivityDialogEntityID!' => 4220 '', 4221 'Can\'t get StartActivityDialog and StartActivityDialog for the ProcessEntityID "%s"!' => 4222 '', 4223 'Can\'t get Ticket "%s"!' => '', 4224 'Can\'t get ProcessEntityID or ActivityEntityID for Ticket "%s"!' => 4225 '', 4226 'Can\'t get Activity configuration for ActivityEntityID "%s"!' => 4227 '', 4228 'Can\'t get ActivityDialog configuration for ActivityDialogEntityID "%s"!' => 4229 '', 4230 'Can\'t get data for Field "%s" of ActivityDialog "%s"!' => '', 4231 'PendingTime can just be used if State or StateID is configured for the same ActivityDialog. ActivityDialog: %s!' => 4232 '', 4233 'Pending Date' => 'Afventer til dato', 4234 'for pending* states' => 'for afventende tilstande', 4235 'ActivityDialogEntityID missing!' => '', 4236 'Couldn\'t get Config for ActivityDialogEntityID "%s"!' => '', 4237 'Couldn\'t use CustomerID as an invisible field.' => '', 4238 'Missing ProcessEntityID, check your ActivityDialogHeader.tt!' => 4239 '', 4240 'No StartActivityDialog or StartActivityDialog for Process "%s" configured!' => 4241 '', 4242 'Couldn\'t create ticket for Process with ProcessEntityID "%s"!' => 4243 '', 4244 'Couldn\'t set ProcessEntityID "%s" on TicketID "%s"!' => '', 4245 'Couldn\'t set ActivityEntityID "%s" on TicketID "%s"!' => '', 4246 'Could not store ActivityDialog, invalid TicketID: %s!' => '', 4247 'Invalid TicketID: %s!' => '', 4248 'Missing ActivityEntityID in Ticket %s!' => '', 4249 'This step does not belong anymore to the current activity in process for ticket \'%s%s%s\'! Another user changed this ticket in the meantime. Please close this window and reload the ticket.' => 4250 '', 4251 'Missing ProcessEntityID in Ticket %s!' => '', 4252 'Could not set DynamicField value for %s of Ticket with ID "%s" in ActivityDialog "%s"!' => 4253 '', 4254 'Could not set PendingTime for Ticket with ID "%s" in ActivityDialog "%s"!' => 4255 '', 4256 'Wrong ActivityDialog Field config: %s can\'t be Display => 1 / Show field (Please change its configuration to be Display => 0 / Do not show field or Display => 2 / Show field as mandatory)!' => 4257 '', 4258 'Could not set %s for Ticket with ID "%s" in ActivityDialog "%s"!' => 4259 '', 4260 'Default Config for Process::Default%s missing!' => '', 4261 'Default Config for Process::Default%s invalid!' => '', 4262 4263 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentTicketQueue.pm 4264 'Available tickets' => 'Frie sager', 4265 'including subqueues' => 'Inkluder underkøer', 4266 'excluding subqueues' => 'Ekskluder underkøer', 4267 'QueueView' => 'Køer', 4268 4269 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentTicketResponsibleView.pm 4270 'My Responsible Tickets' => 'Sager, jeg er ansvarlig for', 4271 4272 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentTicketSearch.pm 4273 'last-search' => 'sidste søgning', 4274 'Untitled' => '', 4275 'Ticket Number' => 'Sagsnummer', 4276 'Ticket' => 'Sager', 4277 'printed by' => 'udskrevet af', 4278 'CustomerID (complex search)' => '', 4279 'CustomerID (exact match)' => '', 4280 'Invalid Users' => '', 4281 'Normal' => 'Normal', 4282 'CSV' => 'CSV', 4283 'Excel' => '', 4284 'in more than ...' => 'mere end ...', 4285 4286 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentTicketService.pm 4287 'Feature not enabled!' => '', 4288 'Service View' => 'Serviceoversigt', 4289 4290 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentTicketStatusView.pm 4291 'Status View' => 'Statusoversigt', 4292 4293 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentTicketWatchView.pm 4294 'My Watched Tickets' => 'Fulgte sager', 4295 4296 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentTicketWatcher.pm 4297 'Feature is not active' => '', 4298 4299 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AgentTicketZoom.pm 4300 'Link Deleted' => 'Link Slettet', 4301 'Ticket Locked' => 'Sag Trukket', 4302 'Pending Time Set' => '', 4303 'Dynamic Field Updated' => 'Dynamisk Felt Opdateret', 4304 'Outgoing Email (internal)' => '', 4305 'Ticket Created' => 'Sag Oprettet', 4306 'Type Updated' => 'Type Opdateret', 4307 'Escalation Update Time In Effect' => '', 4308 'Escalation Update Time Stopped' => '', 4309 'Escalation First Response Time Stopped' => '', 4310 'Customer Updated' => 'Kunde Opdateret', 4311 'Internal Chat' => 'Intern Chat', 4312 'Automatic Follow-Up Sent' => 'Automatisk Opfølgning Sendt', 4313 'Note Added' => 'Note Tilføjet', 4314 'Note Added (Customer)' => 'Note Tilføjet (Kunde)', 4315 'SMS Added' => '', 4316 'SMS Added (Customer)' => '', 4317 'State Updated' => 'Tilstand Opdateret', 4318 'Outgoing Answer' => 'Udgående Svar', 4319 'Service Updated' => 'Service Opdateret', 4320 'Link Added' => 'Link Tilføjet', 4321 'Incoming Customer Email' => 'Indgående Kunde Email', 4322 'Incoming Web Request' => 'Indgående Web Forespørgsel', 4323 'Priority Updated' => 'Prioritet Opdateret', 4324 'Ticket Unlocked' => 'Sag Frigjort', 4325 'Outgoing Email' => 'Udgående Email', 4326 'Title Updated' => 'Titel Opdateret', 4327 'Ticket Merged' => 'Sag Samlet', 4328 'Outgoing Phone Call' => 'Udgående Telefonopkald', 4329 'Forwarded Message' => '', 4330 'Removed User Subscription' => '', 4331 'Time Accounted' => '', 4332 'Incoming Phone Call' => 'Indgående Telefonopkald', 4333 'System Request.' => '', 4334 'Incoming Follow-Up' => 'Indgående Opfølgning', 4335 'Automatic Reply Sent' => 'Automatisk Svar Sendt', 4336 'Automatic Reject Sent' => '', 4337 'Escalation Solution Time In Effect' => '', 4338 'Escalation Solution Time Stopped' => '', 4339 'Escalation Response Time In Effect' => '', 4340 'Escalation Response Time Stopped' => '', 4341 'SLA Updated' => 'SLA Opdateret', 4342 'External Chat' => 'Ekstern Chat', 4343 'Queue Changed' => '', 4344 'Notification Was Sent' => '', 4345 'This ticket does not exist, or you don\'t have permissions to access it in its current state.' => 4346 '', 4347 'Missing FormDraftID!' => '', 4348 'Can\'t get for ArticleID %s!' => '', 4349 'Article filter settings were saved.' => '', 4350 'Event type filter settings were saved.' => '', 4351 'Need ArticleID!' => '', 4352 'Invalid ArticleID!' => '', 4353 'Forward article via mail' => 'Videresend indlæg via mail', 4354 'Forward' => 'Videresend', 4355 'Fields with no group' => '', 4356 'Invisible only' => '', 4357 'Visible only' => '', 4358 'Visible and invisible' => '', 4359 'Article could not be opened! Perhaps it is on another article page?' => 4360 'Et indlæg kunne ikke åbnes! Måske er det på en anden indlægs side?', 4361 'Show one article' => 'Vis indlæg enkeltvis', 4362 'Show all articles' => 'Vis alle indlæg', 4363 'Show Ticket Timeline View' => '', 4364 'Show Ticket Timeline View (%s)' => '', 4365 4366 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/AjaxAttachment.pm 4367 'Got no FormID.' => '', 4368 'Error: the file could not be deleted properly. Please contact your administrator (missing FileID).' => 4369 '', 4370 4371 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/CustomerTicketArticleContent.pm 4372 'ArticleID is needed!' => '', 4373 'No TicketID for ArticleID (%s)!' => '', 4374 'HTML body attachment is missing!' => '', 4375 4376 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/CustomerTicketAttachment.pm 4377 'FileID and ArticleID are needed!' => '', 4378 'No such attachment (%s)!' => '', 4379 4380 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/CustomerTicketMessage.pm 4381 'Check SysConfig setting for %s::QueueDefault.' => '', 4382 'Check SysConfig setting for %s::TicketTypeDefault.' => '', 4383 'You don\'t have sufficient permissions for ticket creation in default queue.' => 4384 '', 4385 4386 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/CustomerTicketOverview.pm 4387 'Need CustomerID!' => '', 4388 'My Tickets' => 'Mine Sager', 4389 'Company Tickets' => 'Firma Sager', 4390 'Untitled!' => '', 4391 4392 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/CustomerTicketSearch.pm 4393 'Customer Realname' => 'Kundens rigtige navn', 4394 'Created within the last' => 'Oprettet indenfor de sidste', 4395 'Created more than ... ago' => 'Oprettet mere end ... siden', 4396 'Please remove the following words because they cannot be used for the search:' => 4397 'Fjern venligst følgende ord da de ikke kan bruges i søgningen:', 4398 4399 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/CustomerTicketZoom.pm 4400 'Can\'t reopen ticket, not possible in this queue!' => '', 4401 'Create a new ticket!' => '', 4402 4403 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/Installer.pm 4404 'SecureMode active!' => '', 4405 'If you want to re-run the Installer, disable the SecureMode in the SysConfig.' => 4406 '', 4407 'Directory "%s" doesn\'t exist!' => '', 4408 'Configure "Home" in Kernel/Config.pm first!' => '', 4409 'File "%s/Kernel/Config.pm" not found!' => '', 4410 'Directory "%s" not found!' => '', 4411 'Install OTRS' => 'Installer OTRS', 4412 'Intro' => 'Indledning', 4413 'Kernel/Config.pm isn\'t writable!' => '', 4414 'If you want to use the installer, set the Kernel/Config.pm writable for the webserver user!' => 4415 '', 4416 'Database Selection' => 'Databasevalg', 4417 'Unknown Check!' => '', 4418 'The check "%s" doesn\'t exist!' => '', 4419 'Enter the password for the database user.' => 'Indtast oasswirdet for databasens bruger.', 4420 'Database %s' => '', 4421 'Configure MySQL' => '', 4422 'Enter the password for the administrative database user.' => 'Indtast passwordet for den administrative bruger i databasen.', 4423 'Configure PostgreSQL' => '', 4424 'Configure Oracle' => '', 4425 'Unknown database type "%s".' => '', 4426 'Please go back.' => '', 4427 'Create Database' => 'Opret database', 4428 'Install OTRS - Error' => '', 4429 'File "%s/%s.xml" not found!' => '', 4430 'Contact your Admin!' => '', 4431 'System Settings' => 'Systemindstillinger', 4432 'Syslog' => '', 4433 'Configure Mail' => 'Konfigurer Mail', 4434 'Mail Configuration' => 'Mail-konfiguration', 4435 'Can\'t write Config file!' => '', 4436 'Unknown Subaction %s!' => '', 4437 'Can\'t connect to database, Perl module DBD::%s not installed!' => 4438 '', 4439 'Can\'t connect to database, read comment!' => '', 4440 'Database already contains data - it should be empty!' => 'Databasen indeholder allerede data - den burde være tom!', 4441 'Error: Please make sure your database accepts packages over %s MB in size (it currently only accepts packages up to %s MB). Please adapt the max_allowed_packet setting of your database in order to avoid errors.' => 4442 'Fejl: Sørg for at din database accepterer pakker over %s MB i størrelse (I øjeblikket accepterer den kun pakker op til %s MB). Tilpas max_allowed_packet indstillingen i din database for at undgå fejl.', 4443 'Error: Please set the value for innodb_log_file_size on your database to at least %s MB (current: %s MB, recommended: %s MB). For more information, please have a look at %s.' => 4444 'Fejl: Sæt venligst værdien for innodb_log_file_size i din database til mindst %s MB (nuværende: %s MB, anbefalet: %s MB). For mere info, se %s.', 4445 'Wrong database collation (%s is %s, but it needs to be utf8).' => 4446 '', 4447 4448 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/PublicCalendar.pm 4449 'No %s!' => '', 4450 'No such user!' => '', 4451 'Invalid calendar!' => '', 4452 'Invalid URL!' => '', 4453 'There was an error exporting the calendar!' => '', 4454 4455 # Perl Module: Kernel/Modules/PublicRepository.pm 4456 'Need config Package::RepositoryAccessRegExp' => '', 4457 'Authentication failed from %s!' => 'Godkendelse fejlede fra %s!', 4458 4459 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/ArticleAction/AgentTicketBounce.pm 4460 'Bounce Article to a different mail address' => 'Bounce Indlæg til en anden mail-adresse', 4461 'Bounce' => 'Overgiv', 4462 4463 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/ArticleAction/AgentTicketCompose.pm 4464 'Reply All' => 'Svar alle', 4465 4466 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/ArticleAction/AgentTicketEmailResend.pm 4467 'Resend this article' => '', 4468 'Resend' => '', 4469 4470 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/ArticleAction/AgentTicketMessageLog.pm 4471 'View message log details for this article' => '', 4472 'Message Log' => '', 4473 4474 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/ArticleAction/AgentTicketNote.pm 4475 'Reply to note' => 'Svar på note', 4476 4477 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/ArticleAction/AgentTicketPhone.pm 4478 'Split this article' => 'Opdel dette indlæg', 4479 4480 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/ArticleAction/AgentTicketPlain.pm 4481 'View the source for this Article' => '', 4482 'Plain Format' => 'Kildetekst', 4483 4484 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/ArticleAction/AgentTicketPrint.pm 4485 'Print this article' => 'Udskriv dette indlæg', 4486 4487 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/ArticleAction/GetHelpLink.pm 4488 'Contact us at sales@otrs.com' => '', 4489 'Get Help' => '', 4490 4491 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/ArticleAction/MarkAsImportant.pm 4492 'Mark' => 'Marker', 4493 'Unmark' => 'Fjern markering', 4494 4495 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/ArticleAction/ReinstallPackageLink.pm 4496 'Upgrade to OTRS Business Solution™' => '', 4497 'Re-install Package' => '', 4498 'Upgrade' => 'Opgrader', 4499 'Re-install' => '', 4500 4501 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/ArticleCheck/PGP.pm 4502 'Crypted' => 'Krypteret', 4503 'Sent message encrypted to recipient!' => '', 4504 'Signed' => 'Underskrevet', 4505 '"PGP SIGNED MESSAGE" header found, but invalid!' => '', 4506 4507 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/ArticleCheck/SMIME.pm 4508 '"S/MIME SIGNED MESSAGE" header found, but invalid!' => '', 4509 'Ticket decrypted before' => '', 4510 'Impossible to decrypt: private key for email was not found!' => '', 4511 'Successful decryption' => '', 4512 4513 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/ArticleCompose/Crypt.pm 4514 'There are no encryption keys available for the addresses: \'%s\'. ' => 4515 '', 4516 'There are no selected encryption keys for the addresses: \'%s\'. ' => 4517 '', 4518 'Cannot use expired encryption keys for the addresses: \'%s\'. ' => 4519 '', 4520 'Cannot use revoked encryption keys for the addresses: \'%s\'. ' => 4521 '', 4522 'Encrypt' => '', 4523 'Keys/certificates will only be shown for recipients with more than one key/certificate. The first found key/certificate will be pre-selected. Please make sure to select the correct one.' => 4524 '', 4525 4526 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/ArticleCompose/Security.pm 4527 'Email security' => '', 4528 'PGP sign' => '', 4529 'PGP sign and encrypt' => '', 4530 'PGP encrypt' => '', 4531 'SMIME sign' => '', 4532 'SMIME sign and encrypt' => '', 4533 'SMIME encrypt' => '', 4534 4535 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/ArticleCompose/Sign.pm 4536 'Cannot use expired signing key: \'%s\'. ' => '', 4537 'Cannot use revoked signing key: \'%s\'. ' => '', 4538 'There are no signing keys available for the addresses \'%s\'.' => 4539 '', 4540 'There are no selected signing keys for the addresses \'%s\'.' => 4541 '', 4542 'Sign' => 'Underskriv', 4543 'Keys/certificates will only be shown for a sender with more than one key/certificate. The first found key/certificate will be pre-selected. Please make sure to select the correct one.' => 4544 '', 4545 4546 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Dashboard/AppointmentCalendar.pm 4547 'Shown' => 'Viste', 4548 'Refresh (minutes)' => '', 4549 'off' => 'fra', 4550 4551 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Dashboard/CustomerIDList.pm 4552 'Shown customer ids' => '', 4553 4554 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Dashboard/CustomerUserList.pm 4555 'Shown customer users' => 'Viste kundebrugere', 4556 'Offline' => '', 4557 'User is currently offline.' => '', 4558 'User is currently active.' => '', 4559 'Away' => '', 4560 'User was inactive for a while.' => '', 4561 4562 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Dashboard/EventsTicketCalendar.pm 4563 'The start time of a ticket has been set after the end time!' => '', 4564 4565 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Dashboard/News.pm 4566 'Can\'t connect to OTRS News server!' => '', 4567 'Can\'t get OTRS News from server!' => '', 4568 4569 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Dashboard/ProductNotify.pm 4570 'Can\'t connect to Product News server!' => '', 4571 'Can\'t get Product News from server!' => '', 4572 4573 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Dashboard/RSS.pm 4574 'Can\'t connect to %s!' => '', 4575 4576 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Dashboard/TicketGeneric.pm 4577 'Shown Tickets' => 'Viste Sager', 4578 'Shown Columns' => 'Viste Kolonner', 4579 'filter not active' => '', 4580 'filter active' => '', 4581 'This ticket has no title or subject' => 'Denne sag mangler overskrift eller emne', 4582 4583 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Dashboard/TicketStatsGeneric.pm 4584 '7 Day Stats' => 'Sidste 7 dage', 4585 4586 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Dashboard/UserOnline.pm 4587 'User set their status to unavailable.' => '', 4588 'Unavailable' => '', 4589 4590 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Layout.pm 4591 'Standard' => 'Standard', 4592 'The following tickets are not updated: %s.' => '', 4593 'h' => 't', 4594 'm' => 'm', 4595 'd' => 'd', 4596 'This ticket does not exist, or you don\'t have permissions to access it in its current state. You can take one of the following actions:' => 4597 '', 4598 'This is a' => 'Dette er en', 4599 'email' => 'mail', 4600 'click here' => 'klik her', 4601 'to open it in a new window.' => 'for at åbne i et nyt vindue.', 4602 'Year' => 'År', 4603 'Hours' => 'Timer', 4604 'Minutes' => 'Minutter', 4605 'Check to activate this date' => 'Marker for at aktivere denne dato', 4606 '%s TB' => '', 4607 '%s GB' => '', 4608 '%s MB' => '', 4609 '%s KB' => '', 4610 '%s B' => '', 4611 'No Permission!' => 'Ingen tilladelse.', 4612 'No Permission' => '', 4613 'Show Tree Selection' => 'Vis træ', 4614 'Split Quote' => '', 4615 'Remove Quote' => '', 4616 4617 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Layout/LinkObject.pm 4618 'Linked as' => '', 4619 'Search Result' => '', 4620 'Linked' => 'Linket', 4621 'Bulk' => 'Massehandling', 4622 4623 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Layout/Ticket.pm 4624 'Lite' => 'Let', 4625 'Unread article(s) available' => 'Der er ulæste indlæg', 4626 4627 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/LinkObject/Appointment.pm 4628 'Appointment' => '', 4629 4630 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/LinkObject/Ticket.pm 4631 'Archive search' => '', 4632 4633 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Notification/AgentCloudServicesDisabled.pm 4634 'Enable cloud services to unleash all OTRS features!' => 'Aktiver cloud service for at få adgang til alle OTRS muligheder!', 4635 4636 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Notification/AgentOTRSBusiness.pm 4637 '%s Upgrade to %s now! %s' => '%s Opgrader til %s nu! %s', 4638 'Please verify your license data!' => '', 4639 'The license for your %s is about to expire. Please make contact with %s to renew your contract!' => 4640 'Licensen for %s er ved at udløbe. Kontakt venligst %s for at forny din kontrakt.', 4641 'An update for your %s is available, but there is a conflict with your framework version! Please update your framework first!' => 4642 'En opdatering til %s er tilgængelig, men der er en konflikt med din framework version! 4643Opdater venligst dit framework først!', 4644 4645 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Notification/AgentOnline.pm 4646 'Online Agent: %s' => 'Online Agent: %s ', 4647 4648 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Notification/AgentTicketEscalation.pm 4649 'There are more escalated tickets!' => 'Der er ikke flere eskalerede sager.', 4650 4651 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Notification/AgentTimeZoneCheck.pm 4652 'Please select a time zone in your preferences and confirm it by clicking the save button.' => 4653 '', 4654 4655 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Notification/CustomerOnline.pm 4656 'Online Customer: %s' => 'Online kunde: %s ', 4657 4658 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Notification/CustomerSystemMaintenanceCheck.pm 4659 'System maintenance is active!' => '', 4660 'A system maintenance period will start at: %s and is expected to stop at: %s' => 4661 '', 4662 4663 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Notification/DaemonCheck.pm 4664 'OTRS Daemon is not running.' => 'OTRS-dæmonen kører ikke.', 4665 4666 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Notification/OutofOfficeCheck.pm 4667 'You have Out of Office enabled, would you like to disable it?' => 4668 'Du har Out of Office aktiveret. Vil du deaktivere det?', 4669 4670 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Notification/PackageManagerCheckNotVerifiedPackages.pm 4671 'The installation of packages which are not verified by the OTRS Group is activated. These packages could threaten your whole system! It is recommended not to use unverified packages.' => 4672 '', 4673 4674 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Notification/SystemConfigurationInvalidCheck.pm 4675 'You have %s invalid setting(s) deployed. Click here to show invalid settings.' => 4676 '', 4677 4678 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Notification/SystemConfigurationIsDirtyCheck.pm 4679 'You have undeployed settings, would you like to deploy them?' => 4680 '', 4681 4682 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Notification/SystemConfigurationOutOfSyncCheck.pm 4683 'The configuration is being updated, please be patient...' => '', 4684 'There is an error updating the system configuration!' => 'Der er en fejl i opdateringen af systemkonfigurationen!', 4685 4686 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Notification/UIDCheck.pm 4687 'Don\'t use the Superuser account to work with %s! Create new Agents and work with these accounts instead.' => 4688 '', 4689 4690 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Preferences/AppointmentNotificationEvent.pm 4691 'Please make sure you\'ve chosen at least one transport method for mandatory notifications.' => 4692 '', 4693 'Preferences updated successfully!' => 'Indstillingerne er opdateret', 4694 4695 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Preferences/Language.pm 4696 '(in process)' => '', 4697 4698 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Preferences/OutOfOffice.pm 4699 'Please specify an end date that is after the start date.' => 'Angiv en slutdato der ligger efter startdatoen.', 4700 4701 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Preferences/Password.pm 4702 'Current password' => 'Nuværende adgangskode', 4703 'New password' => 'Ny adgangskode', 4704 'Verify password' => 'Gentag adgangskode', 4705 'The current password is not correct. Please try again!' => 'Det nuværende password er ikke korrekt. Prøv venligst igen.', 4706 'Please supply your new password!' => 'Skriv venligst din nye adgangskode!', 4707 'Can\'t update password, your new passwords do not match. Please try again!' => 4708 'Kan ikke opdatere password, dine nye passwords er ikke ens. Prøv venligst igen.', 4709 'This password is forbidden by the current system configuration. Please contact the administrator if you have additional questions.' => 4710 '', 4711 'Can\'t update password, it must be at least %s characters long!' => 4712 'Kan ikke opdatere password, det skal være mindst %s tegn langt.', 4713 'Can\'t update password, it must contain at least 2 lowercase and 2 uppercase letter characters!' => 4714 '', 4715 'Can\'t update password, it must contain at least 1 digit!' => 'Kan ikke opdatere password, det skal indeholde mindst 1 tal.', 4716 'Can\'t update password, it must contain at least 2 letter characters!' => 4717 '', 4718 4719 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Preferences/TimeZone.pm 4720 'Time zone updated successfully!' => '', 4721 4722 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/Statistics/View.pm 4723 'invalid' => 'ugyldig', 4724 'valid' => 'gyldig', 4725 'No (not supported)' => 'Nej (ikke understøttet)', 4726 'No past complete or the current+upcoming complete relative time value selected.' => 4727 '', 4728 'The selected time period is larger than the allowed time period.' => 4729 '', 4730 'No time scale value available for the current selected time scale value on the X axis.' => 4731 '', 4732 'The selected date is not valid.' => 'Den valgte dato er ikke gyldig.', 4733 'The selected end time is before the start time.' => 'Den valgte sluttid ligger før starttiden.', 4734 'There is something wrong with your time selection.' => 'Der er noget galt med den valgte tid.', 4735 'Please select only one element or allow modification at stat generation time.' => 4736 '', 4737 'Please select at least one value of this field or allow modification at stat generation time.' => 4738 '', 4739 'Please select one element for the X-axis.' => '', 4740 'You can only use one time element for the Y axis.' => '', 4741 'You can only use one or two elements for the Y axis.' => '', 4742 'Please select at least one value of this field.' => '', 4743 'Please provide a value or allow modification at stat generation time.' => 4744 '', 4745 'Please select a time scale.' => '', 4746 'Your reporting time interval is too small, please use a larger time scale.' => 4747 '', 4748 'second(s)' => 'sekund(er)', 4749 'quarter(s)' => 'kvartal(er)', 4750 'half-year(s)' => 'halvår', 4751 'Please remove the following words because they cannot be used for the ticket restrictions: %s.' => 4752 '', 4753 4754 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/SysConfig.pm 4755 'Cancel editing and unlock this setting' => '', 4756 'Reset this setting to its default value.' => '', 4757 'Unable to load %s!' => '', 4758 'Content' => 'Indhold', 4759 4760 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/TicketMenu/Lock.pm 4761 'Unlock to give it back to the queue' => 'Frigiv sagen og gør den ledig i køen', 4762 'Lock it to work on it' => 'Træk sagen for at arbejde på den', 4763 4764 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/TicketMenu/TicketWatcher.pm 4765 'Unwatch' => 'Følg ikke', 4766 'Remove from list of watched tickets' => 'Fjern fra listen over fulgte sager', 4767 'Watch' => 'Følg', 4768 'Add to list of watched tickets' => 'Føj til listen over fulgte sager', 4769 4770 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/TicketOverviewMenu/Sort.pm 4771 'Order by' => 'Sorter efter', 4772 4773 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/TicketZoom/TicketInformation.pm 4774 'Ticket Information' => 'Sagsinformation', 4775 4776 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/ToolBar/TicketLocked.pm 4777 'Locked Tickets New' => 'Mine nye sager', 4778 'Locked Tickets Reminder Reached' => 'Mine sager, hvor påmindelsesfristen er nået', 4779 'Locked Tickets Total' => 'Mine sager i alt', 4780 4781 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/ToolBar/TicketResponsible.pm 4782 'Responsible Tickets New' => 'Nye sager, jeg er ansvarlig for', 4783 'Responsible Tickets Reminder Reached' => 'Sager, jeg er ansvarlig for, hvor påmindelsesfristen er nået', 4784 'Responsible Tickets Total' => 'Sager, jeg er ansvarlig for i alt', 4785 4786 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/HTML/ToolBar/TicketWatcher.pm 4787 'Watched Tickets New' => 'Nye fulgte sager', 4788 'Watched Tickets Reminder Reached' => 'Fulgte sager, hvor påmindelsesfristen er nået', 4789 'Watched Tickets Total' => 'Fulgte sager i alt', 4790 4791 # Perl Module: Kernel/Output/PDF/Ticket.pm 4792 'Ticket Dynamic Fields' => 'Sagens dynamiske felter', 4793 4794 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/ACL/DB/ACL.pm 4795 'Couldn\'t read ACL configuration file. Please make sure the file is valid.' => 4796 '', 4797 4798 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/Auth.pm 4799 'It is currently not possible to login due to a scheduled system maintenance.' => 4800 'Det er i øjeblikket ikke muligt at logge ind grundet planlagt system-vedligeholdelde.', 4801 4802 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/AuthSession.pm 4803 'You have exceeded the number of concurrent agents - contact sales@otrs.com.' => 4804 '', 4805 'Please note that the session limit is almost reached.' => '', 4806 'Login rejected! You have exceeded the maximum number of concurrent Agents! Contact sales@otrs.com immediately!' => 4807 '', 4808 'Session limit reached! Please try again later.' => 'Systemet kan ikke håndtere flere brugere nu. Prøv venligst igen senere.', 4809 'Session per user limit reached!' => '', 4810 4811 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/AuthSession/DB.pm 4812 'Session invalid. Please log in again.' => 'Ugyldig session. Log venligst ind igen.', 4813 'Session has timed out. Please log in again.' => 'Sessionens tidsfrist er udløbet. Vær venlig at logge ind igen.', 4814 4815 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/Calendar/Event/Transport/Email.pm 4816 'PGP sign only' => '', 4817 'PGP encrypt only' => '', 4818 'SMIME sign only' => '', 4819 'SMIME encrypt only' => '', 4820 'PGP and SMIME not enabled.' => '', 4821 'Skip notification delivery' => '', 4822 'Send unsigned notification' => '', 4823 'Send unencrypted notification' => '', 4824 4825 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/Console/Command/Dev/Tools/Config2Docbook.pm 4826 'Configuration Options Reference' => '', 4827 'This setting can not be changed.' => '', 4828 'This setting is not active by default.' => '', 4829 'This setting can not be deactivated.' => '', 4830 'This setting is not visible.' => '', 4831 'This setting can be overridden in the user preferences.' => '', 4832 'This setting can be overridden in the user preferences, but is not active by default.' => 4833 '', 4834 4835 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/CustomerUser.pm 4836 'Customer user "%s" already exists.' => '', 4837 4838 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/CustomerUser/DB.pm 4839 'This email address is already in use for another customer user.' => 4840 '', 4841 4842 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/DynamicField/Driver/BaseDateTime.pm 4843 'before/after' => 'før/efter', 4844 'between' => 'mellem', 4845 4846 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/DynamicField/Driver/BaseText.pm 4847 'e.g. Text or Te*t' => '', 4848 4849 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/DynamicField/Driver/Checkbox.pm 4850 'Ignore this field.' => '', 4851 4852 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/DynamicField/Driver/TextArea.pm 4853 'This field is required or' => 'Dette felt er påkrævet eller', 4854 'The field content is too long!' => 'Indholdet af feltet er for langt.', 4855 'Maximum size is %s characters.' => 'Maksimal længde er %s tegn.', 4856 4857 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/NotificationEvent.pm 4858 'Couldn\'t read Notification configuration file. Please make sure the file is valid.' => 4859 '', 4860 'Imported notification has body text with more than 4000 characters.' => 4861 '', 4862 4863 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/Package.pm 4864 'not installed' => '', 4865 'installed' => 'installeret', 4866 'Unable to parse repository index document.' => 'Ikke i stand til at fortolke repositoriets index-dokument.', 4867 'No packages for your framework version found in this repository, it only contains packages for other framework versions.' => 4868 'Ingen pakker for din version af frameworket fundet i dette repositorie, det indeholder kun pakker for andre versioner af frameworket.', 4869 'File is not installed!' => '', 4870 'File is different!' => '', 4871 'Can\'t read file!' => '', 4872 '<p>If you continue to install this package, the following issues may occur:</p><ul><li>Security problems</li><li>Stability problems</li><li>Performance problems</li></ul><p>Please note that issues that are caused by working with this package are not covered by OTRS service contracts.</p>' => 4873 '', 4874 '<p>The installation of packages which are not verified by the OTRS Group is not possible by default. You can activate the installation of not verified packages via the "AllowNotVerifiedPackages" system configuration setting.</p>' => 4875 '', 4876 4877 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/ProcessManagement/DB/Process.pm 4878 'The process "%s" and all of its data has been imported successfully.' => 4879 '', 4880 4881 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/ProcessManagement/DB/Process/State.pm 4882 'Inactive' => 'Inaktiv', 4883 'FadeAway' => '', 4884 4885 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/Registration.pm 4886 'Can\'t contact registration server. Please try again later.' => 'Kan ikke kontakte registrations-serveren. Prøv venligst igen senere.', 4887 'No content received from registration server. Please try again later.' => 4888 'Modtog ikke noget fra registrations-serveren. Prøv venligst igen senere.', 4889 'Can\'t get Token from sever' => '', 4890 'Username and password do not match. Please try again.' => 'Brugernavn og password passer ikke. Prøv venligst igen.', 4891 'Problems processing server result. Please try again later.' => 'Problemer med at behandle svaret fra serveren. Prøv venligst igen senere.', 4892 4893 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/Stats.pm 4894 'Sum' => 'Sum', 4895 'week' => 'uge', 4896 'quarter' => 'kvartal', 4897 'half-year' => 'halvår', 4898 4899 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/Stats/Dynamic/Ticket.pm 4900 'State Type' => 'Tilstandstype', 4901 'Created Priority' => 'Oprettet med prioritet', 4902 'Created State' => 'Oprettet med status', 4903 'Create Time' => 'Oprettet tidspunkt', 4904 'Pending until time' => '', 4905 'Close Time' => 'Lukket tidspunkt', 4906 'Escalation' => 'Eskalation', 4907 'Escalation - First Response Time' => '', 4908 'Escalation - Update Time' => '', 4909 'Escalation - Solution Time' => '', 4910 'Agent/Owner' => 'Agent/Ejer', 4911 'Created by Agent/Owner' => 'Oprettet af Agent/Ejer', 4912 'Assigned to Customer User Login' => '', 4913 4914 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/Stats/Dynamic/TicketAccountedTime.pm 4915 'Evaluation by' => 'Evalueret af', 4916 'Ticket/Article Accounted Time' => 'Registreret tid på sagen/indlægget', 4917 'Ticket Create Time' => 'Sagens oprettelsestidspunkt', 4918 'Ticket Close Time' => 'Sagens lukningstidspunkt', 4919 'Accounted time by Agent' => 'Bogført tid af agent', 4920 'Total Time' => 'Total tid', 4921 'Ticket Average' => 'Sagsgennemsnit', 4922 'Ticket Min Time' => 'Sag min. tid', 4923 'Ticket Max Time' => 'Sag max. tid', 4924 'Number of Tickets' => 'Antal sager', 4925 'Article Average' => 'Indlæg-gennemsnit', 4926 'Article Min Time' => 'Indlæg min. tid', 4927 'Article Max Time' => 'Indlæg max. tid', 4928 'Number of Articles' => 'Antal indlæg', 4929 4930 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/Stats/Dynamic/TicketList.pm 4931 'unlimited' => '', 4932 'Attributes to be printed' => 'Attributter til udskrift', 4933 'Sort sequence' => 'Sorteringsrækkefølge', 4934 'State Historic' => 'Historik over tilstande', 4935 'State Type Historic' => 'Historik over Tilstandstyper', 4936 'Historic Time Range' => '', 4937 'Number' => 'Nummer', 4938 'Last Changed' => '', 4939 4940 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/Stats/Dynamic/TicketSolutionResponseTime.pm 4941 'Solution Average' => '', 4942 'Solution Min Time' => '', 4943 'Solution Max Time' => '', 4944 'Solution Average (affected by escalation configuration)' => '', 4945 'Solution Min Time (affected by escalation configuration)' => '', 4946 'Solution Max Time (affected by escalation configuration)' => '', 4947 'Solution Working Time Average (affected by escalation configuration)' => 4948 '', 4949 'Solution Min Working Time (affected by escalation configuration)' => 4950 '', 4951 'Solution Max Working Time (affected by escalation configuration)' => 4952 '', 4953 'First Response Average (affected by escalation configuration)' => 4954 '', 4955 'First Response Min Time (affected by escalation configuration)' => 4956 '', 4957 'First Response Max Time (affected by escalation configuration)' => 4958 '', 4959 'First Response Working Time Average (affected by escalation configuration)' => 4960 '', 4961 'First Response Min Working Time (affected by escalation configuration)' => 4962 '', 4963 'First Response Max Working Time (affected by escalation configuration)' => 4964 '', 4965 'Number of Tickets (affected by escalation configuration)' => '', 4966 4967 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/Stats/Static/StateAction.pm 4968 'Days' => 'Dage', 4969 4970 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/Database/OutdatedTables.pm 4971 'Outdated Tables' => '', 4972 'Outdated tables were found in the database. These can be removed if empty.' => 4973 '', 4974 4975 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/Database/TablePresence.pm 4976 'Table Presence' => 'Tabel-tilstedeværelse', 4977 'Internal Error: Could not open file.' => 'Intern fejl: Kunne ikke åbne fil.', 4978 'Table Check' => 'Tabel-tjek', 4979 'Internal Error: Could not read file.' => 'Intern fejl: Kunne ikke læse fil.', 4980 'Tables found which are not present in the database.' => 'Tabeller fundet, som ikke er i databasen.', 4981 4982 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/Database/mssql/Size.pm 4983 'Database Size' => 'Database-størrelse', 4984 'Could not determine database size.' => 'Kunne ikke fastslå databasens størrelse.', 4985 4986 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/Database/mssql/Version.pm 4987 'Database Version' => 'Database-version', 4988 'Could not determine database version.' => 'Kunne ikke fastslå databasens version.', 4989 4990 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/Database/mysql/Charset.pm 4991 'Client Connection Charset' => 'Karaktersæt til klient-forbindelser', 4992 'Setting character_set_client needs to be utf8.' => 'Indstillingen character_set_client skal være utf8.', 4993 'Server Database Charset' => 'Karaktersæt i databasen.', 4994 'This character set is not yet supported, please see https://bugs.otrs.org/show_bug.cgi?id=12361. Please convert your database to the character set \'utf8\'.' => 4995 '', 4996 'The setting character_set_database needs to be \'utf8\'.' => '', 4997 'Table Charset' => 'Karakterset i tabeller', 4998 'There were tables found which do not have \'utf8\' as charset.' => 4999 '', 5000 5001 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/Database/mysql/InnoDBLogFileSize.pm 5002 'InnoDB Log File Size' => 'InnoDB Logfil størrelse', 5003 'The setting innodb_log_file_size must be at least 256 MB.' => 'Indstillingen innodb_log_file_size skal være mindst 256 MB.', 5004 5005 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/Database/mysql/InvalidDefaultValues.pm 5006 'Invalid Default Values' => '', 5007 'Tables with invalid default values were found. In order to fix it automatically, please run: bin/otrs.Console.pl Maint::Database::Check --repair' => 5008 '', 5009 5010 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/Database/mysql/MaxAllowedPacket.pm 5011 'Maximum Query Size' => 'Maksimal størrelse på forespørgsler', 5012 'The setting \'max_allowed_packet\' must be higher than 64 MB.' => 5013 '', 5014 5015 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/Database/mysql/Performance.pm 5016 'Query Cache Size' => 'Størrelse på Query Cache', 5017 'The setting \'query_cache_size\' should be used (higher than 10 MB but not more than 512 MB).' => 5018 'Indstillingen \'query_cache_size\' bør anvendes (og sættes højere end 10 MB, men ikke højere end 512 MB).', 5019 5020 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/Database/mysql/StorageEngine.pm 5021 'Default Storage Engine' => 'Default Storage Engine', 5022 'Table Storage Engine' => '', 5023 'Tables with a different storage engine than the default engine were found.' => 5024 'Der er fundet tabeller lagret med anden storage enginge end default.', 5025 5026 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/Database/mysql/Version.pm 5027 'MySQL 5.x or higher is required.' => 'MySQL 5.x eller nyere er påkrævet.', 5028 5029 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/Database/oracle/NLS.pm 5030 'NLS_LANG Setting' => '', 5031 'NLS_LANG must be set to al32utf8 (e.g. GERMAN_GERMANY.AL32UTF8).' => 5032 '', 5033 'NLS_DATE_FORMAT Setting' => '', 5034 'NLS_DATE_FORMAT must be set to \'YYYY-MM-DD HH24:MI:SS\'.' => '', 5035 'NLS_DATE_FORMAT Setting SQL Check' => '', 5036 5037 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/Database/oracle/PrimaryKeySequencesAndTriggers.pm 5038 'Primary Key Sequences and Triggers' => '', 5039 'The following sequences and/or triggers with possible wrong names have been found. Please rename them manually.' => 5040 '', 5041 5042 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/Database/postgresql/Charset.pm 5043 'Setting client_encoding needs to be UNICODE or UTF8.' => 'Indstillingen client_encoding skal være UNICODE eller UTF8.', 5044 'Setting server_encoding needs to be UNICODE or UTF8.' => 'Indstillingen server_encoding skal være UNICODE eller UTF8.', 5045 5046 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/Database/postgresql/DateStyle.pm 5047 'Date Format' => 'Datoformat', 5048 'Setting DateStyle needs to be ISO.' => 'Indstillingen DateStyle skal være ISO.', 5049 5050 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/Database/postgresql/PrimaryKeySequences.pm 5051 'Primary Key Sequences' => '', 5052 'The following sequences with possible wrong names have been found. Please rename them manually.' => 5053 '', 5054 5055 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/Database/postgresql/Version.pm 5056 'PostgreSQL 9.2 or higher is required.' => '', 5057 5058 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OS/DiskPartitionOTRS.pm 5059 'OTRS Disk Partition' => 'OTRS Disk Partition', 5060 5061 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OS/DiskSpace.pm 5062 'Disk Usage' => 'Diskforbrug', 5063 'The partition where OTRS is located is almost full.' => 'Den partition OTRS befinder sig på er næsten fuld.', 5064 'The partition where OTRS is located has no disk space problems.' => 5065 'Den partition OTRS befinder sig på har ingen pladsproblemer.', 5066 5067 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OS/DiskSpacePartitions.pm 5068 'Disk Partitions Usage' => '', 5069 5070 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OS/Distribution.pm 5071 'Distribution' => 'Distribution', 5072 'Could not determine distribution.' => 'Kunne ikke bestemme distribution.', 5073 5074 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OS/KernelVersion.pm 5075 'Kernel Version' => 'Kerne-version', 5076 'Could not determine kernel version.' => 'Kunne ikke fastslå kerne-version.', 5077 5078 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OS/Load.pm 5079 'System Load' => 'System belastning', 5080 'The system load should be at maximum the number of CPUs the system has (e.g. a load of 8 or less on a system with 8 CPUs is OK).' => 5081 'System Load skal være højst antallet af CPU\'er i serveren. (en load på 8 eller mindre i et system med 8 CPU\'er ok).', 5082 5083 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OS/PerlModules.pm 5084 'Perl Modules' => 'Perl-moduler', 5085 'Not all required Perl modules are correctly installed.' => 'Ikke alle krævede Perl Moduler er installeret korrekt.', 5086 5087 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OS/PerlModulesAudit.pm 5088 'Perl Modules Audit' => '', 5089 'CPAN::Audit reported that one or more installed Perl modules have known vulnerabilities. Please note that there might be false positives for distributions patching Perl modules without changing their version number.' => 5090 '', 5091 'CPAN::Audit did not report any known vulnerabilities in the installed Perl modules.' => 5092 '', 5093 5094 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OS/Swap.pm 5095 'Free Swap Space (%)' => 'Fri Swap plads (%)', 5096 'No swap enabled.' => 'Ingen swap aktiveret.', 5097 'Used Swap Space (MB)' => 'Brugt Swap (MB)', 5098 'There should be more than 60% free swap space.' => 'Der bør være mere end 60% ledigt swap.', 5099 'There should be no more than 200 MB swap space used.' => 'Der bør ikke være mere end 200 MB brugt swap.', 5100 5101 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/ArticleSearchIndexStatus.pm 5102 'OTRS' => 'OTRS', 5103 'Article Search Index Status' => '', 5104 'Indexed Articles' => '', 5105 5106 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/ArticlesPerCommunicationChannel.pm 5107 'Articles Per Communication Channel' => '', 5108 5109 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/CommunicationLog.pm 5110 'Incoming communications' => '', 5111 'Outgoing communications' => '', 5112 'Failed communications' => '', 5113 'Average processing time of communications (s)' => '', 5114 5115 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/CommunicationLogAccountStatus.pm 5116 'Communication Log Account Status (last 24 hours)' => '', 5117 'No connections found.' => '', 5118 'ok' => '', 5119 'permanent connection errors' => '', 5120 'intermittent connection errors' => '', 5121 5122 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/ConfigSettings.pm 5123 'Config Settings' => 'Konfigurationsindstillinger', 5124 'Could not determine value.' => 'Kunne ikke fastslå værdi.', 5125 5126 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/DaemonRunning.pm 5127 'Daemon' => 'Tjeneste', 5128 'Daemon is running.' => 'Dæmonen kører.', 5129 'Daemon is not running.' => 'Tjeneste kører ikke.', 5130 5131 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/DatabaseRecords.pm 5132 'Database Records' => '', 5133 'Tickets' => 'Sager', 5134 'Ticket History Entries' => 'Sagens Historik', 5135 'Articles' => 'Indlæg', 5136 'Attachments (DB, Without HTML)' => '', 5137 'Customers With At Least One Ticket' => 'Kunder med mindst én sag', 5138 'Dynamic Field Values' => '', 5139 'Invalid Dynamic Fields' => '', 5140 'Invalid Dynamic Field Values' => '', 5141 'GenericInterface Webservices' => '', 5142 'Process Tickets' => '', 5143 'Months Between First And Last Ticket' => 'Måneder mellem første og sidste sag', 5144 'Tickets Per Month (avg)' => 'Sager pr. måned (gennemsnit)', 5145 'Open Tickets' => 'Åbne Sager', 5146 5147 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/DefaultSOAPUser.pm 5148 'Default SOAP Username And Password' => '', 5149 'Security risk: you use the default setting for SOAP::User and SOAP::Password. Please change it.' => 5150 '', 5151 5152 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/DefaultUser.pm 5153 'Default Admin Password' => '', 5154 'Security risk: the agent account root@localhost still has the default password. Please change it or invalidate the account.' => 5155 '', 5156 5157 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/EmailQueue.pm 5158 'Email Sending Queue' => '', 5159 'Emails queued for sending' => '', 5160 5161 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/FQDN.pm 5162 'FQDN (domain name)' => 'FQDN (domæne navn)', 5163 'Please configure your FQDN setting.' => '', 5164 'Domain Name' => 'Domæne-navn', 5165 'Your FQDN setting is invalid.' => 'Din FQDN-indstilling er ugyldig.', 5166 5167 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/FileSystemWritable.pm 5168 'File System Writable' => 'Filsystem skrivbart', 5169 'The file system on your OTRS partition is not writable.' => 'Filsystemet på din OTRS-partition er ikke skrivbart.', 5170 5171 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/LegacyConfigBackups.pm 5172 'Legacy Configuration Backups' => '', 5173 'No legacy configuration backup files found.' => '', 5174 'Legacy configuration backup files found in Kernel/Config/Backups folder, but they might still be required by some packages.' => 5175 '', 5176 'Legacy configuration backup files are no longer needed for the installed packages, please remove them from Kernel/Config/Backups folder.' => 5177 '', 5178 5179 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/PackageDeployment.pm 5180 'Package Installation Status' => '', 5181 'Some packages have locally modified files.' => '', 5182 'Some packages are not correctly installed.' => 'Nogle pakker er ikke korrekt installeret.', 5183 'Package Verification Status' => '', 5184 'Some packages are not verified by the OTRS Group! It is recommended not to use this packages.' => 5185 '', 5186 'Package Framework Version Status' => '', 5187 'Some packages are not allowed for the current framework version.' => 5188 '', 5189 5190 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/PackageList.pm 5191 'Package List' => 'Pakkeliste', 5192 5193 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/SessionConfigSettings.pm 5194 'Session Config Settings' => '', 5195 5196 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/SpoolMails.pm 5197 'Spooled Emails' => '', 5198 'There are emails in var/spool that OTRS could not process.' => '', 5199 5200 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/SystemID.pm 5201 'Your SystemID setting is invalid, it should only contain digits.' => 5202 'Din System-ID-instilling er ugyldig; den må kun indeholde tal.', 5203 5204 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/Ticket/DefaultType.pm 5205 'Default Ticket Type' => '', 5206 'The configured default ticket type is invalid or missing. Please change the setting Ticket::Type::Default and select a valid ticket type.' => 5207 '', 5208 5209 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/Ticket/IndexModule.pm 5210 'Ticket Index Module' => '', 5211 'You have more than 60,000 tickets and should use the StaticDB backend. See admin manual (Performance Tuning) for more information.' => 5212 'Du har mere end 60.000 sager og bør bruge StaticDB-backend. Se admin-manualen (performance tuning) for mere information.', 5213 5214 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/Ticket/InvalidUsersWithLockedTickets.pm 5215 'Invalid Users with Locked Tickets' => '', 5216 'There are invalid users with locked tickets.' => '', 5217 5218 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/Ticket/OpenTickets.pm 5219 'You should not have more than 8,000 open tickets in your system.' => 5220 'Du bør ikke have mere end 8.000 åbne sager i dit system.', 5221 5222 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/Ticket/SearchIndexModule.pm 5223 'Ticket Search Index Module' => '', 5224 'The indexing process forces the storage of the original article text in the article search index, without executing filters or applying stop word lists. This will increase the size of the search index and thus may slow down fulltext searches.' => 5225 '', 5226 5227 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/Ticket/StaticDBOrphanedRecords.pm 5228 'Orphaned Records In ticket_lock_index Table' => '', 5229 'Table ticket_lock_index contains orphaned records. Please run bin/otrs.Console.pl "Maint::Ticket::QueueIndexCleanup" to clean the StaticDB index.' => 5230 '', 5231 'Orphaned Records In ticket_index Table' => '', 5232 'Table ticket_index contains orphaned records. Please run bin/otrs.Console.pl "Maint::Ticket::QueueIndexCleanup" to clean the StaticDB index.' => 5233 '', 5234 5235 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/TimeSettings.pm 5236 'Time Settings' => '', 5237 'Server time zone' => 'Server tidszone', 5238 'OTRS time zone' => '', 5239 'OTRS time zone is not set.' => '', 5240 'User default time zone' => '', 5241 'User default time zone is not set.' => '', 5242 'Calendar time zone is not set.' => '', 5243 5244 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/UI/AgentSkinUsage.pm 5245 'UI - Agent Skin Usage' => '', 5246 5247 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/UI/AgentThemeUsage.pm 5248 'UI - Agent Theme Usage' => '', 5249 5250 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/OTRS/UI/SpecialStats.pm 5251 'UI - Special Statistics' => '', 5252 'Agents using custom main menu ordering' => '', 5253 'Agents using favourites for the admin overview' => '', 5254 5255 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/Webserver/Apache/LoadedModules.pm 5256 'Webserver' => 'Web-server', 5257 'Loaded Apache Modules' => 'Indlæste Apache-moduler', 5258 5259 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/Webserver/Apache/MPMModel.pm 5260 'MPM model' => '', 5261 'OTRS requires apache to be run with the \'prefork\' MPM model.' => 5262 'OTRS kræver, at apache kører med MPM-modellen \'prefork\'.', 5263 5264 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/Webserver/Apache/Performance.pm 5265 'CGI Accelerator Usage' => '', 5266 'You should use FastCGI or mod_perl to increase your performance.' => 5267 '', 5268 'mod_deflate Usage' => '', 5269 'Please install mod_deflate to improve GUI speed.' => 'Installer mod_deflate for at forøge hastigheden på brugerinterfacet.', 5270 'mod_filter Usage' => '', 5271 'Please install mod_filter if mod_deflate is used.' => '', 5272 'mod_headers Usage' => '', 5273 'Please install mod_headers to improve GUI speed.' => '', 5274 'Apache::Reload Usage' => '', 5275 'Apache::Reload or Apache2::Reload should be used as PerlModule and PerlInitHandler to prevent web server restarts when installing and upgrading modules.' => 5276 '', 5277 'Apache2::DBI Usage' => '', 5278 'Apache2::DBI should be used to get a better performance with pre-established database connections.' => 5279 '', 5280 5281 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/Webserver/EnvironmentVariables.pm 5282 'Environment Variables' => 'Miljøvariable', 5283 5284 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/Webserver/InternalWebRequest.pm 5285 'Support Data Collection' => '', 5286 'Support data could not be collected from the web server.' => '', 5287 5288 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/Plugin/Webserver/Version.pm 5289 'Webserver Version' => 'Webserver-version', 5290 'Could not determine webserver version.' => 'Kunne ikke fastslå webserver-version.', 5291 5292 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/PluginAsynchronous/OTRS/ConcurrentUsers.pm 5293 'Concurrent Users Details' => '', 5294 'Concurrent Users' => 'Samtidige brugere', 5295 5296 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SupportDataCollector/PluginBase.pm 5297 'OK' => 'OK', 5298 'Problem' => 'Problem', 5299 5300 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SysConfig.pm 5301 'Setting %s does not exists!' => '', 5302 'Setting %s is not locked to this user!' => '', 5303 'Setting value is not valid!' => '', 5304 'Could not add modified setting!' => '', 5305 'Could not update modified setting!' => '', 5306 'Setting could not be unlocked!' => '', 5307 'Missing key %s!' => '', 5308 'Invalid setting: %s' => '', 5309 'Could not combine settings values into a perl hash.' => '', 5310 'Can not lock the deployment for UserID \'%s\'!' => '', 5311 'All Settings' => '', 5312 5313 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SysConfig/BaseValueType.pm 5314 'Default' => '', 5315 'Value is not correct! Please, consider updating this field.' => '', 5316 'Value doesn\'t satisfy regex (%s).' => '', 5317 5318 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SysConfig/ValueType/Checkbox.pm 5319 'Enabled' => '', 5320 'Disabled' => '', 5321 5322 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SysConfig/ValueType/Date.pm 5323 'System was not able to calculate user Date in OTRSTimeZone!' => '', 5324 5325 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SysConfig/ValueType/DateTime.pm 5326 'System was not able to calculate user DateTime in OTRSTimeZone!' => 5327 '', 5328 5329 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SysConfig/ValueType/FrontendNavigation.pm 5330 'Value is not correct! Please, consider updating this module.' => 5331 '', 5332 5333 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/SysConfig/ValueType/VacationDays.pm 5334 'Value is not correct! Please, consider updating this setting.' => 5335 '', 5336 5337 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/Ticket.pm 5338 'Reset of unlock time.' => 'Tid til automatisk frigivelse nulstillet.', 5339 5340 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/Ticket/Article/Backend/Chat.pm 5341 'Chat Participant' => '', 5342 'Chat Message Text' => '', 5343 5344 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/Web/InterfaceAgent.pm 5345 'Login failed! Your user name or password was entered incorrectly.' => 5346 'Login fejlede. Dit brugernavn eller password blev indtastet forkert.', 5347 'Authentication succeeded, but no user data record is found in the database. Please contact the administrator.' => 5348 '', 5349 'Can`t remove SessionID.' => 'Kan ikke fjerne SessionsID.', 5350 'Logout successful.' => 'Succesfuldt logget ud.', 5351 'Feature not active!' => 'Funktionen er ikke aktiv', 5352 'Sent password reset instructions. Please check your email.' => 'Instruktioner til nulstilling af password sendt. Tjek venligst din mail.', 5353 'Invalid Token!' => 'Ugyldigt Token!', 5354 'Sent new password to %s. Please check your email.' => 'Nyt password sendt til %s. Tjek venligst din mail.', 5355 'Error: invalid session.' => '', 5356 'No Permission to use this frontend module!' => '', 5357 5358 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/Web/InterfaceCustomer.pm 5359 'Authentication succeeded, but no customer record is found in the customer backend. Please contact the administrator.' => 5360 'Login lykkedes, men ingen kundeoplysninger er fundet i systemet. Kontakt venligst din administrator.', 5361 'Reset password unsuccessful. Please contact the administrator.' => 5362 '', 5363 'This e-mail address already exists. Please log in or reset your password.' => 5364 'Denne mail-adresse eksisterer allerede. Log ind eller nulstil dit password.', 5365 'This email address is not allowed to register. Please contact support staff.' => 5366 'Denne mail-adresse har ikke tilladelse til at registrere. Kontakt venligst supporten.', 5367 'Added via Customer Panel (%s)' => '', 5368 'Customer user can\'t be added!' => '', 5369 'Can\'t send account info!' => '', 5370 'New account created. Sent login information to %s. Please check your email.' => 5371 'Ny konto oprettet. Login-information sendt til %s. Tjek venligst din mail.', 5372 5373 # Perl Module: Kernel/System/Web/InterfaceInstaller.pm 5374 'Action "%s" not found!' => '', 5375 5376 # Database XML / SOPM Definition: scripts/database/otrs-initial_insert.xml 5377 'invalid-temporarily' => 'ugyldig-midlertidigt', 5378 'Group for default access.' => '', 5379 'Group of all administrators.' => '', 5380 'Group for statistics access.' => 'Gruppe for adgang til rapporter.', 5381 'new' => 'ny', 5382 'All new state types (default: viewable).' => 'Alle nye tilstandstyper (standard: synlig)', 5383 'open' => 'åben', 5384 'All open state types (default: viewable).' => '', 5385 'closed' => 'lukket', 5386 'All closed state types (default: not viewable).' => '', 5387 'pending reminder' => 'afventer påmindelse', 5388 'All \'pending reminder\' state types (default: viewable).' => '', 5389 'pending auto' => 'afventer auto', 5390 'All \'pending auto *\' state types (default: viewable).' => '', 5391 'removed' => 'fjernet', 5392 'All \'removed\' state types (default: not viewable).' => '', 5393 'merged' => 'samlet', 5394 'State type for merged tickets (default: not viewable).' => 'Tilstandstype for samlede sager (standard: ikke synlig).', 5395 'New ticket created by customer.' => 'Ny sag oprettet af kunde.', 5396 'closed successful' => 'Afsluttet', 5397 'Ticket is closed successful.' => 'sagen er afsluttet succesfuldt', 5398 'closed unsuccessful' => 'Afsluttet uden løsning', 5399 'Ticket is closed unsuccessful.' => 'Sag lukket uden løsning', 5400 'Open tickets.' => 'Åbne sager.', 5401 'Customer removed ticket.' => 'Kunden slettede sagen.', 5402 'Ticket is pending for agent reminder.' => '', 5403 'pending auto close+' => 'afventer autolukning+', 5404 'Ticket is pending for automatic close.' => '', 5405 'pending auto close-' => 'afventer autolukning-', 5406 'State for merged tickets.' => 'Tilstand for samlede sager.', 5407 'system standard salutation (en)' => 'Standard system indledning (en)', 5408 'Standard Salutation.' => 'Standard indledning.', 5409 'system standard signature (en)' => '', 5410 'Standard Signature.' => '', 5411 'Standard Address.' => '', 5412 'possible' => 'mulig', 5413 'Follow-ups for closed tickets are possible. Ticket will be reopened.' => 5414 '', 5415 'reject' => 'afvis', 5416 'Follow-ups for closed tickets are not possible. No new ticket will be created.' => 5417 '', 5418 'new ticket' => '', 5419 'Follow-ups for closed tickets are not possible. A new ticket will be created.' => 5420 '', 5421 'Postmaster queue.' => '', 5422 'All default incoming tickets.' => '', 5423 'All junk tickets.' => '', 5424 'All misc tickets.' => '', 5425 'auto reply' => 'autosvar', 5426 'Automatic reply which will be sent out after a new ticket has been created.' => 5427 '', 5428 'auto reject' => 'automatisk afvisning', 5429 'Automatic reject which will be sent out after a follow-up has been rejected (in case queue follow-up option is "reject").' => 5430 '', 5431 'auto follow up' => 'automatisk opfølgning', 5432 'Automatic confirmation which is sent out after a follow-up has been received for a ticket (in case queue follow-up option is "possible").' => 5433 '', 5434 'auto reply/new ticket' => 'autosvar/ny sag', 5435 'Automatic response which will be sent out after a follow-up has been rejected and a new ticket has been created (in case queue follow-up option is "new ticket").' => 5436 '', 5437 'auto remove' => 'Auto fjern', 5438 'Auto remove will be sent out after a customer removed the request.' => 5439 '', 5440 'default reply (after new ticket has been created)' => '', 5441 'default reject (after follow-up and rejected of a closed ticket)' => 5442 '', 5443 'default follow-up (after a ticket follow-up has been added)' => '', 5444 'default reject/new ticket created (after closed follow-up with new ticket creation)' => 5445 '', 5446 'Unclassified' => 'Uklassificeret', 5447 '1 very low' => '1 meget lav', 5448 '2 low' => '2 lav', 5449 '3 normal' => '3 normal', 5450 '4 high' => '4 høj', 5451 '5 very high' => '5 meget høj', 5452 'unlock' => 'fri', 5453 'lock' => 'tildelt', 5454 'tmp_lock' => '', 5455 'agent' => 'agent', 5456 'system' => 'system', 5457 'customer' => 'kunde', 5458 'Ticket create notification' => 'Besked om oprettelse af ny sag', 5459 'You will receive a notification each time a new ticket is created in one of your "My Queues" or "My Services".' => 5460 '', 5461 'Ticket follow-up notification (unlocked)' => 'Besked om opfølgning på sag (fri)', 5462 'You will receive a notification if a customer sends a follow-up to an unlocked ticket which is in your "My Queues" or "My Services".' => 5463 '', 5464 'Ticket follow-up notification (locked)' => 'Besked om opfølgning på sag (trukket)', 5465 'You will receive a notification if a customer sends a follow-up to a locked ticket of which you are the ticket owner or responsible.' => 5466 '', 5467 'Ticket lock timeout notification' => 'Besked om sagsfrigivelse efter tidsfristens udløb', 5468 'You will receive a notification as soon as a ticket owned by you is automatically unlocked.' => 5469 '', 5470 'Ticket owner update notification' => '', 5471 'Ticket responsible update notification' => '', 5472 'Ticket new note notification' => '', 5473 'Ticket queue update notification' => 'Besked om ændring af sagens kø', 5474 'You will receive a notification if a ticket is moved into one of your "My Queues".' => 5475 '', 5476 'Ticket pending reminder notification (locked)' => '', 5477 'Ticket pending reminder notification (unlocked)' => '', 5478 'Ticket escalation notification' => '', 5479 'Ticket escalation warning notification' => '', 5480 'Ticket service update notification' => 'Besked om ændring af service på sag', 5481 'You will receive a notification if a ticket\'s service is changed to one of your "My Services".' => 5482 '', 5483 'Appointment reminder notification' => '', 5484 'You will receive a notification each time a reminder time is reached for one of your appointments.' => 5485 '', 5486 'Ticket email delivery failure notification' => '', 5487 5488 # JS File: Core.AJAX 5489 'Error during AJAX communication. Status: %s, Error: %s' => '', 5490 'This window must be called from compose window.' => '', 5491 5492 # JS File: Core.Agent.Admin.ACL 5493 'Add all' => 'Tilføj alle', 5494 'An item with this name is already present.' => 'En enhed med dette navn eksisterer allerede.', 5495 'This item still contains sub items. Are you sure you want to remove this item including its sub items?' => 5496 'Denne enhed indeholder under-enheder. Er du sikker på, at du vil fjerne denne enhed, inklusive dens underenheder?', 5497 5498 # JS File: Core.Agent.Admin.AppointmentCalendar.Manage 5499 'More' => '', 5500 'Less' => '', 5501 'Press Ctrl+C (Cmd+C) to copy to clipboard' => '', 5502 5503 # JS File: Core.Agent.Admin.Attachment 5504 'Delete this Attachment' => '', 5505 'Deleting attachment...' => '', 5506 'There was an error deleting the attachment. Please check the logs for more information.' => 5507 '', 5508 'Attachment was deleted successfully.' => '', 5509 5510 # JS File: Core.Agent.Admin.DynamicField 5511 'Do you really want to delete this dynamic field? ALL associated data will be LOST!' => 5512 'Vil du virkelig slette dette dynamiske felt? ALT tilhørende data vil GÅ TABT!', 5513 'Delete field' => 'Slet felt', 5514 'Deleting the field and its data. This may take a while...' => '', 5515 5516 # JS File: Core.Agent.Admin.GenericAgent 5517 'Remove this dynamic field' => '', 5518 'Remove selection' => 'Fjern markering', 5519 'Do you really want to delete this generic agent job?' => '', 5520 'Delete this Event Trigger' => 'Slet denne hændelses udløser', 5521 'Duplicate event.' => 'Dubliker hændelse', 5522 'This event is already attached to the job, Please use a different one.' => 5523 'Denne hændelse er allerede tilknyttet jobbet, brug venligst en anden.', 5524 5525 # JS File: Core.Agent.Admin.GenericInterfaceDebugger 5526 'An error occurred during communication.' => 'En fejl skete under kommunikation.', 5527 'Request Details' => '', 5528 'Request Details for Communication ID' => '', 5529 'Show or hide the content.' => 'Vis eller skjul indholdet.', 5530 'Clear debug log' => 'Tøm debug-log', 5531 5532 # JS File: Core.Agent.Admin.GenericInterfaceErrorHandling 5533 'Delete error handling module' => '', 5534 5535 # JS File: Core.Agent.Admin.GenericInterfaceInvoker 5536 'It is not possible to add a new event trigger because the event is not set.' => 5537 '', 5538 'Delete this Invoker' => '', 5539 5540 # JS File: Core.Agent.Admin.GenericInterfaceInvokerEvent 5541 'Sorry, the only existing condition can\'t be removed.' => '', 5542 'Sorry, the only existing field can\'t be removed.' => '', 5543 'Delete conditions' => '', 5544 5545 # JS File: Core.Agent.Admin.GenericInterfaceMapping 5546 'Mapping for Key %s' => '', 5547 'Mapping for Key' => '', 5548 'Delete this Key Mapping' => 'Fjern denne taste-binding', 5549 5550 # JS File: Core.Agent.Admin.GenericInterfaceOperation 5551 'Delete this Operation' => 'Slet denne operation', 5552 5553 # JS File: Core.Agent.Admin.GenericInterfaceWebservice 5554 'Clone web service' => 'Klon web-service', 5555 'Delete operation' => '', 5556 'Delete invoker' => '', 5557 5558 # JS File: Core.Agent.Admin.Group 5559 'WARNING: When you change the name of the group \'admin\', before making the appropriate changes in the SysConfig, you will be locked out of the administrations panel! If this happens, please rename the group back to admin per SQL statement.' => 5560 'ADVARSEL: Når du skifter navnet på gruppen \'admin\', før du laver de passende ændringer i SysConfig, vil du blive låst ude af administrationspanelet! Hvis det sker, skal du omdøbe gruppen tilbage til admin via SQL-statements.', 5561 5562 # JS File: Core.Agent.Admin.MailAccount 5563 'Delete this Mail Account' => '', 5564 'Deleting the mail account and its data. This may take a while...' => 5565 '', 5566 5567 # JS File: Core.Agent.Admin.NotificationEvent 5568 'Do you really want to delete this notification language?' => 'Er du sikker på at du vil slette dette beskedsprog', 5569 'Do you really want to delete this notification?' => 'Ønsker du at slette denne besked?', 5570 5571 # JS File: Core.Agent.Admin.PGP 5572 'Do you really want to delete this key?' => '', 5573 5574 # JS File: Core.Agent.Admin.PackageManager 5575 'There is a package upgrade process running, click here to see status information about the upgrade progress.' => 5576 '', 5577 'A package upgrade was recently finished. Click here to see the results.' => 5578 '', 5579 'No response from get package upgrade result.' => '', 5580 'Update all packages' => '', 5581 'Dismiss' => '', 5582 'Update All Packages' => '', 5583 'No response from package upgrade all.' => '', 5584 'Currently not possible' => '', 5585 'This is currently disabled because of an ongoing package upgrade.' => 5586 '', 5587 'This option is currently disabled because the OTRS Daemon is not running.' => 5588 '', 5589 'Are you sure you want to update all installed packages?' => '', 5590 'No response from get package upgrade run status.' => '', 5591 5592 # JS File: Core.Agent.Admin.PostMasterFilter 5593 'Delete this PostMasterFilter' => '', 5594 'Deleting the postmaster filter and its data. This may take a while...' => 5595 '', 5596 5597 # JS File: Core.Agent.Admin.ProcessManagement.Canvas 5598 'Remove Entity from canvas' => '', 5599 'No TransitionActions assigned.' => '', 5600 'No dialogs assigned yet. Just pick an activity dialog from the list on the left and drag it here.' => 5601 '', 5602 'This Activity cannot be deleted because it is the Start Activity.' => 5603 '', 5604 'Remove the Transition from this Process' => '', 5605 5606 # JS File: Core.Agent.Admin.ProcessManagement 5607 'As soon as you use this button or link, you will leave this screen and its current state will be saved automatically. Do you want to continue?' => 5608 '', 5609 'Delete Entity' => '', 5610 'This Activity is already used in the Process. You cannot add it twice!' => 5611 '', 5612 'Error during AJAX communication' => '', 5613 'An unconnected transition is already placed on the canvas. Please connect this transition first before placing another transition.' => 5614 '', 5615 'This Transition is already used for this Activity. You cannot use it twice!' => 5616 '', 5617 'This TransitionAction is already used in this Path. You cannot use it twice!' => 5618 '', 5619 'Hide EntityIDs' => '', 5620 'Edit Field Details' => '', 5621 'Customer interface does not support articles not visible for customers.' => 5622 '', 5623 'Sorry, the only existing parameter can\'t be removed.' => '', 5624 5625 # JS File: Core.Agent.Admin.SMIME 5626 'Do you really want to delete this certificate?' => '', 5627 5628 # JS File: Core.Agent.Admin.SupportDataCollector 5629 'Sending Update...' => 'Sender Opdatering...', 5630 'Support Data information was successfully sent.' => 'Support Data afsendt med succes.', 5631 'Was not possible to send Support Data information.' => 'Det var ikke muligt at sende Support Data.', 5632 'Update Result' => 'Opdater resultat', 5633 'Generating...' => 'Genererer...', 5634 'It was not possible to generate the Support Bundle.' => 'Det var ikke muligt at generere Support Pakken.', 5635 'Generate Result' => 'Generer resultat', 5636 'Support Bundle' => 'Support Pakke', 5637 'The mail could not be sent' => 'Mailen kunne ikke sendes', 5638 5639 # JS File: Core.Agent.Admin.SysConfig.Entity 5640 'It is not possible to set this entry to invalid. All affected configuration settings have to be changed beforehand.' => 5641 '', 5642 'Cannot proceed' => '', 5643 'Update manually' => '', 5644 'You can either have the affected settings updated automatically to reflect the changes you just made or do it on your own by pressing \'update manually\'.' => 5645 '', 5646 'Save and update automatically' => '', 5647 'Don\'t save, update manually' => '', 5648 'The item you\'re currently viewing is part of a not-yet-deployed configuration setting, which makes it impossible to edit it in its current state. Please wait until the setting has been deployed. If you\'re unsure what to do next, please contact your system administrator.' => 5649 '', 5650 5651 # JS File: Core.Agent.Admin.SystemConfiguration 5652 'Loading...' => 'Indlæser...', 5653 'Search the System Configuration' => 'Søg i systemkonfigurationen', 5654 'Please enter at least one search word to find anything.' => '', 5655 'Unfortunately deploying is currently not possible, maybe because another agent is already deploying. Please try again later.' => 5656 '', 5657 'Deploy' => '', 5658 'The deployment is already running.' => '', 5659 'Deployment successful. You\'re being redirected...' => '', 5660 'There was an error. Please save all settings you are editing and check the logs for more information.' => 5661 '', 5662 'Reset option is required!' => '', 5663 'By restoring this deployment all settings will be reverted to the value they had at the time of the deployment. Do you really want to continue?' => 5664 '', 5665 'Keys with values can\'t be renamed. Please remove this key/value pair instead and re-add it afterwards.' => 5666 '', 5667 'Unlock setting.' => '', 5668 5669 # JS File: Core.Agent.Admin.SystemMaintenance 5670 'Do you really want to delete this scheduled system maintenance?' => 5671 'Vil du virkelig fjerne denne planlagte systemvedligeholdelse?', 5672 5673 # JS File: Core.Agent.Admin.Template 5674 'Delete this Template' => '', 5675 'Deleting the template and its data. This may take a while...' => 5676 '', 5677 5678 # JS File: Core.Agent.AppointmentCalendar 5679 'Jump' => '', 5680 'Timeline Month' => '', 5681 'Timeline Week' => '', 5682 'Timeline Day' => '', 5683 'Previous' => 'Forrige', 5684 'Resources' => '', 5685 'Su' => 'Sø', 5686 'Mo' => 'Ma', 5687 'Tu' => 'Ti', 5688 'We' => 'On', 5689 'Th' => 'To', 5690 'Fr' => 'Fr', 5691 'Sa' => 'Lø', 5692 'This is a repeating appointment' => '', 5693 'Would you like to edit just this occurrence or all occurrences?' => 5694 '', 5695 'All occurrences' => '', 5696 'Just this occurrence' => '', 5697 'Too many active calendars' => '', 5698 'Please either turn some off first or increase the limit in configuration.' => 5699 '', 5700 'Restore default settings' => '', 5701 'Are you sure you want to delete this appointment? This operation cannot be undone.' => 5702 '', 5703 5704 # JS File: Core.Agent.CustomerSearch 5705 'First select a customer user, then select a customer ID to assign to this ticket.' => 5706 '', 5707 'Duplicated entry' => 'Dublet', 5708 'It is going to be deleted from the field, please try again.' => 'Det vil blive slettet fra feltet. Prøv venligst igen.', 5709 5710 # JS File: Core.Agent.CustomerUserAddressBook 5711 'Please enter at least one search value or * to find anything.' => 5712 'Angiv venligst mindst ét søgeord eller * for at finde alt.', 5713 5714 # JS File: Core.Agent.Daemon 5715 'Information about the OTRS Daemon' => 'Information om OTRS tjenesten', 5716 5717 # JS File: Core.Agent.Dashboard 5718 'Please check the fields marked as red for valid inputs.' => 'Tjek de røde felter og udfyld dem med gyldigt indhold.', 5719 'month' => 'måned', 5720 'Remove active filters for this widget.' => 'Fjern aktive filtre for denne widget.', 5721 5722 # JS File: Core.Agent.LinkObject.SearchForm 5723 'Please wait...' => '', 5724 'Searching for linkable objects. This may take a while...' => '', 5725 5726 # JS File: Core.Agent.LinkObject 5727 'Do you really want to delete this link?' => '', 5728 5729 # JS File: Core.Agent.Login 5730 'Are you using a browser plugin like AdBlock or AdBlockPlus? This can cause several issues and we highly recommend you to add an exception for this domain.' => 5731 '', 5732 'Do not show this warning again.' => '', 5733 5734 # JS File: Core.Agent.Preferences 5735 'Sorry, but you can\'t disable all methods for notifications marked as mandatory.' => 5736 '', 5737 'Sorry, but you can\'t disable all methods for this notification.' => 5738 '', 5739 'Please note that at least one of the settings you have changed requires a page reload. Click here to reload the current screen.' => 5740 '', 5741 'An unknown error occurred. Please contact the administrator.' => 5742 '', 5743 5744 # JS File: Core.Agent.Responsive 5745 'Switch to desktop mode' => 'Skift til desktop-tilstand', 5746 5747 # JS File: Core.Agent.Search 5748 'Please remove the following words from your search as they cannot be searched for:' => 5749 'Fjern venligst følgende ord fra søgningen da der ikke kan søges efter dem:', 5750 5751 # JS File: Core.Agent.SharedSecretGenerator 5752 'Generate' => '', 5753 5754 # JS File: Core.Agent.SortedTree 5755 'This element has children elements and can currently not be removed.' => 5756 '', 5757 5758 # JS File: Core.Agent.Statistics 5759 'Do you really want to delete this statistic?' => 'Vil du virkelig slette denne rapport?', 5760 5761 # JS File: Core.Agent.TicketAction 5762 'Select a customer ID to assign to this ticket' => '', 5763 'Do you really want to continue?' => 'Ønsker du at fortsætte?', 5764 5765 # JS File: Core.Agent.TicketBulk 5766 ' ...and %s more' => '', 5767 ' ...show less' => '', 5768 5769 # JS File: Core.Agent.TicketFormDraft 5770 'Add new draft' => '', 5771 'Delete draft' => '', 5772 'There are no more drafts available.' => '', 5773 'It was not possible to delete this draft.' => '', 5774 5775 # JS File: Core.Agent.TicketZoom 5776 'Article filter' => 'Filtrer indlæg', 5777 'Apply' => 'Opdater', 5778 'Event Type Filter' => 'Hændelsestype-filter', 5779 5780 # JS File: Core.Agent 5781 'Slide the navigation bar' => '', 5782 'Please turn off Compatibility Mode in Internet Explorer!' => 'Slå venligst kompatibilitet fra i Internet Explorer!', 5783 'Find out more' => '', 5784 5785 # JS File: Core.App.Responsive 5786 'Switch to mobile mode' => 'Skift til mobil-tilstand', 5787 5788 # JS File: Core.App 5789 'Error: Browser Check failed!' => '', 5790 'Reload page' => '', 5791 'Reload page (%ss)' => '', 5792 5793 # JS File: Core.Debug 5794 'Namespace %s could not be initialized, because %s could not be found.' => 5795 '', 5796 5797 # JS File: Core.Exception 5798 'An error occurred! Please check the browser error log for more details!' => 5799 '', 5800 5801 # JS File: Core.Form.Validate 5802 'One or more errors occurred!' => 'En eller flere fejl opstod!', 5803 5804 # JS File: Core.Installer 5805 'Mail check successful.' => 'Mail er tjekket ok.', 5806 'Error in the mail settings. Please correct and try again.' => 'Fejl i mail-indstillingerne. Ret dem venligst og prøv igen.', 5807 5808 # JS File: Core.SystemConfiguration 5809 'Open this node in a new window' => '', 5810 'Please add values for all keys before saving the setting.' => '', 5811 'The key must not be empty.' => '', 5812 'A key with this name (\'%s\') already exists.' => '', 5813 'Do you really want to revert this setting to its historical value?' => 5814 '', 5815 5816 # JS File: Core.UI.Datepicker 5817 'Open date selection' => 'Åbn datovælger', 5818 'Invalid date (need a future date)!' => 'Ugyldig dato (angiv dato i fremtiden)', 5819 'Invalid date (need a past date)!' => 'Ugyldig dato (angiv en dato i fortiden)', 5820 5821 # JS File: Core.UI.InputFields 5822 'Not available' => 'Ikke tilgængelig', 5823 'and %s more...' => 'og %s flere...', 5824 'Show current selection' => '', 5825 'Current selection' => '', 5826 'Clear all' => 'Slet alt', 5827 'Filters' => 'Filtre', 5828 'Clear search' => 'Slet søgning', 5829 5830 # JS File: Core.UI.Popup 5831 'If you now leave this page, all open popup windows will be closed, too!' => 5832 'Hvis du forlader denne side, vil alle pop-up vinduer også blive lukket!', 5833 'A popup of this screen is already open. Do you want to close it and load this one instead?' => 5834 'Et pop-up vindue med dette billede er allerede åbent. Vil du lukke det og åbne denne i stedet?', 5835 'Could not open popup window. Please disable any popup blockers for this application.' => 5836 'Kan ikke åbne nyt vindue. Deaktiver din browsers popup-blokering for denne applikation.', 5837 5838 # JS File: Core.UI.Table.Sort 5839 'Ascending sort applied, ' => '', 5840 'Descending sort applied, ' => '', 5841 'No sort applied, ' => '', 5842 'sorting is disabled' => '', 5843 'activate to apply an ascending sort' => '', 5844 'activate to apply a descending sort' => '', 5845 'activate to remove the sort' => '', 5846 5847 # JS File: Core.UI.Table 5848 'Remove the filter' => '', 5849 5850 # JS File: Core.UI.TreeSelection 5851 'There are currently no elements available to select from.' => 'Der er i øjeblikket ingen elementer at vælge fra.', 5852 5853 # JS File: Core.UI 5854 'Please only select one file for upload.' => '', 5855 'Sorry, you can only upload one file here.' => '', 5856 'Sorry, you can only upload %s files.' => '', 5857 'Please only select at most %s files for upload.' => '', 5858 'The following files are not allowed to be uploaded: %s' => '', 5859 'The following files exceed the maximum allowed size per file of %s and were not uploaded: %s' => 5860 '', 5861 'The following files were already uploaded and have not been uploaded again: %s' => 5862 '', 5863 'No space left for the following files: %s' => '', 5864 'Available space %s of %s.' => '', 5865 'Upload information' => '', 5866 'An unknown error occurred when deleting the attachment. Please try again. If the error persists, please contact your system administrator.' => 5867 '', 5868 5869 # JS File: Core.Language.UnitTest 5870 'yes' => 'ja', 5871 'no' => 'nej', 5872 'This is %s' => '', 5873 'Complex %s with %s arguments' => '', 5874 5875 # JS File: OTRSLineChart 5876 'No Data Available.' => '', 5877 5878 # JS File: OTRSMultiBarChart 5879 'Grouped' => 'Grupperet', 5880 'Stacked' => 'Stakket', 5881 5882 # JS File: OTRSStackedAreaChart 5883 'Stream' => 'Strøm', 5884 'Expanded' => 'Udvidet', 5885 5886 # SysConfig 5887 ' 5888Dear Customer, 5889 5890Unfortunately we could not detect a valid ticket number 5891in your subject, so this email can\'t be processed. 5892 5893Please create a new ticket via the customer panel. 5894 5895Thanks for your help! 5896 5897 Your Helpdesk Team 5898' => '', 5899 ' (work units)' => '', 5900 ' 2 minutes' => ' 2 minutter', 5901 ' 5 minutes' => ' 5 minutter', 5902 ' 7 minutes' => ' 7 minutter', 5903 '"Slim" skin which tries to save screen space for power users.' => 5904 '', 5905 '%s' => 'Diverse %s', 5906 '(UserLogin) Firstname Lastname' => '(BrugerLogin) Fornavn Efternavn', 5907 '(UserLogin) Lastname Firstname' => '(BrugerLogin) Efternavn Fornavn', 5908 '(UserLogin) Lastname, Firstname' => '(BrugerLogin) Efternavn Fornavn', 5909 '*** out of office until %s (%s d left) ***' => '*** ude af kontoret til og med %s (%s dage endnu) ***', 5910 '0 - Disabled' => '', 5911 '1 - Available' => '', 5912 '1 - Enabled' => '', 5913 '10 Minutes' => '', 5914 '100 (Expert)' => '', 5915 '15 Minutes' => '', 5916 '2 - Enabled and required' => '', 5917 '2 - Enabled and shown by default' => '', 5918 '2 - Enabled by default' => '', 5919 '2 Minutes' => '', 5920 '200 (Advanced)' => '', 5921 '30 Minutes' => '', 5922 '300 (Beginner)' => '', 5923 '5 Minutes' => '', 5924 'A TicketWatcher Module.' => '', 5925 'A Website' => 'En hjemmeside', 5926 'A list of dynamic fields that are merged into the main ticket during a merge operation. Only dynamic fields that are empty in the main ticket will be set.' => 5927 '', 5928 'A picture' => 'Et billede', 5929 'ACL module that allows closing parent tickets only if all its children are already closed ("State" shows which states are not available for the parent ticket until all child tickets are closed).' => 5930 'ACL-modul, der kun tillader lukning af hovedsager, hvis alle undersager allerede er lukkede ("Tilstand" viser hvilke tilstande, der ikke kan vælges for hovedsagen indtal alle undersager er lukkede).', 5931 'Access Control Lists (ACL)' => '', 5932 'AccountedTime' => '', 5933 'Activates a blinking mechanism of the queue that contains the oldest ticket.' => 5934 'Aktiverer en blinkemekanisme for den kø, der indeholder den ældste sag.', 5935 'Activates lost password feature for agents, in the agent interface.' => 5936 'Aktiverer muligheden for at agenter kan nulstille deres passwords i agent-interfacet.', 5937 'Activates lost password feature for customers.' => 'Aktiverer muligheden for at kunder kan nulstille deres passwords i kunde-interfacet', 5938 'Activates support for customer and customer user groups.' => '', 5939 'Activates the article filter in the zoom view to specify which articles should be shown.' => 5940 'Aktiverer indlægsfilteret i ZoomView for at specificere hvilke indlæg, der skal vises.', 5941 'Activates the available themes on the system. Value 1 means active, 0 means inactive.' => 5942 'Aktiverer de tilgængelige temaer på dit system. 1 betyder aktiv, 0 betyder inaktiv.', 5943 'Activates the ticket archive system search in the customer interface.' => 5944 '', 5945 'Activates the ticket archive system to have a faster system by moving some tickets out of the daily scope. To search for these tickets, the archive flag has to be enabled in the ticket search.' => 5946 '', 5947 'Activates time accounting.' => '', 5948 'ActivityID' => '', 5949 'Add a note to this ticket' => 'Tilføj en note til denne sag', 5950 'Add an inbound phone call to this ticket' => 'Tilføj indgående telefonopkald til denne sag', 5951 'Add an outbound phone call to this ticket' => 'Tilføj udgående telefonopkald til denne sag', 5952 'Added %s time unit(s), for a total of %s time unit(s).' => '', 5953 'Added email. %s' => 'Tilføjet email. %s', 5954 'Added follow-up to ticket [%s]. %s' => '', 5955 'Added link to ticket "%s".' => 'Tilføjet link til sag %s.', 5956 'Added note (%s).' => '', 5957 'Added phone call from customer.' => '', 5958 'Added phone call to customer.' => '', 5959 'Added subscription for user "%s".' => 'Bruger "%s" følger nu sagen.', 5960 'Added system request (%s).' => '', 5961 'Added web request from customer.' => '', 5962 'Adds a suffix with the actual year and month to the OTRS log file. A logfile for every month will be created.' => 5963 '', 5964 'Adds customers email addresses to recipients in the ticket compose screen of the agent interface. The customers email address won\'t be added if the article type is email-internal.' => 5965 '', 5966 'Adds the one time vacation days for the indicated calendar.' => '', 5967 'Adds the one time vacation days.' => '', 5968 'Adds the permanent vacation days for the indicated calendar.' => 5969 '', 5970 'Adds the permanent vacation days.' => '', 5971 'Admin' => 'Admin', 5972 'Admin Area.' => '', 5973 'Admin Notification' => 'Besked til Admin', 5974 'Admin area navigation for the agent interface.' => '', 5975 'Admin modules overview.' => '', 5976 'Admin.' => '', 5977 'Administration' => '', 5978 'Agent Customer Search' => '', 5979 'Agent Customer Search.' => '', 5980 'Agent Name' => '', 5981 'Agent Name + FromSeparator + System Address Display Name' => '', 5982 'Agent Preferences.' => '', 5983 'Agent Statistics.' => '', 5984 'Agent User Search' => '', 5985 'Agent User Search.' => '', 5986 'Agent interface article notification module to check PGP.' => '', 5987 'Agent interface article notification module to check S/MIME.' => 5988 '', 5989 'Agent interface module to access CIC search via nav bar. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2".' => 5990 '', 5991 'Agent interface module to access fulltext search via nav bar. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2".' => 5992 '', 5993 'Agent interface module to access search profiles via nav bar. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2".' => 5994 '', 5995 'Agent interface module to check incoming emails in the Ticket-Zoom-View if the S/MIME-key is available and true.' => 5996 '', 5997 'Agent interface notification module to see the number of locked tickets. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2".' => 5998 '', 5999 'Agent interface notification module to see the number of tickets an agent is responsible for. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2".' => 6000 '', 6001 'Agent interface notification module to see the number of tickets in My Services. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2".' => 6002 '', 6003 'Agent interface notification module to see the number of watched tickets. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2".' => 6004 '', 6005 'AgentTicketZoom widget that displays a table of objects linked to the ticket.' => 6006 '', 6007 'AgentTicketZoom widget that displays customer information for the ticket in the side bar.' => 6008 '', 6009 'AgentTicketZoom widget that displays ticket data in the side bar.' => 6010 '', 6011 'Agents ↔ Groups' => '', 6012 'Agents ↔ Roles' => '', 6013 'All CustomerIDs of a customer user.' => '', 6014 'All attachments (OTRS Business Solution™)' => '', 6015 'All customer users of a CustomerID' => 'Alle kundebrugere af et CustomerID', 6016 'All escalated tickets' => 'Alle eskalerede sager', 6017 'All new tickets, these tickets have not been worked on yet' => 'Alle nye sager, der ikke er blevet arbejdet på endnu', 6018 'All open tickets, these tickets have already been worked on.' => 6019 '', 6020 'All tickets with a reminder set where the reminder date has been reached' => 6021 'Alle sager med påmindelser, hvor påmindelsesfristen er nået', 6022 'Allows adding notes in the close ticket screen of the agent interface. Can be overwritten by Ticket::Frontend::NeedAccountedTime.' => 6023 '', 6024 'Allows adding notes in the ticket free text screen of the agent interface. Can be overwritten by Ticket::Frontend::NeedAccountedTime.' => 6025 '', 6026 'Allows adding notes in the ticket note screen of the agent interface. Can be overwritten by Ticket::Frontend::NeedAccountedTime.' => 6027 '', 6028 'Allows adding notes in the ticket owner screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface. Can be overwritten by Ticket::Frontend::NeedAccountedTime.' => 6029 '', 6030 'Allows adding notes in the ticket pending screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface. Can be overwritten by Ticket::Frontend::NeedAccountedTime.' => 6031 '', 6032 'Allows adding notes in the ticket priority screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface. Can be overwritten by Ticket::Frontend::NeedAccountedTime.' => 6033 '', 6034 'Allows adding notes in the ticket responsible screen of the agent interface. Can be overwritten by Ticket::Frontend::NeedAccountedTime.' => 6035 '', 6036 'Allows agents to exchange the axis of a stat if they generate one.' => 6037 '', 6038 'Allows agents to generate individual-related stats.' => '', 6039 'Allows choosing between showing the attachments of a ticket in the browser (inline) or just make them downloadable (attachment).' => 6040 '', 6041 'Allows choosing the next compose state for customer tickets in the customer interface.' => 6042 '', 6043 'Allows customers to change the ticket priority in the customer interface.' => 6044 '', 6045 'Allows customers to set the ticket SLA in the customer interface.' => 6046 '', 6047 'Allows customers to set the ticket priority in the customer interface.' => 6048 '', 6049 'Allows customers to set the ticket queue in the customer interface. If this is not enabled, QueueDefault should be configured.' => 6050 '', 6051 'Allows customers to set the ticket service in the customer interface.' => 6052 '', 6053 'Allows customers to set the ticket type in the customer interface. If this is not enabled, TicketTypeDefault should be configured.' => 6054 '', 6055 'Allows default services to be selected also for non existing customers.' => 6056 '', 6057 'Allows defining services and SLAs for tickets (e. g. email, desktop, network, ...), and escalation attributes for SLAs (if ticket service/SLA feature is enabled).' => 6058 '', 6059 'Allows extended search conditions in ticket search of the agent interface. With this feature you can search e. g. ticket title with this kind of conditions like "(*key1*&&*key2*)" or "(*key1*||*key2*)".' => 6060 '', 6061 'Allows extended search conditions in ticket search of the customer interface. With this feature you can search e. g. ticket title with this kind of conditions like "(*key1*&&*key2*)" or "(*key1*||*key2*)".' => 6062 '', 6063 'Allows extended search conditions in ticket search of the generic agent interface. With this feature you can search e. g. ticket title with this kind of conditions like "(*key1*&&*key2*)" or "(*key1*||*key2*)".' => 6064 'Tillader udvidede søgetermer i sagssøgningen i automatisk agent-interfacet. Med denne funktionalitet kan du søge f.eks. "(nøgle1&&nøgle2)" eller "(nøgle1||nøgle2)".', 6065 'Allows generic agent to execute custom command line scripts.' => 6066 '', 6067 'Allows generic agent to execute custom modules.' => '', 6068 'Allows having a medium format ticket overview (CustomerInfo => 1 - shows also the customer information).' => 6069 '', 6070 'Allows having a small format ticket overview (CustomerInfo => 1 - shows also the customer information).' => 6071 '', 6072 'Allows invalid agents to generate individual-related stats.' => '', 6073 'Allows the administrators to login as other customers, via the customer user administration panel.' => 6074 'Tillad administratorer at logge ind som andre kunder via kundebruger-administrationspanelet.', 6075 'Allows the administrators to login as other users, via the users administration panel.' => 6076 '', 6077 'Allows to save current work as draft in the close ticket screen of the agent interface.' => 6078 '', 6079 'Allows to save current work as draft in the email outbound screen of the agent interface.' => 6080 '', 6081 'Allows to save current work as draft in the ticket compose screen of the agent interface.' => 6082 '', 6083 'Allows to save current work as draft in the ticket forward screen of the agent interface.' => 6084 '', 6085 'Allows to save current work as draft in the ticket free text screen of the agent interface.' => 6086 '', 6087 'Allows to save current work as draft in the ticket move screen of the agent interface.' => 6088 '', 6089 'Allows to save current work as draft in the ticket note screen of the agent interface.' => 6090 '', 6091 'Allows to save current work as draft in the ticket owner screen of the agent interface.' => 6092 '', 6093 'Allows to save current work as draft in the ticket pending screen of the agent interface.' => 6094 '', 6095 'Allows to save current work as draft in the ticket phone inbound screen of the agent interface.' => 6096 '', 6097 'Allows to save current work as draft in the ticket phone outbound screen of the agent interface.' => 6098 '', 6099 'Allows to save current work as draft in the ticket priority screen of the agent interface.' => 6100 '', 6101 'Allows to save current work as draft in the ticket responsible screen of the agent interface.' => 6102 '', 6103 'Allows to set a new ticket state in the move ticket screen of the agent interface.' => 6104 '', 6105 'Always show RichText if available' => '', 6106 'Answer' => 'Svar', 6107 'Appointment Calendar overview page.' => '', 6108 'Appointment Notifications' => '', 6109 'Appointment calendar event module that prepares notification entries for appointments.' => 6110 '', 6111 'Appointment calendar event module that updates the ticket with data from ticket appointment.' => 6112 '', 6113 'Appointment edit screen.' => '', 6114 'Appointment list' => '', 6115 'Appointment list.' => '', 6116 'Appointment notifications' => '', 6117 'Appointments' => '', 6118 'Arabic (Saudi Arabia)' => 'Arabisk (Saudi Arabien)', 6119 'ArticleTree' => 'Indlægstræ', 6120 'Attachment Name' => 'Vedhæftningsnavn', 6121 'Automated line break in text messages after x number of chars.' => 6122 '', 6123 'Automatically change the state of a ticket with an invalid owner once it is unlocked. Maps from a state type to a new ticket state.' => 6124 '', 6125 'Automatically lock and set owner to current Agent after opening the move ticket screen of the agent interface.' => 6126 '', 6127 'Automatically lock and set owner to current Agent after selecting for an Bulk Action.' => 6128 '', 6129 'Automatically sets the owner of a ticket as the responsible for it (if ticket responsible feature is enabled). This will only work by manually actions of the logged in user. It does not work for automated actions e.g. GenericAgent, Postmaster and GenericInterface.' => 6130 '', 6131 'Automatically sets the responsible of a ticket (if it is not set yet) after the first owner update.' => 6132 '', 6133 'Avatar' => '', 6134 'Balanced white skin by Felix Niklas (slim version).' => '', 6135 'Balanced white skin by Felix Niklas.' => '', 6136 'Based on global RichText setting' => '', 6137 'Basic fulltext index settings. Execute "bin/otrs.Console.pl Maint::Ticket::FulltextIndex --rebuild" in order to generate a new index.' => 6138 '', 6139 'Blocks all the incoming emails that do not have a valid ticket number in subject with From: @example.com address.' => 6140 '', 6141 'Bounced to "%s".' => 'Overgivet til "%s".', 6142 'Bulgarian' => '', 6143 'Bulk Action' => 'Massehandling', 6144 'CMD example setup. Ignores emails where external CMD returns some output on STDOUT (email will be piped into STDIN of some.bin).' => 6145 '', 6146 'CSV Separator' => 'CSV-skilletegn', 6147 'Cache time in seconds for agent authentication in the GenericInterface.' => 6148 '', 6149 'Cache time in seconds for customer authentication in the GenericInterface.' => 6150 '', 6151 'Cache time in seconds for the DB ACL backend.' => '', 6152 'Cache time in seconds for the DB process backend.' => '', 6153 'Cache time in seconds for the SSL certificate attributes.' => '', 6154 'Cache time in seconds for the ticket process navigation bar output module.' => 6155 '', 6156 'Cache time in seconds for the web service config backend.' => '', 6157 'Calendar manage screen.' => '', 6158 'Catalan' => '', 6159 'Change password' => 'Skift password', 6160 'Change queue!' => 'Skift kø', 6161 'Change the customer for this ticket' => 'Ændr denne sags kunde', 6162 'Change the free fields for this ticket' => 'Ændr denne sags frie felter', 6163 'Change the owner for this ticket' => 'Ændr denne sags ejer', 6164 'Change the priority for this ticket' => 'Ændr denne sags prioritet', 6165 'Change the responsible for this ticket' => 'Skift sagens ansvarlige', 6166 'Change your avatar image.' => '', 6167 'Change your password and more.' => 'Skift password og andet', 6168 'Changed SLA to "%s" (%s).' => '', 6169 'Changed archive state to "%s".' => '', 6170 'Changed customer to "%s".' => '', 6171 'Changed dynamic field %s from "%s" to "%s".' => '', 6172 'Changed owner to "%s" (%s).' => '', 6173 'Changed pending time to "%s".' => '', 6174 'Changed priority from "%s" (%s) to "%s" (%s).' => 'Ændrede prioritet fra "%s" (%s) til "%s" (%s)', 6175 'Changed queue to "%s" (%s) from "%s" (%s).' => '', 6176 'Changed responsible to "%s" (%s).' => '', 6177 'Changed service to "%s" (%s).' => '', 6178 'Changed state from "%s" to "%s".' => '', 6179 'Changed title from "%s" to "%s".' => '', 6180 'Changed type from "%s" (%s) to "%s" (%s).' => '', 6181 'Changes the owner of tickets to everyone (useful for ASP). Normally only agent with rw permissions in the queue of the ticket will be shown.' => 6182 '', 6183 'Chat communication channel.' => '', 6184 'Checkbox' => 'Checkboks', 6185 'Checks for articles that needs to be updated in the article search index.' => 6186 '', 6187 'Checks for communication log entries to be deleted.' => '', 6188 'Checks for queued outgoing emails to be sent.' => '', 6189 'Checks if an E-Mail is a followup to an existing ticket by searching the subject for a valid ticket number.' => 6190 '', 6191 'Checks if an email is a follow-up to an existing ticket with external ticket number which can be found by ExternalTicketNumberRecognition filter module.' => 6192 '', 6193 'Checks the SystemID in ticket number detection for follow-ups. If not enabled, SystemID will be changed after using the system.' => 6194 '', 6195 'Checks the availability of OTRS Business Solution™ for this system.' => 6196 '', 6197 'Checks the entitlement status of OTRS Business Solution™.' => '', 6198 'Child' => 'Barn', 6199 'Chinese (Simplified)' => '', 6200 'Chinese (Traditional)' => '', 6201 'Choose for which kind of appointment changes you want to receive notifications.' => 6202 '', 6203 'Choose for which kind of ticket changes you want to receive notifications. Please note that you can\'t completely disable notifications marked as mandatory.' => 6204 '', 6205 'Choose which notifications you\'d like to receive.' => 'Vælg de beskeder, du gerne vil modtage', 6206 'Christmas Eve' => 'Juleaften', 6207 'Close' => 'Luk', 6208 'Close this ticket' => 'Luk denne sag', 6209 'Closed tickets (customer user)' => 'Lukkede sager (kundebruger)', 6210 'Closed tickets (customer)' => 'Afsluttede sager (kunde)', 6211 'Cloud Services' => 'Sky-tjenester', 6212 'Cloud service admin module registration for the transport layer.' => 6213 '', 6214 'Collect support data for asynchronous plug-in modules.' => '', 6215 'Column ticket filters for Ticket Overviews type "Small".' => 'Kolonnefiltre for sagsoversigter af typen "Small".', 6216 'Columns that can be filtered in the escalation view of the agent interface. Note: Only Ticket attributes, Dynamic Fields (DynamicField_NameX) and Customer attributes (e.g. CustomerUserPhone, CustomerCompanyName, ...) are allowed.' => 6217 '', 6218 'Columns that can be filtered in the locked view of the agent interface. Note: Only Ticket attributes, Dynamic Fields (DynamicField_NameX) and Customer attributes (e.g. CustomerUserPhone, CustomerCompanyName, ...) are allowed.' => 6219 '', 6220 'Columns that can be filtered in the queue view of the agent interface. Note: Only Ticket attributes, Dynamic Fields (DynamicField_NameX) and Customer attributes (e.g. CustomerUserPhone, CustomerCompanyName, ...) are allowed.' => 6221 '', 6222 'Columns that can be filtered in the responsible view of the agent interface. Note: Only Ticket attributes, Dynamic Fields (DynamicField_NameX) and Customer attributes (e.g. CustomerUserPhone, CustomerCompanyName, ...) are allowed.' => 6223 '', 6224 'Columns that can be filtered in the service view of the agent interface. Note: Only Ticket attributes, Dynamic Fields (DynamicField_NameX) and Customer attributes (e.g. CustomerUserPhone, CustomerCompanyName, ...) are allowed.' => 6225 '', 6226 'Columns that can be filtered in the status view of the agent interface. Note: Only Ticket attributes, Dynamic Fields (DynamicField_NameX) and Customer attributes (e.g. CustomerUserPhone, CustomerCompanyName, ...) are allowed.' => 6227 '', 6228 'Columns that can be filtered in the ticket search result view of the agent interface. Note: Only Ticket attributes, Dynamic Fields (DynamicField_NameX) and Customer attributes (e.g. CustomerUserPhone, CustomerCompanyName, ...) are allowed.' => 6229 '', 6230 'Columns that can be filtered in the watch view of the agent interface. Note: Only Ticket attributes, Dynamic Fields (DynamicField_NameX) and Customer attributes (e.g. CustomerUserPhone, CustomerCompanyName, ...) are allowed.' => 6231 '', 6232 'Comment for new history entries in the customer interface.' => '', 6233 'Comment2' => '', 6234 'Communication' => 'Kommunikation', 6235 'Communication & Notifications' => '', 6236 'Communication Log GUI' => '', 6237 'Communication log limit per page for Communication Log Overview.' => 6238 '', 6239 'CommunicationLog Overview Limit' => '', 6240 'Company Status' => 'Firma Status', 6241 'Company Tickets.' => '', 6242 'Company name which will be included in outgoing emails as an X-Header.' => 6243 'Firmanavn der inkluderes som en X-Header i udgående email.', 6244 'Compat module for AgentZoom to AgentTicketZoom.' => '', 6245 'Complex' => '', 6246 'Compose' => 'Skrive', 6247 'Configure Processes.' => '', 6248 'Configure and manage ACLs.' => 'Konfigurer og håndter ACL\'er.', 6249 'Configure any additional readonly mirror databases that you want to use.' => 6250 '', 6251 'Configure sending of support data to OTRS Group for improved support.' => 6252 '', 6253 'Configure which screen should be shown after a new ticket has been created.' => 6254 'Konfigurer hvilken side der skal vises efter en ny sag er oprettet.', 6255 'Configure your own log text for PGP.' => '', 6256 'Configures a default TicketDynamicField setting. "Name" defines the dynamic field which should be used, "Value" is the data that will be set, and "Event" defines the trigger event. Please check the developer manual (https://doc.otrs.com/doc/), chapter "Ticket Event Module".' => 6257 '', 6258 'Controls how to display the ticket history entries as readable values.' => 6259 '', 6260 'Controls if CustomerID is automatically copied from the sender address for unknown customers.' => 6261 '', 6262 'Controls if CustomerID is read-only in the agent interface.' => '', 6263 'Controls if customers have the ability to sort their tickets.' => 6264 '', 6265 'Controls if more than one from entry can be set in the new phone ticket in the agent interface.' => 6266 '', 6267 'Controls if the admin is allowed to import a saved system configuration in SysConfig.' => 6268 '', 6269 'Controls if the admin is allowed to make changes to the database via AdminSelectBox.' => 6270 '', 6271 'Controls if the autocomplete field will be used for the customer ID selection in the AdminCustomerUser interface.' => 6272 '', 6273 'Controls if the ticket and article seen flags are removed when a ticket is archived.' => 6274 '', 6275 'Converts HTML mails into text messages.' => '', 6276 'Create New process ticket.' => '', 6277 'Create Ticket' => '', 6278 'Create a new calendar appointment linked to this ticket' => '', 6279 'Create and manage Service Level Agreements (SLAs).' => 'Administrer Service Level Agreements (SLA\'er).', 6280 'Create and manage agents.' => 'Administrer agenter.', 6281 'Create and manage appointment notifications.' => '', 6282 'Create and manage attachments.' => 'Administrer vedhæftede filer.', 6283 'Create and manage calendars.' => '', 6284 'Create and manage customer users.' => 'Opret og administrer kundebrugere.', 6285 'Create and manage customers.' => 'Administrer kunder.', 6286 'Create and manage dynamic fields.' => 'Opret og administrer dynamiske felter.', 6287 'Create and manage groups.' => 'Administrer grupper.', 6288 'Create and manage queues.' => 'Administrer køer.', 6289 'Create and manage responses that are automatically sent.' => 'Administrer svar, der sendes automatisk.', 6290 'Create and manage roles.' => 'Administrer roller', 6291 'Create and manage salutations.' => 'Administrer indledninger.', 6292 'Create and manage services.' => 'Administrer services.', 6293 'Create and manage signatures.' => 'Administrer signaturer.', 6294 'Create and manage templates.' => 'Opret og administrer skabeloner', 6295 'Create and manage ticket notifications.' => 'Opret og håndter beskeder om sager', 6296 'Create and manage ticket priorities.' => 'Administrer sagsprioriteter.', 6297 'Create and manage ticket states.' => 'Administrer sagstilstande.', 6298 'Create and manage ticket types.' => 'Administrer sagstyper.', 6299 'Create and manage web services.' => 'Opret og administrer web-services.', 6300 'Create new Ticket.' => '', 6301 'Create new appointment.' => 'Opret ny aftale.', 6302 'Create new email ticket and send this out (outbound).' => '', 6303 'Create new email ticket.' => '', 6304 'Create new phone ticket (inbound).' => '', 6305 'Create new phone ticket.' => '', 6306 'Create new process ticket.' => '', 6307 'Create tickets.' => '', 6308 'Created ticket [%s] in "%s" with priority "%s" and state "%s".' => 6309 '', 6310 'Croatian' => '', 6311 'Custom RSS Feed' => '', 6312 'Custom RSS feed.' => '', 6313 'Custom text for the page shown to customers that have no tickets yet (if you need those text translated add them to a custom translation module).' => 6314 '', 6315 'Customer Administration' => 'Kunde Administration', 6316 'Customer Companies' => 'Kunde/Firmaer', 6317 'Customer IDs' => '', 6318 'Customer Information Center Search.' => '', 6319 'Customer Information Center search.' => '', 6320 'Customer Information Center.' => '', 6321 'Customer Ticket Print Module.' => '', 6322 'Customer User Administration' => 'Kundebruger-administration', 6323 'Customer User Information' => '', 6324 'Customer User Information Center Search.' => '', 6325 'Customer User Information Center search.' => '', 6326 'Customer User Information Center.' => '', 6327 'Customer Users ↔ Customers' => '', 6328 'Customer Users ↔ Groups' => '', 6329 'Customer Users ↔ Services' => '', 6330 'Customer item (icon) which shows the closed tickets of this customer as info block. Setting CustomerUserLogin to 1 searches for tickets based on login name rather than CustomerID.' => 6331 '', 6332 'Customer item (icon) which shows the open tickets of this customer as info block. Setting CustomerUserLogin to 1 searches for tickets based on login name rather than CustomerID.' => 6333 '', 6334 'Customer preferences.' => '', 6335 'Customer ticket overview' => '', 6336 'Customer ticket search.' => '', 6337 'Customer ticket zoom' => '', 6338 'Customer user search' => 'Søg efter kundebruger', 6339 'CustomerID search' => 'KundeID søgning', 6340 'CustomerName' => 'KundeNavn', 6341 'CustomerUser' => '', 6342 'Customers ↔ Groups' => '', 6343 'Customizable stop words for fulltext index. These words will be removed from the search index.' => 6344 '', 6345 'Czech' => '', 6346 'Danish' => 'Dansk', 6347 'Dashboard overview.' => '', 6348 'Data used to export the search result in CSV format.' => 'Data brugt til at eksportere søgeresultatet i CSV-format.', 6349 'Date / Time' => 'Dato / Tid', 6350 'Default (Slim)' => '', 6351 'Default ACL values for ticket actions.' => '', 6352 'Default ProcessManagement entity prefixes for entity IDs that are automatically generated.' => 6353 '', 6354 'Default agent name' => '', 6355 'Default data to use on attribute for ticket search screen. Example: "TicketCreateTimePointFormat=year;TicketCreateTimePointStart=Last;TicketCreateTimePoint=2;".' => 6356 '', 6357 'Default data to use on attribute for ticket search screen. Example: "TicketCreateTimeStartYear=2010;TicketCreateTimeStartMonth=10;TicketCreateTimeStartDay=4;TicketCreateTimeStopYear=2010;TicketCreateTimeStopMonth=11;TicketCreateTimeStopDay=3;".' => 6358 '', 6359 'Default display type for recipient (To,Cc) names in AgentTicketZoom and CustomerTicketZoom.' => 6360 '', 6361 'Default display type for sender (From) names in AgentTicketZoom and CustomerTicketZoom.' => 6362 '', 6363 'Default loop protection module.' => '', 6364 'Default queue ID used by the system in the agent interface.' => '', 6365 'Default skin for the agent interface (slim version).' => '', 6366 'Default skin for the agent interface.' => '', 6367 'Default skin for the customer interface.' => '', 6368 'Default ticket ID used by the system in the agent interface.' => 6369 '', 6370 'Default ticket ID used by the system in the customer interface.' => 6371 '', 6372 'Default value for NameX' => '', 6373 'Define Actions where a settings button is available in the linked objects widget (LinkObject::ViewMode = "complex"). Please note that these Actions must have registered the following JS and CSS files: Core.AllocationList.css, Core.UI.AllocationList.js, Core.UI.Table.Sort.js, Core.Agent.TableFilters.js.' => 6374 '', 6375 'Define a filter for html output to add links behind a defined string. The element Image allows two input kinds. At once the name of an image (e.g. faq.png). In this case the OTRS image path will be used. The second possiblity is to insert the link to the image.' => 6376 '', 6377 'Define a mapping between variables of the customer user data (keys) and dynamic fields of a ticket (values). The purpose is to store customer user data in ticket dynamic fields. The dynamic fields must be present in the system and should be enabled for AgentTicketFreeText, so that they can be set/updated manually by the agent. They mustn\'t be enabled for AgentTicketPhone, AgentTicketEmail and AgentTicketCustomer. If they were, they would have precedence over the automatically set values. To use this mapping, you have to also activate the Ticket::EventModulePost###4100-DynamicFieldFromCustomerUser setting.' => 6378 '', 6379 'Define dynamic field name for end time. This field has to be manually added to the system as Ticket: "Date / Time" and must be activated in ticket creation screens and/or in any other ticket action screens.' => 6380 '', 6381 'Define dynamic field name for start time. This field has to be manually added to the system as Ticket: "Date / Time" and must be activated in ticket creation screens and/or in any other ticket action screens.' => 6382 '', 6383 'Define the max depth of queues.' => '', 6384 'Define the queue comment 2.' => '', 6385 'Define the service comment 2.' => '', 6386 'Define the sla comment 2.' => '', 6387 'Define the start day of the week for the date picker for the indicated calendar.' => 6388 '', 6389 'Define the start day of the week for the date picker.' => 'Definer ugens første dag for datovælgeren.', 6390 'Define which avatar default image should be used for the article view if no gravatar is assigned to the mail address. Check https://gravatar.com/site/implement/images/ for further information.' => 6391 '', 6392 'Define which avatar default image should be used for the current agent if no gravatar is assigned to the mail address of the agent. Check https://gravatar.com/site/implement/images/ for further information.' => 6393 '', 6394 'Define which avatar engine should be used for the agent avatar on the header and the sender images in AgentTicketZoom. If \'None\' is selected, initials will be displayed instead. Please note that selecting anything other than \'None\' will transfer the encrypted email address of the particular user to an external service.' => 6395 '', 6396 'Define which columns are shown in the linked appointment widget (LinkObject::ViewMode = "complex"). Possible settings: 0 = Disabled, 1 = Available, 2 = Enabled by default.' => 6397 '', 6398 'Define which columns are shown in the linked tickets widget (LinkObject::ViewMode = "complex"). Note: Only Ticket attributes and Dynamic Fields (DynamicField_NameX) are allowed for DefaultColumns.' => 6399 '', 6400 'Defines a customer item, which generates a LinkedIn icon at the end of a customer info block.' => 6401 '', 6402 'Defines a customer item, which generates a XING icon at the end of a customer info block.' => 6403 '', 6404 'Defines a customer item, which generates a google icon at the end of a customer info block.' => 6405 '', 6406 'Defines a customer item, which generates a google maps icon at the end of a customer info block.' => 6407 '', 6408 'Defines a filter for html output to add links behind CVE numbers. The element Image allows two input kinds. At once the name of an image (e.g. faq.png). In this case the OTRS image path will be used. The second possiblity is to insert the link to the image.' => 6409 '', 6410 'Defines a filter for html output to add links behind MSBulletin numbers. The element Image allows two input kinds. At once the name of an image (e.g. faq.png). In this case the OTRS image path will be used. The second possiblity is to insert the link to the image.' => 6411 '', 6412 'Defines a filter for html output to add links behind a defined string. The element Image allows two input kinds. At once the name of an image (e.g. faq.png). In this case the OTRS image path will be used. The second possiblity is to insert the link to the image.' => 6413 '', 6414 'Defines a filter for html output to add links behind bugtraq numbers. The element Image allows two input kinds. At once the name of an image (e.g. faq.png). In this case the OTRS image path will be used. The second possiblity is to insert the link to the image.' => 6415 '', 6416 'Defines a filter to collect CVE numbers from article texts in AgentTicketZoom. The results will be displayed in a meta box next to the article. Fill in URLPreview if you would like to see a preview when moving your mouse cursor above the link element. This could be the same URL as in URL, but also an alternate one. Please note that some websites deny being displayed within an iframe (e.g. Google) and thus won\'t work with the preview mode.' => 6417 '', 6418 'Defines a filter to process the text in the articles, in order to highlight predefined keywords.' => 6419 '', 6420 'Defines a permission context for customer to group assignment.' => 6421 '', 6422 'Defines a regular expression that excludes some addresses from the syntax check (if "CheckEmailAddresses" is set to "Yes"). Please enter a regex in this field for email addresses, that aren\'t syntactically valid, but are necessary for the system (i.e. "root@localhost").' => 6423 '', 6424 'Defines a regular expression that filters all email addresses that should not be used in the application.' => 6425 '', 6426 'Defines a sleep time in microseconds between tickets while they are been processed by a job.' => 6427 '', 6428 'Defines a useful module to load specific user options or to display news.' => 6429 '', 6430 'Defines all the X-headers that should be scanned.' => '', 6431 'Defines all the languages that are available to the application. Specify only English names of languages here.' => 6432 '', 6433 'Defines all the languages that are available to the application. Specify only native names of languages here.' => 6434 '', 6435 'Defines all the parameters for the RefreshTime object in the customer preferences of the customer interface.' => 6436 '', 6437 'Defines all the parameters for the ShownTickets object in the customer preferences of the customer interface.' => 6438 '', 6439 'Defines all the parameters for this item in the customer preferences.' => 6440 '', 6441 'Defines all the parameters for this item in the customer preferences. \'PasswordRegExp\' allows to match passwords against a regular expression. Define the minimum number of characters using \'PasswordMinSize\'. Define if at least 2 lowercase and 2 uppercase letter characters are needed by setting the appropriate option to \'1\'. \'PasswordMin2Characters\' defines if the password needs to contain at least 2 letter characters (set to 0 or 1). \'PasswordNeedDigit\' controls the need of at least 1 digit (set to 0 or 1 to control).' => 6442 '', 6443 'Defines all the parameters for this notification transport.' => '', 6444 'Defines all the possible stats output formats.' => '', 6445 'Defines an alternate URL, where the login link refers to.' => '', 6446 'Defines an alternate URL, where the logout link refers to.' => '', 6447 'Defines an alternate login URL for the customer panel..' => '', 6448 'Defines an alternate logout URL for the customer panel.' => '', 6449 'Defines an external link to the database of the customer (e.g. \'http://yourhost/customer.php?CID=[% Data.CustomerID %]\' or \'\').' => 6450 '', 6451 'Defines an icon with link to the google map page of the current location in appointment edit screen.' => 6452 '', 6453 'Defines an overview module to show the address book view of a customer user list.' => 6454 '', 6455 'Defines available article actions for Chat articles.' => '', 6456 'Defines available article actions for Email articles.' => '', 6457 'Defines available article actions for Internal articles.' => '', 6458 'Defines available article actions for Phone articles.' => '', 6459 'Defines available article actions for invalid articles.' => '', 6460 'Defines available groups for the admin overview screen.' => '', 6461 'Defines chat communication channel.' => '', 6462 'Defines default headers for outgoing emails.' => '', 6463 'Defines email communication channel.' => '', 6464 'Defines from which ticket attributes the agent can select the result order.' => 6465 '', 6466 'Defines groups for preferences items.' => '', 6467 'Defines how many deployments the system should keep.' => '', 6468 'Defines how the From field from the emails (sent from answers and email tickets) should look like.' => 6469 '', 6470 'Defines if a pre-sorting by priority should be done in the queue view.' => 6471 '', 6472 'Defines if a pre-sorting by priority should be done in the service view.' => 6473 '', 6474 'Defines if a ticket lock is required in the close ticket screen of the agent interface (if the ticket isn\'t locked yet, the ticket gets locked and the current agent will be set automatically as its owner).' => 6475 '', 6476 'Defines if a ticket lock is required in the email outbound screen of the agent interface (if the ticket isn\'t locked yet, the ticket gets locked and the current agent will be set automatically as its owner).' => 6477 '', 6478 'Defines if a ticket lock is required in the email resend screen of the agent interface (if the ticket isn\'t locked yet, the ticket gets locked and the current agent will be set automatically as its owner).' => 6479 '', 6480 'Defines if a ticket lock is required in the ticket bounce screen of the agent interface (if the ticket isn\'t locked yet, the ticket gets locked and the current agent will be set automatically as its owner).' => 6481 '', 6482 'Defines if a ticket lock is required in the ticket compose screen of the agent interface (if the ticket isn\'t locked yet, the ticket gets locked and the current agent will be set automatically as its owner).' => 6483 '', 6484 'Defines if a ticket lock is required in the ticket forward screen of the agent interface (if the ticket isn\'t locked yet, the ticket gets locked and the current agent will be set automatically as its owner).' => 6485 '', 6486 'Defines if a ticket lock is required in the ticket free text screen of the agent interface (if the ticket isn\'t locked yet, the ticket gets locked and the current agent will be set automatically as its owner).' => 6487 '', 6488 'Defines if a ticket lock is required in the ticket merge screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface (if the ticket isn\'t locked yet, the ticket gets locked and the current agent will be set automatically as its owner).' => 6489 '', 6490 'Defines if a ticket lock is required in the ticket note screen of the agent interface (if the ticket isn\'t locked yet, the ticket gets locked and the current agent will be set automatically as its owner).' => 6491 '', 6492 'Defines if a ticket lock is required in the ticket owner screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface (if the ticket isn\'t locked yet, the ticket gets locked and the current agent will be set automatically as its owner).' => 6493 '', 6494 'Defines if a ticket lock is required in the ticket pending screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface (if the ticket isn\'t locked yet, the ticket gets locked and the current agent will be set automatically as its owner).' => 6495 '', 6496 'Defines if a ticket lock is required in the ticket phone inbound screen of the agent interface (if the ticket isn\'t locked yet, the ticket gets locked and the current agent will be set automatically as its owner).' => 6497 '', 6498 'Defines if a ticket lock is required in the ticket phone outbound screen of the agent interface (if the ticket isn\'t locked yet, the ticket gets locked and the current agent will be set automatically as its owner).' => 6499 '', 6500 'Defines if a ticket lock is required in the ticket priority screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface (if the ticket isn\'t locked yet, the ticket gets locked and the current agent will be set automatically as its owner).' => 6501 '', 6502 'Defines if a ticket lock is required in the ticket responsible screen of the agent interface (if the ticket isn\'t locked yet, the ticket gets locked and the current agent will be set automatically as its owner).' => 6503 '', 6504 'Defines if a ticket lock is required to change the customer of a ticket in the agent interface (if the ticket isn\'t locked yet, the ticket gets locked and the current agent will be set automatically as its owner).' => 6505 '', 6506 'Defines if agents should be allowed to login if they have no shared secret stored in their preferences and therefore are not using two-factor authentication.' => 6507 '', 6508 'Defines if customers should be allowed to login if they have no shared secret stored in their preferences and therefore are not using two-factor authentication.' => 6509 '', 6510 'Defines if the communication between this system and OTRS Group servers that provide cloud services is possible. If set to \'Disable cloud services\', some functionality will be lost such as system registration, support data sending, upgrading to and use of OTRS Business Solution™, OTRS Verify™, OTRS News and product News dashboard widgets, among others.' => 6511 '', 6512 'Defines if the enhanced mode should be used (enables use of table, replace, subscript, superscript, paste from word, etc.) in customer interface.' => 6513 '', 6514 'Defines if the enhanced mode should be used (enables use of table, replace, subscript, superscript, paste from word, etc.).' => 6515 '', 6516 'Defines if the first article should be displayed as expanded, that is visible for the related customer. If nothing defined, latest article will be expanded.' => 6517 '', 6518 'Defines if the message in the email outbound screen of the agent interface is visible for the customer by default.' => 6519 '', 6520 'Defines if the message in the email resend screen of the agent interface is visible for the customer by default.' => 6521 '', 6522 'Defines if the message in the ticket compose screen of the agent interface is visible for the customer by default.' => 6523 '', 6524 'Defines if the message in the ticket forward screen of the agent interface is visible for the customer by default.' => 6525 '', 6526 'Defines if the note in the close ticket screen of the agent interface is visible for the customer by default.' => 6527 '', 6528 'Defines if the note in the ticket bulk screen of the agent interface is visible for the customer by default.' => 6529 '', 6530 'Defines if the note in the ticket free text screen of the agent interface is visible for the customer by default.' => 6531 '', 6532 'Defines if the note in the ticket note screen of the agent interface is visible for the customer by default.' => 6533 '', 6534 'Defines if the note in the ticket owner screen of the agent interface is visible for the customer by default.' => 6535 '', 6536 'Defines if the note in the ticket pending screen of the agent interface is visible for the customer by default.' => 6537 '', 6538 'Defines if the note in the ticket priority screen of the agent interface is visible for the customer by default.' => 6539 '', 6540 'Defines if the note in the ticket responsible screen of the agent interface is visible for the customer by default.' => 6541 '', 6542 'Defines if the previously valid token should be accepted for authentication. This is slightly less secure but gives users 30 seconds more time to enter their one-time password.' => 6543 '', 6544 'Defines if the values for filters should be retrieved from all available tickets. If enabled, only values which are actually used in any ticket will be available for filtering. Please note: The list of customers will always be retrieved like this.' => 6545 '', 6546 'Defines if time accounting is mandatory in the agent interface. If enabled, a note must be entered for all ticket actions (no matter if the note itself is configured as active or is originally mandatory for the individual ticket action screen).' => 6547 '', 6548 'Defines if time accounting must be set to all tickets in bulk action.' => 6549 '', 6550 'Defines internal communication channel.' => '', 6551 'Defines out of office message template. Two string parameters (%s) available: end date and number of days left.' => 6552 '', 6553 'Defines phone communication channel.' => '', 6554 'Defines queues that\'s tickets are used for displaying as calendar events.' => 6555 '', 6556 'Defines the HTTP hostname for the support data collection with the public module \'PublicSupportDataCollector\' (e.g. used from the OTRS Daemon).' => 6557 '', 6558 'Defines the IP regular expression for accessing the local repository. You need to enable this to have access to your local repository and the package::RepositoryList is required on the remote host.' => 6559 '', 6560 'Defines the PostMaster header to be used on the filter for keeping the current state of the ticket.' => 6561 '', 6562 'Defines the URL CSS path.' => 'Definer URL sti til CSS.', 6563 'Defines the URL base path of icons, CSS and Java Script.' => '', 6564 'Defines the URL image path of icons for navigation.' => '', 6565 'Defines the URL java script path.' => '', 6566 'Defines the URL rich text editor path.' => '', 6567 'Defines the address of a dedicated DNS server, if necessary, for the "CheckMXRecord" look-ups.' => 6568 '', 6569 'Defines the agent preferences key where the shared secret key is stored.' => 6570 '', 6571 'Defines the available steps in time selections. Select "Minute" to be able to select all minutes of one hour from 1-59. Select "30 Minutes" to only make full and half hours available.' => 6572 '', 6573 'Defines the body text for notification mails sent to agents, about new password.' => 6574 '', 6575 'Defines the body text for notification mails sent to agents, with token about new requested password.' => 6576 '', 6577 'Defines the body text for notification mails sent to customers, about new account.' => 6578 '', 6579 'Defines the body text for notification mails sent to customers, about new password.' => 6580 '', 6581 'Defines the body text for notification mails sent to customers, with token about new requested password.' => 6582 '', 6583 'Defines the body text for rejected emails.' => '', 6584 'Defines the calendar width in percent. Default is 95%.' => '', 6585 'Defines the column to store the keys for the preferences table.' => 6586 '', 6587 'Defines the config options for the autocompletion feature.' => '', 6588 'Defines the config parameters of this item, to be shown in the preferences view.' => 6589 '', 6590 'Defines the config parameters of this item, to be shown in the preferences view. \'PasswordRegExp\' allows to match passwords against a regular expression. Define the minimum number of characters using \'PasswordMinSize\'. Define if at least 2 lowercase and 2 uppercase letter characters are needed by setting the appropriate option to \'1\'. \'PasswordMin2Characters\' defines if the password needs to contain at least 2 letter characters (set to 0 or 1). \'PasswordNeedDigit\' controls the need of at least 1 digit (set to 0 or 1 to control). \'PasswordMaxLoginFailed\' allows to set an agent to invalid-temporarily if max failed logins reached. Please note: setting \'Active\' to 0 will only prevent agents from editing settings of this group in their personal preferences, but will still allow administrators to edit the settings of another user\'s behalf. Use \'PreferenceGroup\' to control in which area these settings should be shown in the user interface.' => 6591 '', 6592 'Defines the config parameters of this item, to be shown in the preferences view. Please note: setting \'Active\' to 0 will only prevent agents from editing settings of this group in their personal preferences, but will still allow administrators to edit the settings of another user\'s behalf. Use \'PreferenceGroup\' to control in which area these settings should be shown in the user interface.' => 6593 '', 6594 'Defines the connections for http/ftp, via a proxy.' => '', 6595 'Defines the customer preferences key where the shared secret key is stored.' => 6596 '', 6597 'Defines the date input format used in forms (option or input fields).' => 6598 '', 6599 'Defines the default CSS used in rich text editors.' => '', 6600 'Defines the default agent name in the ticket zoom view of the customer interface.' => 6601 '', 6602 'Defines the default auto response type of the article for this operation.' => 6603 '', 6604 'Defines the default body of a note in the ticket free text screen of the agent interface.' => 6605 '', 6606 'Defines the default filter fields in the customer user address book search (CustomerUser or CustomerCompany). For the CustomerCompany fields a prefix \'CustomerCompany_\' must be added.' => 6607 '', 6608 'Defines the default front-end (HTML) theme to be used by the agents and customers. If you like, you can add your own theme. Please refer the administrator manual located at https://doc.otrs.com/doc/.' => 6609 '', 6610 'Defines the default front-end language. All the possible values are determined by the available language files on the system (see the next setting).' => 6611 '', 6612 'Defines the default history type in the customer interface.' => '', 6613 'Defines the default maximum number of X-axis attributes for the time scale.' => 6614 '', 6615 'Defines the default maximum number of statistics per page on the overview screen.' => 6616 'Definerer det maksimale antal rapporter pr. side på oversigtsskærmen.', 6617 'Defines the default next state for a ticket after customer follow-up in the customer interface.' => 6618 '', 6619 'Defines the default next state of a ticket after adding a note, in the close ticket screen of the agent interface.' => 6620 '', 6621 'Defines the default next state of a ticket after adding a note, in the ticket free text screen of the agent interface.' => 6622 '', 6623 'Defines the default next state of a ticket after adding a note, in the ticket note screen of the agent interface.' => 6624 '', 6625 'Defines the default next state of a ticket after adding a note, in the ticket owner screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 6626 '', 6627 'Defines the default next state of a ticket after adding a note, in the ticket pending screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 6628 '', 6629 'Defines the default next state of a ticket after adding a note, in the ticket priority screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 6630 '', 6631 'Defines the default next state of a ticket after adding a note, in the ticket responsible screen of the agent interface.' => 6632 '', 6633 'Defines the default next state of a ticket after being bounced, in the ticket bounce screen of the agent interface.' => 6634 '', 6635 'Defines the default next state of a ticket after being forwarded, in the ticket forward screen of the agent interface.' => 6636 '', 6637 'Defines the default next state of a ticket after the message has been sent, in the email outbound screen of the agent interface.' => 6638 '', 6639 'Defines the default next state of a ticket if it is composed / answered in the ticket compose screen of the agent interface.' => 6640 '', 6641 'Defines the default next state of a ticket, in the ticket bulk screen of the agent interface.' => 6642 '', 6643 'Defines the default note body text for phone tickets in the ticket phone inbound screen of the agent interface.' => 6644 '', 6645 'Defines the default note body text for phone tickets in the ticket phone outbound screen of the agent interface.' => 6646 '', 6647 'Defines the default priority of follow-up customer tickets in the ticket zoom screen in the customer interface.' => 6648 '', 6649 'Defines the default priority of new customer tickets in the customer interface.' => 6650 '', 6651 'Defines the default priority of new tickets.' => '', 6652 'Defines the default queue for new customer tickets in the customer interface.' => 6653 '', 6654 'Defines the default queue for new tickets in the agent interface.' => 6655 '', 6656 'Defines the default selection at the drop down menu for dynamic objects (Form: Common Specification).' => 6657 '', 6658 'Defines the default selection at the drop down menu for permissions (Form: Common Specification).' => 6659 '', 6660 'Defines the default selection at the drop down menu for stats format (Form: Common Specification). Please insert the format key (see Stats::Format).' => 6661 '', 6662 'Defines the default sender type for phone tickets in the ticket phone inbound screen of the agent interface.' => 6663 '', 6664 'Defines the default sender type for phone tickets in the ticket phone outbound screen of the agent interface.' => 6665 '', 6666 'Defines the default sender type for tickets in the ticket zoom screen of the customer interface.' => 6667 '', 6668 'Defines the default shown ticket search attribute for ticket search screen (AllTickets/ArchivedTickets/NotArchivedTickets).' => 6669 '', 6670 'Defines the default shown ticket search attribute for ticket search screen.' => 6671 '', 6672 'Defines the default shown ticket search attribute for ticket search screen. Example: "Key" must have the name of the Dynamic Field in this case \'X\', "Content" must have the value of the Dynamic Field depending on the Dynamic Field type, Text: \'a text\', Dropdown: \'1\', Date/Time: \'Search_DynamicField_XTimeSlotStartYear=1974; Search_DynamicField_XTimeSlotStartMonth=01; Search_DynamicField_XTimeSlotStartDay=26; Search_DynamicField_XTimeSlotStartHour=00; Search_DynamicField_XTimeSlotStartMinute=00; Search_DynamicField_XTimeSlotStartSecond=00; Search_DynamicField_XTimeSlotStopYear=2013; Search_DynamicField_XTimeSlotStopMonth=01; Search_DynamicField_XTimeSlotStopDay=26; Search_DynamicField_XTimeSlotStopHour=23; Search_DynamicField_XTimeSlotStopMinute=59; Search_DynamicField_XTimeSlotStopSecond=59;\' and or \'Search_DynamicField_XTimePointFormat=week; Search_DynamicField_XTimePointStart=Before; Search_DynamicField_XTimePointValue=7\';.' => 6673 '', 6674 'Defines the default sort criteria for all queues displayed in the queue view.' => 6675 '', 6676 'Defines the default sort criteria for all services displayed in the service view.' => 6677 '', 6678 'Defines the default sort order for all queues in the queue view, after priority sort.' => 6679 '', 6680 'Defines the default sort order for all services in the service view, after priority sort.' => 6681 '', 6682 'Defines the default state of new customer tickets in the customer interface.' => 6683 '', 6684 'Defines the default state of new tickets.' => 'Definerer standardtilstand for nye sager.', 6685 'Defines the default subject for phone tickets in the ticket phone inbound screen of the agent interface.' => 6686 '', 6687 'Defines the default subject for phone tickets in the ticket phone outbound screen of the agent interface.' => 6688 '', 6689 'Defines the default subject of a note in the ticket free text screen of the agent interface.' => 6690 '', 6691 'Defines the default the number of seconds (from current time) to re-schedule a generic interface failed task.' => 6692 '', 6693 'Defines the default ticket attribute for ticket sorting in a ticket search of the customer interface.' => 6694 'Vælg standard-feltet for sortering af sager i en søgning foretaget i kunde-interfacet.', 6695 'Defines the default ticket attribute for ticket sorting in the escalation view of the agent interface.' => 6696 'Vælg standard-feltet for sortering af sager i oversigten over eskalerede sager i agent-interfacet.', 6697 'Defines the default ticket attribute for ticket sorting in the locked ticket view of the agent interface.' => 6698 'Vælg standard-feltet for sortering af sager i oversigten over trukkede sager i agent-interfacet.', 6699 'Defines the default ticket attribute for ticket sorting in the responsible view of the agent interface.' => 6700 'Vælg standard-feltet for sortering af sager i oversigten over ansvarlige i agent-interfacet.', 6701 'Defines the default ticket attribute for ticket sorting in the status view of the agent interface.' => 6702 'Vælg standard-feltet for sortering af sager i status-oversigten i agent-interfacet.', 6703 'Defines the default ticket attribute for ticket sorting in the watch view of the agent interface.' => 6704 'Vælg standard-feltet for sortering af sager i oversigten over fulgte sager i agent-interfacet.', 6705 'Defines the default ticket attribute for ticket sorting of the ticket search result of the agent interface.' => 6706 'Vælg standard-feltet for sortering af sager i en søgning foretaget i agent-interfacet.', 6707 'Defines the default ticket attribute for ticket sorting of the ticket search result of this operation.' => 6708 'Vælg standard-feltet for sortering af sager i en søgning foretaget af denne handling.', 6709 'Defines the default ticket bounced notification for customer/sender in the ticket bounce screen of the agent interface.' => 6710 '', 6711 'Defines the default ticket next state after adding a phone note in the ticket phone inbound screen of the agent interface.' => 6712 '', 6713 'Defines the default ticket next state after adding a phone note in the ticket phone outbound screen of the agent interface.' => 6714 '', 6715 'Defines the default ticket order (after priority sort) in the escalation view of the agent interface. Up: oldest on top. Down: latest on top.' => 6716 '', 6717 'Defines the default ticket order (after priority sort) in the status view of the agent interface. Up: oldest on top. Down: latest on top.' => 6718 '', 6719 'Defines the default ticket order in the responsible view of the agent interface. Up: oldest on top. Down: latest on top.' => 6720 '', 6721 'Defines the default ticket order in the ticket locked view of the agent interface. Up: oldest on top. Down: latest on top.' => 6722 '', 6723 'Defines the default ticket order in the ticket search result of the agent interface. Up: oldest on top. Down: latest on top.' => 6724 '', 6725 'Defines the default ticket order in the ticket search result of the this operation. Up: oldest on top. Down: latest on top.' => 6726 '', 6727 'Defines the default ticket order in the watch view of the agent interface. Up: oldest on top. Down: latest on top.' => 6728 '', 6729 'Defines the default ticket order of a search result in the customer interface. Up: oldest on top. Down: latest on top.' => 6730 '', 6731 'Defines the default ticket priority in the close ticket screen of the agent interface.' => 6732 '', 6733 'Defines the default ticket priority in the ticket bulk screen of the agent interface.' => 6734 '', 6735 'Defines the default ticket priority in the ticket free text screen of the agent interface.' => 6736 '', 6737 'Defines the default ticket priority in the ticket note screen of the agent interface.' => 6738 '', 6739 'Defines the default ticket priority in the ticket owner screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 6740 '', 6741 'Defines the default ticket priority in the ticket pending screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 6742 '', 6743 'Defines the default ticket priority in the ticket priority screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 6744 '', 6745 'Defines the default ticket priority in the ticket responsible screen of the agent interface.' => 6746 '', 6747 'Defines the default ticket type for new customer tickets in the customer interface.' => 6748 '', 6749 'Defines the default ticket type.' => '', 6750 'Defines the default used Frontend-Module if no Action parameter given in the url on the agent interface.' => 6751 '', 6752 'Defines the default used Frontend-Module if no Action parameter given in the url on the customer interface.' => 6753 '', 6754 'Defines the default value for the action parameter for the public frontend. The action parameter is used in the scripts of the system.' => 6755 '', 6756 'Defines the default viewable sender types of a ticket (default: customer).' => 6757 '', 6758 'Defines the default visibility of the article to customer for this operation.' => 6759 '', 6760 'Defines the displayed style of the From field in notes that are visible for customers. A default agent name can be defined in Ticket::Frontend::CustomerTicketZoom###DefaultAgentName setting.' => 6761 '', 6762 'Defines the dynamic fields that are used for displaying on calendar events.' => 6763 '', 6764 'Defines the event object types that will be handled via AdminAppointmentNotificationEvent.' => 6765 '', 6766 'Defines the fall-back path to open fetchmail binary. Note: The name of the binary needs to be \'fetchmail\', if it is different please use a symbolic link.' => 6767 '', 6768 'Defines the filter that processes the text in the articles, in order to highlight URLs.' => 6769 '', 6770 'Defines the format of responses in the ticket compose screen of the agent interface ([% Data.OrigFrom | html %] is From 1:1, [% Data.OrigFromName | html %] is only realname of From).' => 6771 '', 6772 'Defines the fully qualified domain name of the system. This setting is used as a variable, OTRS_CONFIG_FQDN which is found in all forms of messaging used by the application, to build links to the tickets within your system.' => 6773 '', 6774 'Defines the groups every customer user will be in (if CustomerGroupSupport is enabled and you don\'t want to manage every customer user for these groups).' => 6775 '', 6776 'Defines the groups every customer will be in (if CustomerGroupSupport is enabled and you don\'t want to manage every customer for these groups).' => 6777 '', 6778 'Defines the height for the rich text editor component for this screen. Enter number (pixels) or percent value (relative).' => 6779 '', 6780 'Defines the height for the rich text editor component. Enter number (pixels) or percent value (relative).' => 6781 '', 6782 'Defines the history comment for the close ticket screen action, which gets used for ticket history in the agent interface.' => 6783 '', 6784 'Defines the history comment for the email ticket screen action, which gets used for ticket history in the agent interface.' => 6785 '', 6786 'Defines the history comment for the phone ticket screen action, which gets used for ticket history in the agent interface.' => 6787 '', 6788 'Defines the history comment for the ticket free text screen action, which gets used for ticket history.' => 6789 '', 6790 'Defines the history comment for the ticket note screen action, which gets used for ticket history in the agent interface.' => 6791 '', 6792 'Defines the history comment for the ticket owner screen action, which gets used for ticket history in the agent interface.' => 6793 '', 6794 'Defines the history comment for the ticket pending screen action, which gets used for ticket history in the agent interface.' => 6795 '', 6796 'Defines the history comment for the ticket phone inbound screen action, which gets used for ticket history in the agent interface.' => 6797 '', 6798 'Defines the history comment for the ticket phone outbound screen action, which gets used for ticket history in the agent interface.' => 6799 '', 6800 'Defines the history comment for the ticket priority screen action, which gets used for ticket history in the agent interface.' => 6801 '', 6802 'Defines the history comment for the ticket responsible screen action, which gets used for ticket history in the agent interface.' => 6803 '', 6804 'Defines the history comment for the ticket zoom action, which gets used for ticket history in the customer interface.' => 6805 '', 6806 'Defines the history comment for this operation, which gets used for ticket history in the agent interface.' => 6807 '', 6808 'Defines the history type for the close ticket screen action, which gets used for ticket history in the agent interface.' => 6809 '', 6810 'Defines the history type for the email ticket screen action, which gets used for ticket history in the agent interface.' => 6811 '', 6812 'Defines the history type for the phone ticket screen action, which gets used for ticket history in the agent interface.' => 6813 '', 6814 'Defines the history type for the ticket free text screen action, which gets used for ticket history.' => 6815 '', 6816 'Defines the history type for the ticket note screen action, which gets used for ticket history in the agent interface.' => 6817 '', 6818 'Defines the history type for the ticket owner screen action, which gets used for ticket history in the agent interface.' => 6819 '', 6820 'Defines the history type for the ticket pending screen action, which gets used for ticket history in the agent interface.' => 6821 '', 6822 'Defines the history type for the ticket phone inbound screen action, which gets used for ticket history in the agent interface.' => 6823 '', 6824 'Defines the history type for the ticket phone outbound screen action, which gets used for ticket history in the agent interface.' => 6825 '', 6826 'Defines the history type for the ticket priority screen action, which gets used for ticket history in the agent interface.' => 6827 '', 6828 'Defines the history type for the ticket responsible screen action, which gets used for ticket history in the agent interface.' => 6829 '', 6830 'Defines the history type for the ticket zoom action, which gets used for ticket history in the customer interface.' => 6831 '', 6832 'Defines the history type for this operation, which gets used for ticket history in the agent interface.' => 6833 '', 6834 'Defines the hours and week days of the indicated calendar, to count the working time.' => 6835 '', 6836 'Defines the hours and week days to count the working time.' => '', 6837 'Defines the key to be checked with Kernel::Modules::AgentInfo module. If this user preferences key is true, the message is accepted by the system.' => 6838 '', 6839 'Defines the key to check with CustomerAccept. If this user preferences key is true, then the message is accepted by the system.' => 6840 '', 6841 'Defines the link type \'Normal\'. If the source name and the target name contain the same value, the resulting link is a non-directional one; otherwise, the result is a directional link.' => 6842 '', 6843 'Defines the link type \'ParentChild\'. If the source name and the target name contain the same value, the resulting link is a non-directional one; otherwise, the result is a directional link.' => 6844 '', 6845 'Defines the link type groups. The link types of the same group cancel one another. Example: If ticket A is linked per a \'Normal\' link with ticket B, then these tickets could not be additionally linked with link of a \'ParentChild\' relationship.' => 6846 '', 6847 'Defines the list of online repositories. Another installations can be used as repository, for example: Key="http://example.com/otrs/public.pl?Action=PublicRepository;File=" and Content="Some Name".' => 6848 '', 6849 'Defines the list of params that can be passed to ticket search function.' => 6850 '', 6851 'Defines the list of possible next actions on an error screen, a full path is required, then is possible to add external links if needed.' => 6852 '', 6853 'Defines the list of types for templates.' => '', 6854 'Defines the location to get online repository list for additional packages. The first available result will be used.' => 6855 '', 6856 'Defines the log module for the system. "File" writes all messages in a given logfile, "SysLog" uses the syslog daemon of the system, e.g. syslogd.' => 6857 '', 6858 'Defines the maximal size (in bytes) for file uploads via the browser. Warning: Setting this option to a value which is too low could cause many masks in your OTRS instance to stop working (probably any mask which takes input from the user).' => 6859 '', 6860 'Defines the maximal valid time (in seconds) for a session id.' => 6861 '', 6862 'Defines the maximum number of affected tickets per job.' => '', 6863 'Defines the maximum number of pages per PDF file.' => '', 6864 'Defines the maximum number of quoted lines to be added to responses.' => 6865 '', 6866 'Defines the maximum number of tasks to be executed as the same time.' => 6867 '', 6868 'Defines the maximum size (in MB) of the log file.' => '', 6869 'Defines the maximum size in KiloByte of GenericInterface responses that get logged to the gi_debugger_entry_content table.' => 6870 '', 6871 'Defines the module that shows a generic notification in the agent interface. Either "Text" - if configured - or the contents of "File" will be displayed.' => 6872 '', 6873 'Defines the module that shows all the currently logged in agents in the agent interface.' => 6874 '', 6875 'Defines the module that shows all the currently logged in customers in the agent interface.' => 6876 '', 6877 'Defines the module that shows the currently logged in agents in the customer interface.' => 6878 '', 6879 'Defines the module that shows the currently logged in customers in the customer interface.' => 6880 '', 6881 'Defines the module to authenticate customers.' => 'Definerer modul til godkendelse af kunder.', 6882 'Defines the module to display a notification if cloud services are disabled.' => 6883 '', 6884 'Defines the module to display a notification in different interfaces on different occasions for OTRS Business Solution™.' => 6885 '', 6886 'Defines the module to display a notification in the agent interface if the OTRS Daemon is not running.' => 6887 '', 6888 'Defines the module to display a notification in the agent interface if the system configuration is out of sync.' => 6889 '', 6890 'Defines the module to display a notification in the agent interface, if the agent has not yet selected a time zone.' => 6891 '', 6892 'Defines the module to display a notification in the agent interface, if the agent is logged in while having out-of-office active.' => 6893 '', 6894 'Defines the module to display a notification in the agent interface, if the agent is logged in while having system maintenance active.' => 6895 '', 6896 'Defines the module to display a notification in the agent interface, if the agent session limit prior warning is reached.' => 6897 '', 6898 'Defines the module to display a notification in the agent interface, if the installation of not verified packages is activated (only shown to admins).' => 6899 '', 6900 'Defines the module to display a notification in the agent interface, if the system is used by the admin user (normally you shouldn\'t work as admin).' => 6901 '', 6902 'Defines the module to display a notification in the agent interface, if there are invalid sysconfig settings deployed.' => 6903 '', 6904 'Defines the module to display a notification in the agent interface, if there are modified sysconfig settings that are not deployed yet.' => 6905 '', 6906 'Defines the module to display a notification in the customer interface, if the customer is logged in while having system maintenance active.' => 6907 '', 6908 'Defines the module to display a notification in the customer interface, if the customer user has not yet selected a time zone.' => 6909 '', 6910 'Defines the module to generate code for periodic page reloads.' => 6911 '', 6912 'Defines the module to send emails. "DoNotSendEmail" doesn\'t send emails at all. Any of the "SMTP" mechanisms use a specified (external) mailserver. "Sendmail" directly uses the sendmail binary of your operating system. "Test" doesn\'t send emails, but writes them to $OTRS_HOME/var/tmp/CacheFileStorable/EmailTest/ for testing purposes.' => 6913 '', 6914 'Defines the module used to store the session data. With "DB" the frontend server can be splitted from the db server. "FS" is faster.' => 6915 '', 6916 'Defines the name of the application, shown in the web interface, tabs and title bar of the web browser.' => 6917 '', 6918 'Defines the name of the column to store the data in the preferences table.' => 6919 '', 6920 'Defines the name of the column to store the user identifier in the preferences table.' => 6921 '', 6922 'Defines the name of the indicated calendar.' => '', 6923 'Defines the name of the key for customer sessions.' => '', 6924 'Defines the name of the session key. E.g. Session, SessionID or OTRS.' => 6925 '', 6926 'Defines the name of the table where the user preferences are stored.' => 6927 '', 6928 'Defines the next possible states after composing / answering a ticket in the ticket compose screen of the agent interface.' => 6929 '', 6930 'Defines the next possible states after forwarding a ticket in the ticket forward screen of the agent interface.' => 6931 '', 6932 'Defines the next possible states after sending a message in the email outbound screen of the agent interface.' => 6933 '', 6934 'Defines the next possible states for customer tickets in the customer interface.' => 6935 '', 6936 'Defines the next state of a ticket after adding a note, in the close ticket screen of the agent interface.' => 6937 '', 6938 'Defines the next state of a ticket after adding a note, in the ticket free text screen of the agent interface.' => 6939 '', 6940 'Defines the next state of a ticket after adding a note, in the ticket note screen of the agent interface.' => 6941 '', 6942 'Defines the next state of a ticket after adding a note, in the ticket owner screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 6943 '', 6944 'Defines the next state of a ticket after adding a note, in the ticket pending screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 6945 '', 6946 'Defines the next state of a ticket after adding a note, in the ticket priority screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 6947 '', 6948 'Defines the next state of a ticket after adding a note, in the ticket responsible screen of the agent interface.' => 6949 '', 6950 'Defines the next state of a ticket after being bounced, in the ticket bounce screen of the agent interface.' => 6951 '', 6952 'Defines the next state of a ticket after being moved to another queue, in the move ticket screen of the agent interface.' => 6953 '', 6954 'Defines the next state of a ticket, in the ticket bulk screen of the agent interface.' => 6955 '', 6956 'Defines the number of character per line used in case an HTML article preview replacement on TemplateGenerator for EventNotifications.' => 6957 '', 6958 'Defines the number of days to keep the daemon log files.' => '', 6959 'Defines the number of header fields in frontend modules for add and update postmaster filters. It can be up to 99 fields.' => 6960 '', 6961 'Defines the number of hours a communication will be stored, whichever its status.' => 6962 '', 6963 'Defines the number of hours a successful communication will be stored.' => 6964 '', 6965 'Defines the parameters for the customer preferences table.' => '', 6966 'Defines the parameters for the dashboard backend. "Cmd" is used to specify command with parameters. "Group" is used to restrict access to the plugin (e. g. Group: admin;group1;group2;). "Default" indicates if the plugin is enabled by default or if the user needs to enable it manually. "CacheTTL" indicates the cache expiration period in minutes for the plugin. "Mandatory" determines if the plugin is always shown and can not be removed by agents.' => 6967 '', 6968 'Defines the parameters for the dashboard backend. "Group" is used to restrict access to the plugin (e. g. Group: admin;group1;group2;). "Default" indicates if the plugin is enabled by default or if the user needs to enable it manually. "CacheTTL" indicates the cache expiration period in minutes for the plugin. "Mandatory" determines if the plugin is always shown and can not be removed by agents.' => 6969 '', 6970 'Defines the parameters for the dashboard backend. "Group" is used to restrict access to the plugin (e. g. Group: admin;group1;group2;). "Default" indicates if the plugin is enabled by default or if the user needs to enable it manually. "CacheTTLLocal" defines the cache expiration period in minutes for the plugin. "Mandatory" determines if the plugin is always shown and can not be removed by agents.' => 6971 '', 6972 'Defines the parameters for the dashboard backend. "Limit" defines the number of entries displayed by default. "Group" is used to restrict access to the plugin (e. g. Group: admin;group1;group2;). "Default" indicates if the plugin is enabled by default or if the user needs to enable it manually. "CacheTTL" indicates the cache expiration period in minutes for the plugin. "Mandatory" determines if the plugin is always shown and can not be removed by agents.' => 6973 '', 6974 'Defines the parameters for the dashboard backend. "Limit" defines the number of entries displayed by default. "Group" is used to restrict access to the plugin (e. g. Group: admin;group1;group2;). "Default" indicates if the plugin is enabled by default or if the user needs to enable it manually. "CacheTTLLocal" defines the cache expiration period in minutes for the plugin. "Mandatory" determines if the plugin is always shown and can not be removed by agents.' => 6975 '', 6976 'Defines the password to access the SOAP handle (bin/cgi-bin/rpc.pl).' => 6977 '', 6978 'Defines the path and TTF-File to handle bold italic monospaced font in PDF documents.' => 6979 '', 6980 'Defines the path and TTF-File to handle bold italic proportional font in PDF documents.' => 6981 '', 6982 'Defines the path and TTF-File to handle bold monospaced font in PDF documents.' => 6983 '', 6984 'Defines the path and TTF-File to handle bold proportional font in PDF documents.' => 6985 '', 6986 'Defines the path and TTF-File to handle italic monospaced font in PDF documents.' => 6987 '', 6988 'Defines the path and TTF-File to handle italic proportional font in PDF documents.' => 6989 '', 6990 'Defines the path and TTF-File to handle monospaced font in PDF documents.' => 6991 '', 6992 'Defines the path and TTF-File to handle proportional font in PDF documents.' => 6993 '', 6994 'Defines the path of the shown info file, that is located under Kernel/Output/HTML/Templates/Standard/CustomerAccept.tt.' => 6995 '', 6996 'Defines the path to PGP binary.' => '', 6997 'Defines the path to open ssl binary. It may need a HOME env ($ENV{HOME} = \'/var/lib/wwwrun\';).' => 6998 '', 6999 'Defines the period of time (in minutes) before agent is marked as "away" due to inactivity (e.g. in the "Logged-In Users" widget or for the chat).' => 7000 '', 7001 'Defines the period of time (in minutes) before customer is marked as "away" due to inactivity (e.g. in the "Logged-In Users" widget or for the chat).' => 7002 '', 7003 'Defines the postmaster default queue.' => 'Definerer postmasters standard kø.', 7004 'Defines the priority in which the information is logged and presented.' => 7005 '', 7006 'Defines the recipient target of the phone ticket and the sender of the email ticket ("Queue" shows all queues, "System address" displays all system addresses) in the agent interface.' => 7007 '', 7008 'Defines the recipient target of the tickets ("Queue" shows all queues, "SystemAddress" shows only the queues which are assigned to system addresses) in the customer interface.' => 7009 '', 7010 'Defines the required permission to show a ticket in the escalation view of the agent interface.' => 7011 '', 7012 'Defines the search limit for the stats.' => '', 7013 'Defines the search parameters for the AgentCustomerUserAddressBook screen. With the setting \'CustomerTicketTextField\' the values for the recipient field can be specified.' => 7014 '', 7015 'Defines the sender for rejected emails.' => '', 7016 'Defines the separator between the agents real name and the given queue email address.' => 7017 '', 7018 'Defines the shown columns and the position in the AgentCustomerUserAddressBook result screen.' => 7019 '', 7020 'Defines the shown links in the footer area of the customer and public interface of this OTRS system. The value in "Key" is the external URL, the value in "Content" is the shown label.' => 7021 '', 7022 'Defines the standard permissions available for customers within the application. If more permissions are needed, you can enter them here. Permissions must be hard coded to be effective. Please ensure, when adding any of the afore mentioned permissions, that the "rw" permission remains the last entry.' => 7023 '', 7024 'Defines the standard size of PDF pages.' => 'Definerer standard størrelsen på PDF sider', 7025 'Defines the state of a ticket if it gets a follow-up and the ticket was already closed.' => 7026 '', 7027 'Defines the state of a ticket if it gets a follow-up.' => '', 7028 'Defines the state type of the reminder for pending tickets.' => '', 7029 'Defines the subject for notification mails sent to agents, about new password.' => 7030 '', 7031 'Defines the subject for notification mails sent to agents, with token about new requested password.' => 7032 '', 7033 'Defines the subject for notification mails sent to customers, about new account.' => 7034 '', 7035 'Defines the subject for notification mails sent to customers, about new password.' => 7036 '', 7037 'Defines the subject for notification mails sent to customers, with token about new requested password.' => 7038 '', 7039 'Defines the subject for rejected emails.' => '', 7040 'Defines the system administrator\'s email address. It will be displayed in the error screens of the application.' => 7041 '', 7042 'Defines the system identifier. Every ticket number and http session string contains this ID. This ensures that only tickets which belong to your system will be processed as follow-ups (useful when communicating between two instances of OTRS).' => 7043 '', 7044 'Defines the target attribute in the link to external customer database. E.g. \'AsPopup PopupType_TicketAction\'.' => 7045 '', 7046 'Defines the target attribute in the link to external customer database. E.g. \'target="cdb"\'.' => 7047 '', 7048 'Defines the ticket appointment type backend for ticket dynamic field date time.' => 7049 '', 7050 'Defines the ticket appointment type backend for ticket escalation time.' => 7051 '', 7052 'Defines the ticket appointment type backend for ticket pending time.' => 7053 '', 7054 'Defines the ticket fields that are going to be displayed calendar events. The "Key" defines the field or ticket attribute and the "Content" defines the display name.' => 7055 '', 7056 'Defines the ticket plugin for calendar appointments.' => '', 7057 'Defines the time zone of the indicated calendar, which can be assigned later to a specific queue.' => 7058 '', 7059 'Defines the timeout (in seconds, minimum is 20 seconds) for the support data collection with the public module \'PublicSupportDataCollector\' (e.g. used from the OTRS Daemon).' => 7060 '', 7061 'Defines the two-factor module to authenticate agents.' => '', 7062 'Defines the two-factor module to authenticate customers.' => '', 7063 'Defines the type of protocol, used by the web server, to serve the application. If https protocol will be used instead of plain http, it must be specified here. Since this has no affect on the web server\'s settings or behavior, it will not change the method of access to the application and, if it is wrong, it will not prevent you from logging into the application. This setting is only used as a variable, OTRS_CONFIG_HttpType which is found in all forms of messaging used by the application, to build links to the tickets within your system.' => 7064 '', 7065 'Defines the used character for plaintext email quotes in the ticket compose screen of the agent interface. If this is empty or inactive, original emails will not be quoted but appended to the response.' => 7066 '', 7067 'Defines the user identifier for the customer panel.' => '', 7068 'Defines the username to access the SOAP handle (bin/cgi-bin/rpc.pl).' => 7069 '', 7070 'Defines the users avatar. Please note: setting \'Active\' to 0 will only prevent agents from editing settings of this group in their personal preferences, but will still allow administrators to edit the settings of another user\'s behalf. Use \'PreferenceGroup\' to control in which area these settings should be shown in the user interface.' => 7071 '', 7072 'Defines the valid state types for a ticket. If a ticket is in a state which have any state type from this setting, this ticket will be considered as open, otherwise as closed.' => 7073 '', 7074 'Defines the valid states for unlocked tickets. To unlock tickets the script "bin/otrs.Console.pl Maint::Ticket::UnlockTimeout" can be used.' => 7075 '', 7076 'Defines the viewable locks of a ticket. NOTE: When you change this setting, make sure to delete the cache in order to use the new value. Default: unlock, tmp_lock.' => 7077 '', 7078 'Defines the width for the rich text editor component for this screen. Enter number (pixels) or percent value (relative).' => 7079 '', 7080 'Defines the width for the rich text editor component. Enter number (pixels) or percent value (relative).' => 7081 '', 7082 'Defines time in minutes since last modification for drafts of specified type before they are considered expired.' => 7083 '', 7084 'Defines whether to index archived tickets for fulltext searches.' => 7085 '', 7086 'Defines which article sender types should be shown in the preview of a ticket.' => 7087 '', 7088 'Defines which items are available for \'Action\' in third level of the ACL structure.' => 7089 '', 7090 'Defines which items are available in first level of the ACL structure.' => 7091 '', 7092 'Defines which items are available in second level of the ACL structure.' => 7093 '', 7094 'Defines which states should be set automatically (Content), after the pending time of state (Key) has been reached.' => 7095 '', 7096 'Defines, which tickets of which ticket state types should not be listed in linked ticket lists.' => 7097 '', 7098 'Delete expired cache from core modules.' => '', 7099 'Delete expired loader cache weekly (Sunday mornings).' => '', 7100 'Delete expired sessions.' => '', 7101 'Delete expired ticket draft entries.' => '', 7102 'Delete expired upload cache hourly.' => '', 7103 'Delete this ticket' => 'Slet denne sag', 7104 'Deleted link to ticket "%s".' => 'Slettet link til sag %s.', 7105 'Deletes a session if the session id is used with an invalid remote IP address.' => 7106 '', 7107 'Deletes requested sessions if they have timed out.' => '', 7108 'Delivers extended debugging information in the frontend in case any AJAX errors occur, if enabled.' => 7109 '', 7110 'Deploy and manage OTRS Business Solution™.' => '', 7111 'Detached' => '', 7112 'Determines if a button to delete a link should be displayed next to each link in each zoom mask.' => 7113 '', 7114 'Determines if the list of possible queues to move to ticket into should be displayed in a dropdown list or in a new window in the agent interface. If "New Window" is set you can add a move note to the ticket.' => 7115 '', 7116 'Determines if the statistics module may generate ticket lists.' => 7117 'Angiver om rapport-modulet må generere sagslister.', 7118 'Determines the next possible ticket states, after the creation of a new email ticket in the agent interface.' => 7119 '', 7120 'Determines the next possible ticket states, after the creation of a new phone ticket in the agent interface.' => 7121 '', 7122 'Determines the next possible ticket states, for process tickets in the agent interface.' => 7123 '', 7124 'Determines the next possible ticket states, for process tickets in the customer interface.' => 7125 '', 7126 'Determines the next screen after new customer ticket in the customer interface.' => 7127 '', 7128 'Determines the next screen after the follow-up screen of a zoomed ticket in the customer interface.' => 7129 '', 7130 'Determines the next screen after the ticket is moved. LastScreenOverview will return the last overview screen (e.g. search results, queueview, dashboard). TicketZoom will return to the TicketZoom.' => 7131 '', 7132 'Determines the possible states for pending tickets that changed state after reaching time limit.' => 7133 '', 7134 'Determines the strings that will be shown as recipient (To:) of the phone ticket and as sender (From:) of the email ticket in the agent interface. For Queue as NewQueueSelectionType "<Queue>" shows the names of the queues and for SystemAddress "<Realname> <<Email>>" shows the name and email of the recipient.' => 7135 '', 7136 'Determines the strings that will be shown as recipient (To:) of the ticket in the customer interface. For Queue as CustomerPanelSelectionType, "<Queue>" shows the names of the queues, and for SystemAddress, "<Realname> <<Email>>" shows the name and email of the recipient.' => 7137 '', 7138 'Determines the way the linked objects are displayed in each zoom mask.' => 7139 '', 7140 'Determines which options will be valid of the recipient (phone ticket) and the sender (email ticket) in the agent interface.' => 7141 '', 7142 'Determines which queues will be valid for ticket\'s recepients in the customer interface.' => 7143 '', 7144 'Disable HTTP header "Content-Security-Policy" to allow loading of external script contents. Disabling this HTTP header can be a security issue! Only disable it, if you know what you are doing!' => 7145 '', 7146 'Disable HTTP header "X-Frame-Options: SAMEORIGIN" to allow OTRS to be included as an IFrame in other websites. Disabling this HTTP header can be a security issue! Only disable it, if you know what you are doing!' => 7147 '', 7148 'Disable autocomplete in the login screen.' => '', 7149 'Disable cloud services' => '', 7150 'Disables sending reminder notifications to the responsible agent of a ticket (Ticket::Responsible needs to be enabled).' => 7151 '', 7152 'Disables the redirection to the last screen overview / dashboard after a ticket is closed.' => 7153 '', 7154 'Disables the web installer (http://yourhost.example.com/otrs/installer.pl), to prevent the system from being hijacked. If not enabled, the system can be reinstalled and the current basic configuration will be used to pre-populate the questions within the installer script. If enabled, it also disables the GenericAgent, PackageManager and SQL Box.' => 7155 '', 7156 'Display a warning and prevent search when using stop words within fulltext search.' => 7157 '', 7158 'Display communication log entries.' => '', 7159 'Display settings to override defaults for Process Tickets.' => '', 7160 'Displays the accounted time for an article in the ticket zoom view.' => 7161 '', 7162 'Displays the number of all tickets with the same CustomerID as current ticket in the ticket zoom view.' => 7163 '', 7164 'Down' => 'Ned', 7165 'Dropdown' => '', 7166 'Dutch' => '', 7167 'Dutch stop words for fulltext index. These words will be removed from the search index.' => 7168 '', 7169 'Dynamic Fields Checkbox Backend GUI' => '', 7170 'Dynamic Fields Date Time Backend GUI' => '', 7171 'Dynamic Fields Drop-down Backend GUI' => '', 7172 'Dynamic Fields GUI' => '', 7173 'Dynamic Fields Multiselect Backend GUI' => '', 7174 'Dynamic Fields Overview Limit' => 'Dynamiske Felter oversigtsgrænse', 7175 'Dynamic Fields Text Backend GUI' => '', 7176 'Dynamic Fields used to export the search result in CSV format.' => 7177 '', 7178 'Dynamic fields groups for process widget. The key is the name of the group, the value contains the fields to be shown. Example: \'Key => My Group\', \'Content: Name_X, NameY\'.' => 7179 '', 7180 'Dynamic fields limit per page for Dynamic Fields Overview.' => '', 7181 'Dynamic fields options shown in the ticket message screen of the customer interface. NOTE. If you want to display these fields also in the ticket zoom of the customer interface, you have to enable them in CustomerTicketZoom###DynamicField.' => 7182 '', 7183 'Dynamic fields options shown in the ticket reply section in the ticket zoom screen of the customer interface.' => 7184 '', 7185 'Dynamic fields shown in the email outbound screen of the agent interface.' => 7186 '', 7187 'Dynamic fields shown in the process widget in ticket zoom screen of the agent interface.' => 7188 '', 7189 'Dynamic fields shown in the sidebar of the ticket zoom screen of the agent interface.' => 7190 '', 7191 'Dynamic fields shown in the ticket close screen of the agent interface.' => 7192 '', 7193 'Dynamic fields shown in the ticket compose screen of the agent interface.' => 7194 '', 7195 'Dynamic fields shown in the ticket email screen of the agent interface.' => 7196 '', 7197 'Dynamic fields shown in the ticket forward screen of the agent interface.' => 7198 '', 7199 'Dynamic fields shown in the ticket free text screen of the agent interface.' => 7200 '', 7201 'Dynamic fields shown in the ticket medium format overview screen of the agent interface.' => 7202 '', 7203 'Dynamic fields shown in the ticket move screen of the agent interface.' => 7204 '', 7205 'Dynamic fields shown in the ticket note screen of the agent interface.' => 7206 '', 7207 'Dynamic fields shown in the ticket overview screen of the customer interface.' => 7208 '', 7209 'Dynamic fields shown in the ticket owner screen of the agent interface.' => 7210 '', 7211 'Dynamic fields shown in the ticket pending screen of the agent interface.' => 7212 '', 7213 'Dynamic fields shown in the ticket phone inbound screen of the agent interface.' => 7214 '', 7215 'Dynamic fields shown in the ticket phone outbound screen of the agent interface.' => 7216 '', 7217 'Dynamic fields shown in the ticket phone screen of the agent interface.' => 7218 '', 7219 'Dynamic fields shown in the ticket preview format overview screen of the agent interface.' => 7220 '', 7221 'Dynamic fields shown in the ticket print screen of the agent interface.' => 7222 '', 7223 'Dynamic fields shown in the ticket print screen of the customer interface.' => 7224 '', 7225 'Dynamic fields shown in the ticket priority screen of the agent interface.' => 7226 '', 7227 'Dynamic fields shown in the ticket responsible screen of the agent interface.' => 7228 '', 7229 'Dynamic fields shown in the ticket search overview results screen of the customer interface.' => 7230 '', 7231 'Dynamic fields shown in the ticket search screen of the agent interface.' => 7232 '', 7233 'Dynamic fields shown in the ticket search screen of the customer interface.' => 7234 '', 7235 'Dynamic fields shown in the ticket small format overview screen of the agent interface.' => 7236 '', 7237 'Dynamic fields shown in the ticket zoom screen of the customer interface.' => 7238 '', 7239 'DynamicField' => '', 7240 'DynamicField backend registration.' => '', 7241 'DynamicField object registration.' => '', 7242 'DynamicField_%s' => '', 7243 'E-Mail Outbound' => 'Udgående E-Mail', 7244 'Edit Customer Companies.' => '', 7245 'Edit Customer Users.' => '', 7246 'Edit appointment' => '', 7247 'Edit customer company' => 'Rediger kunde firma', 7248 'Email Addresses' => 'Email-adresser', 7249 'Email Outbound' => '', 7250 'Email Resend' => '', 7251 'Email communication channel.' => '', 7252 'Enable highlighting queues based on ticket age.' => '', 7253 'Enable keep-alive connection header for SOAP responses.' => '', 7254 'Enable this if you trust in all your public and private pgp keys, even if they are not certified with a trusted signature.' => 7255 '', 7256 'Enabled filters.' => 'Aktive filtre.', 7257 'Enables PGP support. When PGP support is enabled for signing and encrypting mail, it is HIGHLY recommended that the web server runs as the OTRS user. Otherwise, there will be problems with the privileges when accessing .gnupg folder.' => 7258 '', 7259 'Enables S/MIME support.' => 'Aktiverer S/MIME-understøttelse', 7260 'Enables customers to create their own accounts.' => 'Lader kunder oprette deres egne konti.', 7261 'Enables fetch S/MIME from CustomerUser backend support.' => '', 7262 'Enables file upload in the package manager frontend.' => '', 7263 'Enables or disables the caching for templates. WARNING: Do NOT disable template caching for production environments for it will cause a massive performance drop! This setting should only be disabled for debugging reasons!' => 7264 '', 7265 'Enables or disables the debug mode over frontend interface.' => '', 7266 'Enables or disables the ticket watcher feature, to keep track of tickets without being the owner nor the responsible.' => 7267 '', 7268 'Enables performance log (to log the page response time). It will affect the system performance. Frontend::Module###AdminPerformanceLog must be enabled.' => 7269 '', 7270 'Enables the minimal ticket counter size (if "Date" was selected as TicketNumberGenerator).' => 7271 '', 7272 'Enables ticket bulk action feature for the agent frontend to work on more than one ticket at a time.' => 7273 '', 7274 'Enables ticket bulk action feature only for the listed groups.' => 7275 '', 7276 'Enables ticket responsible feature, to keep track of a specific ticket.' => 7277 '', 7278 'Enables ticket type feature.' => '', 7279 'Enables ticket watcher feature only for the listed groups.' => '', 7280 'English (Canada)' => '', 7281 'English (United Kingdom)' => '', 7282 'English (United States)' => '', 7283 'English stop words for fulltext index. These words will be removed from the search index.' => 7284 '', 7285 'Enroll process for this ticket' => '', 7286 'Enter your shared secret to enable two factor authentication. WARNING: Make sure that you add the shared secret to your generator application and the application works well. Otherwise you will be not able to login anymore without the two factor token.' => 7287 '', 7288 'Escalated Tickets' => 'Eskalerede Sager', 7289 'Escalation view' => 'Eskalerede sager', 7290 'EscalationTime' => '', 7291 'Estonian' => '', 7292 'Event module registration. For more performance you can define a trigger event (e. g. Event => TicketCreate).' => 7293 '', 7294 'Event module registration. For more performance you can define a trigger event (e. g. Event => TicketCreate). This is only possible if all Ticket dynamic fields need the same event.' => 7295 '', 7296 'Event module that performs an update statement on TicketIndex to rename the queue name there if needed and if StaticDB is actually used.' => 7297 '', 7298 'Event module that updates customer company object name for dynamic fields.' => 7299 '', 7300 'Event module that updates customer user object name for dynamic fields.' => 7301 '', 7302 'Event module that updates customer user search profiles if login changes.' => 7303 '', 7304 'Event module that updates customer user service membership if login changes.' => 7305 '', 7306 'Event module that updates customer users after an update of the Customer.' => 7307 '', 7308 'Event module that updates tickets after an update of the Customer User.' => 7309 '', 7310 'Event module that updates tickets after an update of the Customer.' => 7311 '', 7312 'Events Ticket Calendar' => '', 7313 'Example package autoload configuration.' => '', 7314 'Execute SQL statements.' => 'Udfør SQL-kommandoer.', 7315 'Executes a custom command or module. Note: if module is used, function is required.' => 7316 '', 7317 'Executes follow-up checks on In-Reply-To or References headers for mails that don\'t have a ticket number in the subject.' => 7318 '', 7319 'Executes follow-up checks on OTRS Header \'X-OTRS-Bounce\'.' => '', 7320 'Executes follow-up checks on attachment contents for mails that don\'t have a ticket number in the subject.' => 7321 '', 7322 'Executes follow-up checks on email body for mails that don\'t have a ticket number in the subject.' => 7323 '', 7324 'Executes follow-up checks on the raw source email for mails that don\'t have a ticket number in the subject.' => 7325 '', 7326 'Exports the whole article tree in search result (it can affect the system performance).' => 7327 '', 7328 'External' => '', 7329 'External Link' => '', 7330 'Fetch emails via fetchmail (using SSL).' => '', 7331 'Fetch emails via fetchmail.' => '', 7332 'Fetch incoming emails from configured mail accounts.' => '', 7333 'Fetches packages via proxy. Overwrites "WebUserAgent::Proxy".' => 7334 '', 7335 'File that is displayed in the Kernel::Modules::AgentInfo module, if located under Kernel/Output/HTML/Templates/Standard/AgentInfo.tt.' => 7336 '', 7337 'Filter for debugging ACLs. Note: More ticket attributes can be added in the format <OTRS_TICKET_Attribute> e.g. <OTRS_TICKET_Priority>.' => 7338 '', 7339 'Filter for debugging Transitions. Note: More filters can be added in the format <OTRS_TICKET_Attribute> e.g. <OTRS_TICKET_Priority>.' => 7340 '', 7341 'Filter incoming emails.' => 'Filtrer indgående mail.', 7342 'Finnish' => '', 7343 'First Christmas Day' => 'Første juledag', 7344 'First Queue' => '', 7345 'First response time' => '', 7346 'FirstLock' => '', 7347 'FirstResponse' => '', 7348 'FirstResponseDiffInMin' => '', 7349 'FirstResponseInMin' => '', 7350 'Firstname Lastname' => 'Fornavn Efternavn', 7351 'Firstname Lastname (UserLogin)' => 'Fornavn Efternavn (BrugerLogin)', 7352 'For these state types the ticket numbers are striked through in the link table.' => 7353 '', 7354 'Force the storage of the original article text in the article search index, without executing filters or applying stop word lists. This will increase the size of the search index and thus may slow down fulltext searches.' => 7355 '', 7356 'Forces encoding of outgoing emails (7bit|8bit|quoted-printable|base64).' => 7357 '', 7358 'Forces to choose a different ticket state (from current) after lock action. Define the current state as key, and the next state after lock action as content.' => 7359 '', 7360 'Forces to unlock tickets after being moved to another queue.' => 7361 '', 7362 'Forwarded to "%s".' => 'Videresendt til "%s".', 7363 'Free Fields' => 'Frie felter', 7364 'French' => '', 7365 'French (Canada)' => '', 7366 'French stop words for fulltext index. These words will be removed from the search index.' => 7367 '', 7368 'Frontend' => '', 7369 'Frontend module registration (disable AgentTicketService link if Ticket Service feature is not used).' => 7370 '', 7371 'Frontend module registration (disable company link if no company feature is used).' => 7372 '', 7373 'Frontend module registration (disable ticket processes screen if no process available) for Customer.' => 7374 '', 7375 'Frontend module registration (disable ticket processes screen if no process available).' => 7376 '', 7377 'Frontend module registration (show personal favorites as sub navigation items of \'Admin\').' => 7378 '', 7379 'Frontend module registration for the agent interface.' => '', 7380 'Frontend module registration for the customer interface.' => '', 7381 'Frontend module registration for the public interface.' => '', 7382 'Full value' => '', 7383 'Fulltext index regex filters to remove parts of the text.' => '', 7384 'Fulltext search' => 'Fritekstsøgning', 7385 'Galician' => '', 7386 'General ticket data shown in the ticket overviews (fall-back). Note that TicketNumber can not be disabled, because it is necessary.' => 7387 '', 7388 'Generate dashboard statistics.' => 'Generer dashboard-rapporter.', 7389 'Generic Info module.' => '', 7390 'GenericAgent' => 'Automatisk Agent', 7391 'GenericInterface Debugger GUI' => '', 7392 'GenericInterface ErrorHandling GUI' => '', 7393 'GenericInterface Invoker Event GUI' => '', 7394 'GenericInterface Invoker GUI' => '', 7395 'GenericInterface Operation GUI' => '', 7396 'GenericInterface TransportHTTPREST GUI' => '', 7397 'GenericInterface TransportHTTPSOAP GUI' => '', 7398 'GenericInterface Web Service GUI' => '', 7399 'GenericInterface Web Service History GUI' => '', 7400 'GenericInterface Web Service Mapping GUI' => '', 7401 'GenericInterface module registration for an error handling module.' => 7402 '', 7403 'GenericInterface module registration for the invoker layer.' => '', 7404 'GenericInterface module registration for the mapping layer.' => '', 7405 'GenericInterface module registration for the operation layer.' => 7406 '', 7407 'GenericInterface module registration for the transport layer.' => 7408 '', 7409 'German' => '', 7410 'German stop words for fulltext index. These words will be removed from the search index.' => 7411 '', 7412 'Gives customer users group based access to tickets from customer users of the same customer (ticket CustomerID is a CustomerID of the customer user).' => 7413 '', 7414 'Gives end users the possibility to override the separator character for CSV files, defined in the translation files. Please note: setting \'Active\' to 0 will only prevent agents from editing settings of this group in their personal preferences, but will still allow administrators to edit the settings of another user\'s behalf. Use \'PreferenceGroup\' to control in which area these settings should be shown in the user interface.' => 7415 '', 7416 'Global Search Module.' => '', 7417 'Go to dashboard!' => 'Gå til dashboard!', 7418 'Good PGP signature.' => '', 7419 'Google Authenticator' => 'Google Authenticator', 7420 'Graph: Bar Chart' => '', 7421 'Graph: Line Chart' => '', 7422 'Graph: Stacked Area Chart' => '', 7423 'Greek' => '', 7424 'Hebrew' => '', 7425 'Helps to extend your articles full-text search (From, To, Cc, Subject and Body search). It will strip all articles and will build an index after article creation, increasing fulltext searches about 50%. To create an initial index use "bin/otrs.Console.pl Maint::Ticket::FulltextIndex --rebuild".' => 7426 '', 7427 'High Contrast' => '', 7428 'High contrast skin for visually impaired users.' => '', 7429 'Hindi' => '', 7430 'Hungarian' => '', 7431 'If "DB" was selected for Customer::AuthModule, a database driver (normally autodetection is used) can be specified.' => 7432 '', 7433 'If "DB" was selected for Customer::AuthModule, a password to connect to the customer table can be specified.' => 7434 '', 7435 'If "DB" was selected for Customer::AuthModule, a username to connect to the customer table can be specified.' => 7436 '', 7437 'If "DB" was selected for Customer::AuthModule, the DSN for the connection to the customer table must be specified.' => 7438 '', 7439 'If "DB" was selected for Customer::AuthModule, the column name for the CustomerPassword in the customer table must be specified.' => 7440 '', 7441 'If "DB" was selected for Customer::AuthModule, the encryption type of passwords must be specified.' => 7442 '', 7443 'If "DB" was selected for Customer::AuthModule, the name of the column for the CustomerKey in the customer table must be specified.' => 7444 '', 7445 'If "DB" was selected for Customer::AuthModule, the name of the table where your customer data should be stored must be specified.' => 7446 '', 7447 'If "DB" was selected for SessionModule, a table in database where session data will be stored must be specified.' => 7448 '', 7449 'If "FS" was selected for SessionModule, a directory where the session data will be stored must be specified.' => 7450 '', 7451 'If "HTTPBasicAuth" was selected for Customer::AuthModule, you can specify (by using a RegExp) to strip parts of REMOTE_USER (e. g. for to remove trailing domains). RegExp-Note, $1 will be the new Login.' => 7452 '', 7453 'If "HTTPBasicAuth" was selected for Customer::AuthModule, you can specify to strip leading parts of user names (e. g. for domains like example_domain\user to user).' => 7454 '', 7455 'If "LDAP" was selected for Customer::AuthModule and if you want to add a suffix to every customer login name, specifiy it here, e. g. you just want to write the username user but in your LDAP directory exists user@domain.' => 7456 '', 7457 'If "LDAP" was selected for Customer::AuthModule and special paramaters are needed for the Net::LDAP perl module, you can specify them here. See "perldoc Net::LDAP" for more information about the parameters.' => 7458 '', 7459 'If "LDAP" was selected for Customer::AuthModule and your users have only anonymous access to the LDAP tree, but you want to search through the data, you can do this with a user who has access to the LDAP directory. Specify the password for this special user here.' => 7460 '', 7461 'If "LDAP" was selected for Customer::AuthModule and your users have only anonymous access to the LDAP tree, but you want to search through the data, you can do this with a user who has access to the LDAP directory. Specify the username for this special user here.' => 7462 '', 7463 'If "LDAP" was selected for Customer::AuthModule, the BaseDN must be specified.' => 7464 '', 7465 'If "LDAP" was selected for Customer::AuthModule, the LDAP host can be specified.' => 7466 '', 7467 'If "LDAP" was selected for Customer::AuthModule, the user identifier must be specified.' => 7468 '', 7469 'If "LDAP" was selected for Customer::AuthModule, user attributes can be specified. For LDAP posixGroups use UID, for non LDAP posixGroups use full user DN.' => 7470 '', 7471 'If "LDAP" was selected for Customer::AuthModule, you can specify access attributes here.' => 7472 '', 7473 'If "LDAP" was selected for Customer::AuthModule, you can specify if the applications will stop if e. g. a connection to a server can\'t be established due to network problems.' => 7474 '', 7475 'If "LDAP" was selected for Customer::Authmodule, you can check if the user is allowed to authenticate because he is in a posixGroup, e.g. user needs to be in a group xyz to use OTRS. Specify the group, who may access the system.' => 7476 'Hvis "LDAP" er valgt for Customer::Authmodule kan du bestemme om en bruger må logge ind ved at gøre dem til medlem af en possixGroup, f.eks. brugeren skal være medlem af gruppe xyz for at benytte OTRS. Angiv gruppen der skal have adgang til systemet.', 7477 'If "LDAP" was selected, you can add a filter to each LDAP query, e.g. (mail=*), (objectclass=user) or (!objectclass=computer).' => 7478 '', 7479 'If "Radius" was selected for Customer::AuthModule, the password to authenticate to the radius host must be specified.' => 7480 '', 7481 'If "Radius" was selected for Customer::AuthModule, the radius host must be specified.' => 7482 '', 7483 'If "Radius" was selected for Customer::AuthModule, you can specify if the applications will stop if e. g. a connection to a server can\'t be established due to network problems.' => 7484 '', 7485 'If "Sendmail" was selected as SendmailModule, the location of the sendmail binary and the needed options must be specified.' => 7486 '', 7487 'If "SysLog" was selected for LogModule, a special log facility can be specified.' => 7488 '', 7489 'If "SysLog" was selected for LogModule, the charset that should be used for logging can be specified.' => 7490 '', 7491 'If "bcrypt" was selected for CryptType, use cost specified here for bcrypt hashing. Currently max. supported cost value is 31.' => 7492 '', 7493 'If "file" was selected for LogModule, a logfile must be specified. If the file doesn\'t exist, it will be created by the system.' => 7494 '', 7495 'If active, none of the regular expressions may match the user\'s email address to allow registration.' => 7496 '', 7497 'If active, one of the regular expressions has to match the user\'s email address to allow registration.' => 7498 '', 7499 'If any of the "SMTP" mechanisms was selected as SendmailModule, and authentication to the mail server is needed, a password must be specified.' => 7500 '', 7501 'If any of the "SMTP" mechanisms was selected as SendmailModule, and authentication to the mail server is needed, an username must be specified.' => 7502 '', 7503 'If any of the "SMTP" mechanisms was selected as SendmailModule, the mailhost that sends out the mails must be specified.' => 7504 '', 7505 'If any of the "SMTP" mechanisms was selected as SendmailModule, the port where your mailserver is listening for incoming connections must be specified.' => 7506 '', 7507 'If enabled debugging information for ACLs is logged.' => '', 7508 'If enabled debugging information for transitions is logged.' => '', 7509 'If enabled the daemon will redirect the standard error stream to a log file.' => 7510 '', 7511 'If enabled the daemon will redirect the standard output stream to a log file.' => 7512 '', 7513 'If enabled the daemon will use this directory to create its PID files. Note: Please stop the daemon before any change and use this setting only if <$OTRSHome>/var/run/ can not be used.' => 7514 '', 7515 'If enabled, OTRS will deliver all CSS files in minified form.' => 7516 '', 7517 'If enabled, OTRS will deliver all JavaScript files in minified form.' => 7518 '', 7519 'If enabled, TicketPhone and TicketEmail will be open in new windows.' => 7520 '', 7521 'If enabled, the OTRS version tag will be removed from the Webinterface, the HTTP headers and the X-Headers of outgoing mails. NOTE: If you change this option, please make sure to delete the cache.' => 7522 '', 7523 'If enabled, the cache data be held in memory.' => '', 7524 'If enabled, the cache data will be stored in cache backend.' => '', 7525 'If enabled, the customer can search for tickets in all services (regardless what services are assigned to the customer).' => 7526 '', 7527 'If enabled, the different overviews (Dashboard, LockedView, QueueView) will automatically refresh after the specified time.' => 7528 'Hvis aktiveret, vil de forskellige oversigter (Dashboard, Sagsoversigt, Køoversigt) automatisk opdateres efter den angivne periode.', 7529 'If enabled, the first level of the main menu opens on mouse hover (instead of click only).' => 7530 '', 7531 'If enabled, users that haven\'t selected a time zone yet will be notified to do so. Note: Notification will not be shown if (1) user has not yet selected a time zone and (2) OTRSTimeZone and UserDefaultTimeZone do match and (3) are not set to UTC.' => 7532 '', 7533 'If no SendmailNotificationEnvelopeFrom is specified, this setting makes it possible to use the email\'s from address instead of an empty envelope sender (required in certain mail server configurations).' => 7534 '', 7535 'If set, this address is used as envelope sender header in outgoing notifications. If no address is specified, the envelope sender header is empty (unless SendmailNotificationEnvelopeFrom::FallbackToEmailFrom is set).' => 7536 '', 7537 'If set, this address is used as envelope sender in outgoing messages (not notifications - see below). If no address is specified, the envelope sender is equal to queue e-mail address.' => 7538 '', 7539 'If this option is enabled, tickets created via the web interface, via Customers or Agents, will receive an autoresponse if configured. If this option is not enabled, no autoresponses will be sent.' => 7540 '', 7541 'If this regex matches, no message will be send by the autoresponder.' => 7542 'Hvis denne regex passer, sendes der ikke autosvar.', 7543 'If this setting is enabled, it is possible to install packages which are not verified by OTRS Group. These packages could threaten your whole system!' => 7544 '', 7545 'If this setting is enabled, local modifications will not be highlighted as errors in the package manager and support data collector.' => 7546 '', 7547 'If you\'re going to be out of office, you may wish to let other users know by setting the exact dates of your absence.' => 7548 '', 7549 'Ignore system sender article types (e. g. auto responses or email notifications) to be flagged as \'Unread Article\' in AgentTicketZoom or expanded automatically in Large view screens.' => 7550 '', 7551 'Import appointments screen.' => '', 7552 'Include tickets of subqueues per default when selecting a queue.' => 7553 '', 7554 'Include unknown customers in ticket filter.' => '', 7555 'Includes article create times in the ticket search of the agent interface.' => 7556 '', 7557 'Incoming Phone Call.' => '', 7558 'IndexAccelerator: to choose your backend TicketViewAccelerator module. "RuntimeDB" generates each queue view on the fly from ticket table (no performance problems up to approx. 60.000 tickets in total and 6.000 open tickets in the system). "StaticDB" is the most powerful module, it uses an extra ticket-index table that works like a view (recommended if more than 80.000 and 6.000 open tickets are stored in the system). Use the command "bin/otrs.Console.pl Maint::Ticket::QueueIndexRebuild" for initial index creation.' => 7559 '', 7560 'Indicates if a bounce e-mail should always be treated as normal follow-up.' => 7561 '', 7562 'Indonesian' => '', 7563 'Inline' => '', 7564 'Input' => '', 7565 'Interface language' => 'Sprog', 7566 'Internal communication channel.' => '', 7567 'International Workers\' Day' => 'Arbejdernes internationale kampdag', 7568 'It is possible to configure different skins, for example to distinguish between diferent agents, to be used on a per-domain basis within the application. Using a regular expression (regex), you can configure a Key/Content pair to match a domain. The value in "Key" should match the domain, and the value in "Content" should be a valid skin on your system. Please see the example entries for the proper form of the regex.' => 7569 '', 7570 'It is possible to configure different skins, for example to distinguish between diferent customers, to be used on a per-domain basis within the application. Using a regular expression (regex), you can configure a Key/Content pair to match a domain. The value in "Key" should match the domain, and the value in "Content" should be a valid skin on your system. Please see the example entries for the proper form of the regex.' => 7571 '', 7572 'It is possible to configure different themes, for example to distinguish between agents and customers, to be used on a per-domain basis within the application. Using a regular expression (regex), you can configure a Key/Content pair to match a domain. The value in "Key" should match the domain, and the value in "Content" should be a valid theme on your system. Please see the example entries for the proper form of the regex.' => 7573 '', 7574 'It was not possible to check the PGP signature, this may be caused by a missing public key or an unsupported algorithm.' => 7575 '', 7576 'Italian' => '', 7577 'Italian stop words for fulltext index. These words will be removed from the search index.' => 7578 '', 7579 'Ivory' => '', 7580 'Ivory (Slim)' => '', 7581 'Japanese' => '', 7582 'JavaScript function for the search frontend.' => '', 7583 'Korean' => '', 7584 'Language' => 'Sprog', 7585 'Large' => 'Stor', 7586 'Last Screen Overview' => '', 7587 'Last customer subject' => '', 7588 'Lastname Firstname' => 'Efternavn Fornavn', 7589 'Lastname Firstname (UserLogin)' => 'Efternavn Fornavn (BrugerLogin)', 7590 'Lastname, Firstname' => 'Efternavn, Fornavn', 7591 'Lastname, Firstname (UserLogin)' => 'Efternavn, Fornavn (BrugerLogin)', 7592 'LastnameFirstname' => '', 7593 'Latvian' => '', 7594 'Left' => 'Venstre', 7595 'Link Object' => 'Kæd', 7596 'Link Object.' => '', 7597 'Link agents to groups.' => 'Kæd agenter til grupper.', 7598 'Link agents to roles.' => 'Kæd agenter til roller.', 7599 'Link customer users to customers.' => '', 7600 'Link customer users to groups.' => '', 7601 'Link customer users to services.' => '', 7602 'Link customers to groups.' => '', 7603 'Link queues to auto responses.' => 'Kæd autosvar til køer', 7604 'Link roles to groups.' => 'Kæd roller til grupper.', 7605 'Link templates to attachments.' => '', 7606 'Link templates to queues.' => 'Kæd skabeloner til køer', 7607 'Link this ticket to other objects' => 'Kæd denne sag til andre objekter', 7608 'Links 2 tickets with a "Normal" type link.' => '', 7609 'Links 2 tickets with a "ParentChild" type link.' => '', 7610 'Links appointments and tickets with a "Normal" type link.' => '', 7611 'List of CSS files to always be loaded for the agent interface.' => 7612 '', 7613 'List of CSS files to always be loaded for the customer interface.' => 7614 '', 7615 'List of JS files to always be loaded for the agent interface.' => 7616 '', 7617 'List of JS files to always be loaded for the customer interface.' => 7618 '', 7619 'List of all CustomerCompany events to be displayed in the GUI.' => 7620 '', 7621 'List of all CustomerUser events to be displayed in the GUI.' => '', 7622 'List of all DynamicField events to be displayed in the GUI.' => '', 7623 'List of all LinkObject events to be displayed in the GUI.' => '', 7624 'List of all Package events to be displayed in the GUI.' => '', 7625 'List of all appointment events to be displayed in the GUI.' => '', 7626 'List of all article events to be displayed in the GUI.' => '', 7627 'List of all calendar events to be displayed in the GUI.' => '', 7628 'List of all queue events to be displayed in the GUI.' => '', 7629 'List of all ticket events to be displayed in the GUI.' => '', 7630 'List of colors in hexadecimal RGB which will be available for selection during calendar creation. Make sure the colors are dark enough so white text can be overlayed on them.' => 7631 '', 7632 'List of default Standard Templates which are assigned automatically to new Queues upon creation.' => 7633 '', 7634 'List of responsive CSS files to always be loaded for the agent interface.' => 7635 '', 7636 'List of responsive CSS files to always be loaded for the customer interface.' => 7637 '', 7638 'List view' => '', 7639 'Lithuanian' => '', 7640 'Loader module registration for the agent interface.' => '', 7641 'Loader module registration for the customer interface.' => '', 7642 'Lock / unlock this ticket' => 'Træk/Frigør denne sag', 7643 'Locked Tickets' => 'Mine sager', 7644 'Locked Tickets.' => '', 7645 'Locked ticket.' => 'Sag trukket.', 7646 'Logged in users.' => '', 7647 'Logged-In Users' => 'Brugere online', 7648 'Logout of customer panel.' => '', 7649 'Look into a ticket!' => 'Se nærmere på en sag.', 7650 'Loop protection: no auto-response sent to "%s".' => '', 7651 'Macedonian' => '', 7652 'Mail Accounts' => 'Mail Kontoer', 7653 'MailQueue configuration settings.' => '', 7654 'Main menu item registration.' => '', 7655 'Main menu registration.' => '', 7656 'Makes the application block external content loading.' => '', 7657 'Makes the application check the MX record of email addresses before sending an email or submitting a telephone or email ticket.' => 7658 '', 7659 'Makes the application check the syntax of email addresses.' => '', 7660 'Makes the session management use html cookies. If html cookies are disabled or if the client browser disabled html cookies, then the system will work as usual and append the session id to the links.' => 7661 '', 7662 'Malay' => '', 7663 'Manage OTRS Group cloud services.' => '', 7664 'Manage PGP keys for email encryption.' => 'Administrer PGP-nøgler for mail-kryptering', 7665 'Manage POP3 or IMAP accounts to fetch email from.' => 'Administrer POP3- eller IMAP-konto, der skal hentes mail fra.', 7666 'Manage S/MIME certificates for email encryption.' => 'Administrer S/MIME-certifikater for mail-kryptering.', 7667 'Manage System Configuration Deployments.' => '', 7668 'Manage different calendars.' => '', 7669 'Manage existing sessions.' => 'Administrer eksisterende sessioner.', 7670 'Manage support data.' => 'Håndter support-data.', 7671 'Manage system registration.' => 'Håndter systemregistrering.', 7672 'Manage tasks triggered by event or time based execution.' => 'Administrer opgaver, der bliver udført på baggrund af hændelser eller tid.', 7673 'Mark as Spam!' => 'Marker som spam.', 7674 'Mark this ticket as junk!' => 'Marker denne sag som junk!', 7675 'Max size (in characters) of the customer information table (phone and email) in the compose screen.' => 7676 '', 7677 'Max size (in rows) of the informed agents box in the agent interface.' => 7678 '', 7679 'Max size (in rows) of the involved agents box in the agent interface.' => 7680 '', 7681 'Max size of the subjects in an email reply and in some overview screens.' => 7682 '', 7683 'Maximal auto email responses to own email-address a day (Loop-Protection).' => 7684 '', 7685 'Maximal auto email responses to own email-address a day, configurable by email address (Loop-Protection).' => 7686 '', 7687 'Maximal size in KBytes for mails that can be fetched via POP3/POP3S/IMAP/IMAPS (KBytes).' => 7688 '', 7689 'Maximum Number of a calendar shown in a dropdown.' => '', 7690 'Maximum length (in characters) of the dynamic field in the article of the ticket zoom view.' => 7691 '', 7692 'Maximum length (in characters) of the dynamic field in the sidebar of the ticket zoom view.' => 7693 '', 7694 'Maximum number of active calendars in overview screens. Please note that large number of active calendars can have a performance impact on your server by making too much simultaneous calls.' => 7695 '', 7696 'Maximum number of tickets to be displayed in the result of a search in the agent interface.' => 7697 'Det højeste antal sager, der kan vises som resultat af en søgning i agent-interfacet.', 7698 'Maximum number of tickets to be displayed in the result of a search in the customer interface.' => 7699 'Det højeste antal sager, der kan vises som resultat af en søgning i kunde-interfacet.', 7700 'Maximum number of tickets to be displayed in the result of this operation.' => 7701 'Det højeste antal sager, der kan vises som resultat af denne handling.', 7702 'Maximum size (in characters) of the customer information table in the ticket zoom view.' => 7703 '', 7704 'Medium' => 'Medium', 7705 'Merge this ticket and all articles into another ticket' => '', 7706 'Merged Ticket (%s/%s) to (%s/%s).' => '', 7707 'Merged Ticket <OTRS_TICKET> to <OTRS_MERGE_TO_TICKET>.' => 'Samlet sag <OTRS_TICKET> med <OTRS_MERGE_TO_TICKET>.', 7708 'Minute' => '', 7709 'Miscellaneous' => 'Diverse', 7710 'Module for To-selection in new ticket screen in the customer interface.' => 7711 '', 7712 'Module to check if a incoming e-mail message is bounce.' => '', 7713 'Module to check if arrived emails should be marked as internal (because of original forwarded internal email). IsVisibleForCustomer and SenderType define the values for the arrived email/article.' => 7714 '', 7715 'Module to check the group permissions for customer access to tickets.' => 7716 '', 7717 'Module to check the group permissions for the access to tickets.' => 7718 '', 7719 'Module to compose signed messages (PGP or S/MIME).' => '', 7720 'Module to define the email security options to use (PGP or S/MIME).' => 7721 '', 7722 'Module to encrypt composed messages (PGP or S/MIME).' => '', 7723 'Module to fetch customer users SMIME certificates of incoming messages.' => 7724 '', 7725 'Module to filter and manipulate incoming messages. Block/ignore all spam email with From: noreply@ address.' => 7726 '', 7727 'Module to filter and manipulate incoming messages. Get a 4 digit number to ticket free text, use regex in Match e. g. From => \'(.+?)@.+?\', and use () as [***] in Set =>.' => 7728 '', 7729 'Module to filter encrypted bodies of incoming messages.' => '', 7730 'Module to generate accounted time ticket statistics.' => '', 7731 'Module to generate html OpenSearch profile for short ticket search in the agent interface.' => 7732 '', 7733 'Module to generate html OpenSearch profile for short ticket search in the customer interface.' => 7734 '', 7735 'Module to generate ticket solution and response time statistics.' => 7736 '', 7737 'Module to generate ticket statistics.' => '', 7738 'Module to grant access if the CustomerID of the customer has necessary group permissions.' => 7739 '', 7740 'Module to grant access if the CustomerID of the ticket matches the CustomerID of the customer.' => 7741 '', 7742 'Module to grant access if the CustomerUserID of the ticket matches the CustomerUserID of the customer.' => 7743 '', 7744 'Module to grant access to any agent that has been involved in a ticket in the past (based on ticket history entries).' => 7745 '', 7746 'Module to grant access to the agent responsible of a ticket.' => 7747 '', 7748 'Module to grant access to the creator of a ticket.' => '', 7749 'Module to grant access to the owner of a ticket.' => '', 7750 'Module to grant access to the watcher agents of a ticket.' => '', 7751 'Module to show notifications and escalations (ShownMax: max. shown escalations, EscalationInMinutes: Show ticket which will escalation in, CacheTime: Cache of calculated escalations in seconds).' => 7752 '', 7753 'Module to use database filter storage.' => '', 7754 'Module used to detect if attachments are present.' => '', 7755 'Multiselect' => '', 7756 'My Queues' => 'Mine køer', 7757 'My Services' => 'Mine Services', 7758 'My Tickets.' => 'Mine Sager.', 7759 'Name of custom queue. The custom queue is a queue selection of your preferred queues and can be selected in the preferences settings.' => 7760 '', 7761 'Name of custom service. The custom service is a service selection of your preferred services and can be selected in the preferences settings.' => 7762 '', 7763 'NameX' => '', 7764 'New Ticket' => 'Ny sag', 7765 'New Tickets' => 'Nye Sager', 7766 'New Window' => 'Nyt vindue', 7767 'New Year\'s Day' => 'Nytårsdag', 7768 'New Year\'s Eve' => 'Nytårs aften', 7769 'New process ticket' => '', 7770 'News about OTRS releases!' => 'Nyheder om OTRS-udgivelser.', 7771 'News about OTRS.' => '', 7772 'Next possible ticket states after adding a phone note in the ticket phone inbound screen of the agent interface.' => 7773 '', 7774 'Next possible ticket states after adding a phone note in the ticket phone outbound screen of the agent interface.' => 7775 '', 7776 'No public key found.' => '', 7777 'No valid OpenPGP data found.' => '', 7778 'None' => 'Ingen', 7779 'Norwegian' => '', 7780 'Notification Settings' => 'Besked-indstillinger', 7781 'Notified about response time escalation.' => '', 7782 'Notified about solution time escalation.' => '', 7783 'Notified about update time escalation.' => '', 7784 'Number of displayed tickets' => 'Antal viste sager', 7785 'Number of lines (per ticket) that are shown by the search utility in the agent interface.' => 7786 'Antal linier (per sag), der vises af søgeprogrammet i agent-interfacet.', 7787 'Number of tickets to be displayed in each page of a search result in the agent interface.' => 7788 'Antallet af sager i søgeresultatet, der vises på hver side i agent-interfacet.', 7789 'Number of tickets to be displayed in each page of a search result in the customer interface.' => 7790 'Antallet af sager i søgeresultatet, der vises på hver side i kunde-interfacet.', 7791 'Number of tickets to be displayed in each page.' => '', 7792 'OTRS Group Services' => '', 7793 'OTRS News' => 'OTRS-nyheder', 7794 'OTRS can use one or more readonly mirror databases for expensive operations like fulltext search or statistics generation. Here you can specify the DSN for the first mirror database.' => 7795 '', 7796 'OTRS doesn\'t support recurring Appointments without end date or number of iterations. During import process, it might happen that ICS file contains such Appointments. Instead, system creates all Appointments in the past, plus Appointments for the next N months (120 months/10 years by default).' => 7797 '', 7798 'Open an external link!' => '', 7799 'Open tickets (customer user)' => 'Åbne sager (kundebruger)', 7800 'Open tickets (customer)' => 'Åbne sager (kunde)', 7801 'Option' => '', 7802 'Optional queue limitation for the CreatorCheck permission module. If set, permission is only granted for tickets in the specified queues.' => 7803 '', 7804 'Optional queue limitation for the InvolvedCheck permission module. If set, permission is only granted for tickets in the specified queues.' => 7805 '', 7806 'Optional queue limitation for the OwnerCheck permission module. If set, permission is only granted for tickets in the specified queues.' => 7807 '', 7808 'Optional queue limitation for the ResponsibleCheck permission module. If set, permission is only granted for tickets in the specified queues.' => 7809 '', 7810 'Other Customers' => '', 7811 'Out Of Office' => 'Out Of Office', 7812 'Out Of Office Time' => 'Ude af Kontoret', 7813 'Out of Office users.' => '', 7814 'Overloads (redefines) existing functions in Kernel::System::Ticket. Used to easily add customizations.' => 7815 '', 7816 'Overview Escalated Tickets.' => '', 7817 'Overview Refresh Time' => 'Genopfrisk oversigt', 7818 'Overview of all Tickets per assigned Queue.' => '', 7819 'Overview of all appointments.' => '', 7820 'Overview of all escalated tickets.' => '', 7821 'Overview of all open Tickets.' => 'Oversigt over alle åbne sager.', 7822 'Overview of all open tickets.' => '', 7823 'Overview of customer tickets.' => '', 7824 'PGP Key' => 'PGP-nøgle', 7825 'PGP Key Management' => '', 7826 'PGP Keys' => 'PGP-nøgler', 7827 'Package event module file a scheduler task for update registration.' => 7828 '', 7829 'Parameters for the CreateNextMask object in the preference view of the agent interface. Please note: setting \'Active\' to 0 will only prevent agents from editing settings of this group in their personal preferences, but will still allow administrators to edit the settings of another user\'s behalf. Use \'PreferenceGroup\' to control in which area these settings should be shown in the user interface.' => 7830 '', 7831 'Parameters for the CustomQueue object in the preference view of the agent interface. Please note: setting \'Active\' to 0 will only prevent agents from editing settings of this group in their personal preferences, but will still allow administrators to edit the settings of another user\'s behalf. Use \'PreferenceGroup\' to control in which area these settings should be shown in the user interface.' => 7832 '', 7833 'Parameters for the CustomService object in the preference view of the agent interface. Please note: setting \'Active\' to 0 will only prevent agents from editing settings of this group in their personal preferences, but will still allow administrators to edit the settings of another user\'s behalf. Use \'PreferenceGroup\' to control in which area these settings should be shown in the user interface.' => 7834 '', 7835 'Parameters for the RefreshTime object in the preference view of the agent interface. Please note: setting \'Active\' to 0 will only prevent agents from editing settings of this group in their personal preferences, but will still allow administrators to edit the settings of another user\'s behalf. Use \'PreferenceGroup\' to control in which area these settings should be shown in the user interface.' => 7836 '', 7837 'Parameters for the column filters of the small ticket overview. Please note: setting \'Active\' to 0 will only prevent agents from editing settings of this group in their personal preferences, but will still allow administrators to edit the settings of another user\'s behalf. Use \'PreferenceGroup\' to control in which area these settings should be shown in the user interface.' => 7838 '', 7839 'Parameters for the dashboard backend of the customer company information of the agent interface. "Group" is used to restrict the access to the plugin (e. g. Group: admin;group1;group2;). "Default" determines if the plugin is enabled by default or if the user needs to enable it manually. "CacheTTLLocal" is the cache time in minutes for the plugin.' => 7840 '', 7841 'Parameters for the dashboard backend of the customer id list overview of the agent interface . "Limit" is the number of entries shown by default. "Group" is used to restrict the access to the plugin (e. g. Group: admin;group1;group2;). "Default" determines if the plugin is enabled by default or if the user needs to enable it manually. "CacheTTLLocal" is the cache time in minutes for the plugin.' => 7842 '', 7843 'Parameters for the dashboard backend of the customer id status widget of the agent interface . "Group" is used to restrict the access to the plugin (e. g. Group: admin;group1;group2;). "Default" determines if the plugin is enabled by default or if the user needs to enable it manually. "CacheTTLLocal" is the cache time in minutes for the plugin.' => 7844 '', 7845 'Parameters for the dashboard backend of the customer user information of the agent interface. "Group" is used to restrict the access to the plugin (e. g. Group: admin;group1;group2;). "Default" determines if the plugin is enabled by default or if the user needs to enable it manually. "CacheTTLLocal" is the cache time in minutes for the plugin.' => 7846 '', 7847 'Parameters for the dashboard backend of the customer user list overview of the agent interface . "Limit" is the number of entries shown by default. "Group" is used to restrict the access to the plugin (e. g. Group: admin;group1;group2;). "Default" determines if the plugin is enabled by default or if the user needs to enable it manually. "CacheTTLLocal" is the cache time in minutes for the plugin.' => 7848 '', 7849 'Parameters for the dashboard backend of the new tickets overview of the agent interface. "Limit" is the number of entries shown by default. "Group" is used to restrict the access to the plugin (e. g. Group: admin;group1;group2;). "Default" determines if the plugin is enabled by default or if the user needs to enable it manually. "CacheTTLLocal" is the cache time in minutes for the plugin. "Mandatory" determines if the plugin is always shown and can not be removed by agents. Note: Only Ticket attributes and Dynamic Fields (DynamicField_NameX) are allowed for DefaultColumns.' => 7850 '', 7851 'Parameters for the dashboard backend of the new tickets overview of the agent interface. "Limit" is the number of entries shown by default. "Group" is used to restrict the access to the plugin (e. g. Group: admin;group1;group2;). "Default" determines if the plugin is enabled by default or if the user needs to enable it manually. "CacheTTLLocal" is the cache time in minutes for the plugin. Note: Only Ticket attributes and Dynamic Fields (DynamicField_NameX) are allowed for DefaultColumns.' => 7852 '', 7853 'Parameters for the dashboard backend of the open tickets overview of the agent interface. "Limit" is the number of entries shown by default. "Group" is used to restrict the access to the plugin (e. g. Group: admin;group1;group2;). "Default" determines if the plugin is enabled by default or if the user needs to enable it manually. "CacheTTLLocal" is the cache time in minutes for the plugin. "Mandatory" determines if the plugin is always shown and can not be removed by agents. Note: Only Ticket attributes and Dynamic Fields (DynamicField_NameX) are allowed for DefaultColumns.' => 7854 '', 7855 'Parameters for the dashboard backend of the open tickets overview of the agent interface. "Limit" is the number of entries shown by default. "Group" is used to restrict the access to the plugin (e. g. Group: admin;group1;group2;). "Default" determines if the plugin is enabled by default or if the user needs to enable it manually. "CacheTTLLocal" is the cache time in minutes for the plugin. Note: Only Ticket attributes and Dynamic Fields (DynamicField_NameX) are allowed for DefaultColumns.' => 7856 '', 7857 'Parameters for the dashboard backend of the queue overview widget of the agent interface. "Group" is used to restrict the access to the plugin (e. g. Group: admin;group1;group2;). "QueuePermissionGroup" is not mandatory, queues are only listed if they belong to this permission group if you enable it. "States" is a list of states, the key is the sort order of the state in the widget. "Default" determines if the plugin is enabled by default or if the user needs to enable it manually. "CacheTTLLocal" is the cache time in minutes for the plugin. "Mandatory" determines if the plugin is always shown and can not be removed by agents.' => 7858 '', 7859 'Parameters for the dashboard backend of the running process tickets overview of the agent interface . "Limit" is the number of entries shown by default. "Group" is used to restrict the access to the plugin (e. g. Group: admin;group1;group2;). "Default" determines if the plugin is enabled by default or if the user needs to enable it manually. "CacheTTLLocal" is the cache time in minutes for the plugin. "Mandatory" determines if the plugin is always shown and can not be removed by agents.' => 7860 '', 7861 'Parameters for the dashboard backend of the ticket escalation overview of the agent interface . "Limit" is the number of entries shown by default. "Group" is used to restrict the access to the plugin (e. g. Group: admin;group1;group2;). "Default" determines if the plugin is enabled by default or if the user needs to enable it manually. "CacheTTLLocal" is the cache time in minutes for the plugin. "Mandatory" determines if the plugin is always shown and can not be removed by agents. Note: Only Ticket attributes and Dynamic Fields (DynamicField_NameX) are allowed for DefaultColumns.' => 7862 '', 7863 'Parameters for the dashboard backend of the ticket escalation overview of the agent interface . "Limit" is the number of entries shown by default. "Group" is used to restrict the access to the plugin (e. g. Group: admin;group1;group2;). "Default" determines if the plugin is enabled by default or if the user needs to enable it manually. "CacheTTLLocal" is the cache time in minutes for the plugin. Note: Only Ticket attributes and Dynamic Fields (DynamicField_NameX) are allowed for DefaultColumns.' => 7864 '', 7865 'Parameters for the dashboard backend of the ticket escalation overview of the agent interface. "Limit" is the number of entries shown by default. "Group" is used to restrict the access to the plugin (e. g. Group: admin;group1;group2;). "Default" determines if the plugin is enabled by default or if the user needs to enable it manually. "CacheTTLLocal" is the cache time in minutes for the plugin. Note: Only Ticket attributes and Dynamic Fields (DynamicField_NameX) are allowed for DefaultColumns.' => 7866 '', 7867 'Parameters for the dashboard backend of the ticket events calendar of the agent interface. "Limit" is the number of entries shown by default. "Group" is used to restrict the access to the plugin (e. g. Group: admin;group1;group2;). "Default" determines if the plugin is enabled by default or if the user needs to enable it manually. "CacheTTLLocal" is the cache time in minutes for the plugin. "Mandatory" determines if the plugin is always shown and can not be removed by agents.' => 7868 '', 7869 'Parameters for the dashboard backend of the ticket pending reminder overview of the agent interface . "Limit" is the number of entries shown by default. "Group" is used to restrict the access to the plugin (e. g. Group: admin;group1;group2;). "Default" determines if the plugin is enabled by default or if the user needs to enable it manually. "CacheTTLLocal" is the cache time in minutes for the plugin. "Mandatory" determines if the plugin is always shown and can not be removed by agents. Note: Only Ticket attributes and Dynamic Fields (DynamicField_NameX) are allowed for DefaultColumns.' => 7870 '', 7871 'Parameters for the dashboard backend of the ticket pending reminder overview of the agent interface . "Limit" is the number of entries shown by default. "Group" is used to restrict the access to the plugin (e. g. Group: admin;group1;group2;). "Default" determines if the plugin is enabled by default or if the user needs to enable it manually. "CacheTTLLocal" is the cache time in minutes for the plugin. Note: Only Ticket attributes and Dynamic Fields (DynamicField_NameX) are allowed for DefaultColumns.' => 7872 '', 7873 'Parameters for the dashboard backend of the ticket pending reminder overview of the agent interface. "Limit" is the number of entries shown by default. "Group" is used to restrict the access to the plugin (e. g. Group: admin;group1;group2;). "Default" determines if the plugin is enabled by default or if the user needs to enable it manually. "CacheTTLLocal" is the cache time in minutes for the plugin. Note: Only Ticket attributes and Dynamic Fields (DynamicField_NameX) are allowed for DefaultColumns.' => 7874 '', 7875 'Parameters for the dashboard backend of the ticket stats of the agent interface. "Limit" is the number of entries shown by default. "Group" is used to restrict the access to the plugin (e. g. Group: admin;group1;group2;). "Default" determines if the plugin is enabled by default or if the user needs to enable it manually. "CacheTTLLocal" is the cache time in minutes for the plugin. "Mandatory" determines if the plugin is always shown and can not be removed by agents.' => 7876 '', 7877 'Parameters for the dashboard backend of the upcoming events widget of the agent interface. "Limit" is the number of entries shown by default. "Group" is used to restrict the access to the plugin (e. g. Group: admin;group1;group2;). "Default" determines if the plugin is enabled by default or if the user needs to enable it manually. "CacheTTLLocal" is the cache time in minutes for the plugin. "Mandatory" determines if the plugin is always shown and can not be removed by agents.' => 7878 '', 7879 'Parameters for the pages (in which the communication log entries are shown) of the communication log overview.' => 7880 '', 7881 'Parameters for the pages (in which the dynamic fields are shown) of the dynamic fields overview. Please note: setting \'Active\' to 0 will only prevent agents from editing settings of this group in their personal preferences, but will still allow administrators to edit the settings of another user\'s behalf. Use \'PreferenceGroup\' to control in which area these settings should be shown in the user interface.' => 7882 '', 7883 'Parameters for the pages (in which the tickets are shown) of the medium ticket overview. Please note: setting \'Active\' to 0 will only prevent agents from editing settings of this group in their personal preferences, but will still allow administrators to edit the settings of another user\'s behalf. Use \'PreferenceGroup\' to control in which area these settings should be shown in the user interface.' => 7884 '', 7885 'Parameters for the pages (in which the tickets are shown) of the small ticket overview. Please note: setting \'Active\' to 0 will only prevent agents from editing settings of this group in their personal preferences, but will still allow administrators to edit the settings of another user\'s behalf. Use \'PreferenceGroup\' to control in which area these settings should be shown in the user interface.' => 7886 '', 7887 'Parameters for the pages (in which the tickets are shown) of the ticket preview overview. Please note: setting \'Active\' to 0 will only prevent agents from editing settings of this group in their personal preferences, but will still allow administrators to edit the settings of another user\'s behalf. Use \'PreferenceGroup\' to control in which area these settings should be shown in the user interface.' => 7888 '', 7889 'Parameters of the example SLA attribute Comment2.' => '', 7890 'Parameters of the example queue attribute Comment2.' => '', 7891 'Parameters of the example service attribute Comment2.' => '', 7892 'Parent' => 'Forælder', 7893 'ParentChild' => '', 7894 'Path for the log file (it only applies if "FS" was selected for LoopProtectionModule and it is mandatory).' => 7895 '', 7896 'Pending time' => '', 7897 'People' => 'Personer', 7898 'Performs the configured action for each event (as an Invoker) for each configured web service.' => 7899 '', 7900 'Permitted width for compose email windows.' => '', 7901 'Permitted width for compose note windows.' => '', 7902 'Persian' => '', 7903 'Phone Call Inbound' => 'Kunden ringer', 7904 'Phone Call Outbound' => 'Ring til kunden', 7905 'Phone Call.' => '', 7906 'Phone call' => 'Telefonopkald', 7907 'Phone communication channel.' => '', 7908 'Phone-Ticket' => 'Ny Sag', 7909 'Picture Upload' => '', 7910 'Picture upload module.' => '', 7911 'Picture-Upload' => 'Billede Upload', 7912 'Plugin search' => '', 7913 'Plugin search module for autocomplete.' => '', 7914 'Polish' => '', 7915 'Portuguese' => '', 7916 'Portuguese (Brasil)' => '', 7917 'PostMaster Filters' => 'Postmaster-filtre', 7918 'PostMaster Mail Accounts' => 'Postmaster mail-konti', 7919 'Print this ticket' => 'Udskriv denne sag', 7920 'Priorities' => 'Prioriteter', 7921 'Process Management Activity Dialog GUI' => '', 7922 'Process Management Activity GUI' => '', 7923 'Process Management Path GUI' => '', 7924 'Process Management Transition Action GUI' => '', 7925 'Process Management Transition GUI' => '', 7926 'Process Ticket.' => '', 7927 'Process pending tickets.' => '', 7928 'ProcessID' => '', 7929 'Processes & Automation' => '', 7930 'Product News' => 'Produktnyheder', 7931 'Protection against CSRF (Cross Site Request Forgery) exploits (for more info see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cross-site_request_forgery).' => 7932 '', 7933 'Provides a matrix overview of the tickets per state per queue' => 7934 '', 7935 'Provides customer users access to tickets even if the tickets are not assigned to a customer user of the same customer ID(s), based on permission groups.' => 7936 '', 7937 'Public Calendar' => '', 7938 'Public calendar.' => '', 7939 'Queue view' => 'Køer', 7940 'Queues ↔ Auto Responses' => '', 7941 'Rebuild the ticket index for AgentTicketQueue.' => '', 7942 'Recognize if a ticket is a follow-up to an existing ticket using an external ticket number. Note: the first capturing group from the \'NumberRegExp\' expression will be used as the ticket number value.' => 7943 '', 7944 'Refresh interval' => 'Opdateringsfrekvens', 7945 'Registers a log module, that can be used to log communication related information.' => 7946 '', 7947 'Reminder Tickets' => 'Sager med påmindelser', 7948 'Removed subscription for user "%s".' => 'Bruger "%s" følger ikke længere sagen.', 7949 'Removes old generic interface debug log entries created before the specified amount of days.' => 7950 '', 7951 'Removes old system configuration deployments (Sunday mornings).' => 7952 '', 7953 'Removes old ticket number counters (each 10 minutes).' => '', 7954 'Removes the ticket watcher information when a ticket is archived.' => 7955 '', 7956 'Renew existing SMIME certificates from customer backend. Note: SMIME and SMIME::FetchFromCustomer needs to be enabled in SysConfig and customer backend needs to be configured to fetch UserSMIMECertificate attribute.' => 7957 '', 7958 'Replaces the original sender with current customer\'s email address on compose answer in the ticket compose screen of the agent interface.' => 7959 '', 7960 'Reports' => 'Rapporter', 7961 'Reports (OTRS Business Solution™)' => 'Rapporter (OTRS Business Solution™)', 7962 'Reprocess mails from spool directory that could not be imported in the first place.' => 7963 '', 7964 'Required permissions to change the customer of a ticket in the agent interface.' => 7965 '', 7966 'Required permissions to use the close ticket screen in the agent interface.' => 7967 '', 7968 'Required permissions to use the email outbound screen in the agent interface.' => 7969 '', 7970 'Required permissions to use the email resend screen in the agent interface.' => 7971 '', 7972 'Required permissions to use the ticket bounce screen in the agent interface.' => 7973 '', 7974 'Required permissions to use the ticket compose screen in the agent interface.' => 7975 '', 7976 'Required permissions to use the ticket forward screen in the agent interface.' => 7977 '', 7978 'Required permissions to use the ticket free text screen in the agent interface.' => 7979 '', 7980 'Required permissions to use the ticket merge screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 7981 '', 7982 'Required permissions to use the ticket note screen in the agent interface.' => 7983 '', 7984 'Required permissions to use the ticket owner screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 7985 '', 7986 'Required permissions to use the ticket pending screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 7987 '', 7988 'Required permissions to use the ticket phone inbound screen in the agent interface.' => 7989 '', 7990 'Required permissions to use the ticket phone outbound screen in the agent interface.' => 7991 '', 7992 'Required permissions to use the ticket priority screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 7993 '', 7994 'Required permissions to use the ticket responsible screen in the agent interface.' => 7995 '', 7996 'Resend Ticket Email.' => '', 7997 'Resent email to "%s".' => '', 7998 'Resets and unlocks the owner of a ticket if it was moved to another queue.' => 7999 '', 8000 'Resource Overview (OTRS Business Solution™)' => '', 8001 'Responsible Tickets' => '', 8002 'Responsible Tickets.' => '', 8003 'Restores a ticket from the archive (only if the event is a state change to any open available state).' => 8004 '', 8005 'Retains all services in listings even if they are children of invalid elements.' => 8006 '', 8007 'Right' => 'Højre', 8008 'Roles ↔ Groups' => '', 8009 'Romanian' => '', 8010 'Run file based generic agent jobs (Note: module name needs to be specified in -configuration-module param e.g. "Kernel::System::GenericAgent").' => 8011 '', 8012 'Running Process Tickets' => '', 8013 'Runs an initial wildcard search of the existing customer company when accessing the AdminCustomerCompany module.' => 8014 '', 8015 'Runs an initial wildcard search of the existing customer users when accessing the AdminCustomerUser module.' => 8016 '', 8017 'Runs the system in "Demo" mode. If enabled, agents can change preferences, such as selection of language and theme via the agent web interface. These changes are only valid for the current session. It will not be possible for agents to change their passwords.' => 8018 '', 8019 'Russian' => '', 8020 'S/MIME Certificates' => 'S/MIME-certifikater', 8021 'SMS' => 'SMS', 8022 'SMS (Short Message Service)' => 'SMS (Short Message Service)', 8023 'Salutations' => 'Indledninger', 8024 'Sample command output' => '', 8025 'Saves the attachments of articles. "DB" stores all data in the database (not recommended for storing big attachments). "FS" stores the data on the filesystem; this is faster but the webserver should run under the OTRS user. You can switch between the modules even on a system that is already in production without any loss of data. Note: Searching for attachment names is not supported when "FS" is used.' => 8026 '', 8027 'Schedule a maintenance period.' => 'Planlæg et vedligeholdelses tidspunkt.', 8028 'Screen after new ticket' => 'Skærm efter oprettelse af ny sag', 8029 'Search Customer' => 'Søg kunde', 8030 'Search Ticket.' => 'Søg sag.', 8031 'Search Tickets.' => 'Søg sager.', 8032 'Search User' => 'Søg Bruger', 8033 'Search backend default router.' => '', 8034 'Search backend router.' => '', 8035 'Search.' => 'Søg.', 8036 'Second Christmas Day' => 'Anden juledag', 8037 'Second Queue' => '', 8038 'Select after which period ticket overviews should refresh automatically.' => 8039 '', 8040 'Select how many tickets should be shown in overviews by default.' => 8041 '', 8042 'Select the main interface language.' => '', 8043 'Select the separator character used in CSV files (stats and searches). If you don\'t select a separator here, the default separator for your language will be used.' => 8044 'Vælg det tegn, der skal bruges som separator i CSV-filer (rapporter og søgninger). Hvis du ikke vælger en separator her, vil standard-separatoren for dit sprog blive brugt.', 8045 'Select your frontend Theme.' => 'Vælg dit tema til frontend.', 8046 'Select your personal time zone. All times will be displayed relative to this time zone.' => 8047 '', 8048 'Select your preferred layout for the software.' => '', 8049 'Select your preferred theme for OTRS.' => '', 8050 'Selects the cache backend to use.' => '', 8051 'Selects the module to handle uploads via the web interface. "DB" stores all uploads in the database, "FS" uses the file system.' => 8052 '', 8053 'Selects the ticket number generator module. "AutoIncrement" increments the ticket number, the SystemID and the counter are used with SystemID.counter format (e.g. 1010138, 1010139). With "Date" the ticket numbers will be generated by the current date, the SystemID and the counter. The format looks like Year.Month.Day.SystemID.counter (e.g. 200206231010138, 200206231010139). With "DateChecksum" the counter will be appended as checksum to the string of date and SystemID. The checksum will be rotated on a daily basis. The format looks like Year.Month.Day.SystemID.Counter.CheckSum (e.g. 2002070110101520, 2002070110101535).' => 8054 '', 8055 'Send new outgoing mail from this ticket' => 'Send ny udgående mail fra denne sag', 8056 'Send notifications to users.' => 'Send beskeder til brugere.', 8057 'Sender type for new tickets from the customer inteface.' => '', 8058 'Sends agent follow-up notification only to the owner, if a ticket is unlocked (the default is to send the notification to all agents).' => 8059 '', 8060 'Sends all outgoing email via bcc to the specified address. Please use this only for backup reasons.' => 8061 'Sender kopi af alle udgående emails til denne adresse via bcc. Benyt kun funktionen til backup.', 8062 'Sends customer notifications just to the mapped customer.' => '', 8063 'Sends registration information to OTRS group.' => '', 8064 'Sends reminder notifications of unlocked ticket after reaching the reminder date (only sent to ticket owner).' => 8065 '', 8066 'Sends the notifications which are configured in the admin interface under "Ticket Notifications".' => 8067 '', 8068 'Sent "%s" notification to "%s" via "%s".' => '', 8069 'Sent auto follow-up to "%s".' => '', 8070 'Sent auto reject to "%s".' => '', 8071 'Sent auto reply to "%s".' => '', 8072 'Sent email to "%s".' => '', 8073 'Sent email to customer.' => '', 8074 'Sent notification to "%s".' => '', 8075 'Serbian Cyrillic' => '', 8076 'Serbian Latin' => '', 8077 'Service Level Agreements' => 'Service Level Agreements', 8078 'Service view' => '', 8079 'ServiceView' => '', 8080 'Set a new password by filling in your current password and a new one.' => 8081 '', 8082 'Set sender email addresses for this system.' => 'Administrer afsenderadresser for dette system.', 8083 'Set the default height (in pixels) of inline HTML articles in AgentTicketZoom.' => 8084 '', 8085 'Set the limit of tickets that will be executed on a single genericagent job execution.' => 8086 '', 8087 'Set the maximum height (in pixels) of inline HTML articles in AgentTicketZoom.' => 8088 '', 8089 'Set the minimum log level. If you select \'error\', just errors are logged. With \'debug\' you get all logging messages. The order of log levels is: \'debug\', \'info\', \'notice\' and \'error\'.' => 8090 '', 8091 'Set this ticket to pending' => 'Sæt denne sag til at afvente', 8092 'Sets if SLA must be selected by the agent.' => '', 8093 'Sets if SLA must be selected by the customer.' => '', 8094 'Sets if note must be filled in by the agent. Can be overwritten by Ticket::Frontend::NeedAccountedTime.' => 8095 '', 8096 'Sets if queue must be selected by the agent.' => '', 8097 'Sets if service must be selected by the agent.' => '', 8098 'Sets if service must be selected by the customer.' => '', 8099 'Sets if state must be selected by the agent.' => '', 8100 'Sets if ticket owner must be selected by the agent.' => '', 8101 'Sets if ticket responsible must be selected by the agent.' => '', 8102 'Sets the PendingTime of a ticket to 0 if the state is changed to a non-pending state.' => 8103 '', 8104 'Sets the age in minutes (first level) for highlighting queues that contain untouched tickets.' => 8105 '', 8106 'Sets the age in minutes (second level) for highlighting queues that contain untouched tickets.' => 8107 '', 8108 'Sets the configuration level of the administrator. Depending on the config level, some sysconfig options will be not shown. The config levels are in in ascending order: Expert, Advanced, Beginner. The higher the config level is (e.g. Beginner is the highest), the less likely is it that the user can accidentally configure the system in a way that it is not usable any more.' => 8109 '', 8110 'Sets the count of articles visible in preview mode of ticket overviews.' => 8111 '', 8112 'Sets the default article customer visibility for new email tickets in the agent interface.' => 8113 '', 8114 'Sets the default article customer visibility for new phone tickets in the agent interface.' => 8115 '', 8116 'Sets the default body text for notes added in the close ticket screen of the agent interface.' => 8117 '', 8118 'Sets the default body text for notes added in the ticket move screen of the agent interface.' => 8119 '', 8120 'Sets the default body text for notes added in the ticket note screen of the agent interface.' => 8121 '', 8122 'Sets the default body text for notes added in the ticket owner screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8123 '', 8124 'Sets the default body text for notes added in the ticket pending screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8125 '', 8126 'Sets the default body text for notes added in the ticket priority screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8127 '', 8128 'Sets the default body text for notes added in the ticket responsible screen of the agent interface.' => 8129 '', 8130 'Sets the default error message for the login screen on Agent and Customer interface, it\'s shown when a running system maintenance period is active.' => 8131 '', 8132 'Sets the default link type of split tickets in the agent interface.' => 8133 '', 8134 'Sets the default link type of splitted tickets in the agent interface.' => 8135 '', 8136 'Sets the default message for the login screen on Agent and Customer interface, it\'s shown when a running system maintenance period is active.' => 8137 '', 8138 'Sets the default message for the notification is shown on a running system maintenance period.' => 8139 '', 8140 'Sets the default next state for new phone tickets in the agent interface.' => 8141 '', 8142 'Sets the default next ticket state, after the creation of an email ticket in the agent interface.' => 8143 '', 8144 'Sets the default note text for new telephone tickets. E.g \'New ticket via call\' in the agent interface.' => 8145 '', 8146 'Sets the default priority for new email tickets in the agent interface.' => 8147 '', 8148 'Sets the default priority for new phone tickets in the agent interface.' => 8149 '', 8150 'Sets the default sender type for new email tickets in the agent interface.' => 8151 '', 8152 'Sets the default sender type for new phone ticket in the agent interface.' => 8153 '', 8154 'Sets the default subject for new email tickets (e.g. \'email Outbound\') in the agent interface.' => 8155 '', 8156 'Sets the default subject for new phone tickets (e.g. \'Phone call\') in the agent interface.' => 8157 '', 8158 'Sets the default subject for notes added in the close ticket screen of the agent interface.' => 8159 '', 8160 'Sets the default subject for notes added in the ticket move screen of the agent interface.' => 8161 '', 8162 'Sets the default subject for notes added in the ticket note screen of the agent interface.' => 8163 '', 8164 'Sets the default subject for notes added in the ticket owner screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8165 '', 8166 'Sets the default subject for notes added in the ticket pending screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8167 '', 8168 'Sets the default subject for notes added in the ticket priority screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8169 '', 8170 'Sets the default subject for notes added in the ticket responsible screen of the agent interface.' => 8171 '', 8172 'Sets the default text for new email tickets in the agent interface.' => 8173 '', 8174 'Sets the inactivity time (in seconds) to pass before a session is killed and a user is logged out.' => 8175 '', 8176 'Sets the maximum number of active agents within the timespan defined in SessionMaxIdleTime before a prior warning will be visible for the logged in agents.' => 8177 '', 8178 'Sets the maximum number of active agents within the timespan defined in SessionMaxIdleTime.' => 8179 '', 8180 'Sets the maximum number of active customers within the timespan defined in SessionMaxIdleTime.' => 8181 '', 8182 'Sets the maximum number of active sessions per agent within the timespan defined in SessionMaxIdleTime.' => 8183 '', 8184 'Sets the maximum number of active sessions per customers within the timespan defined in SessionMaxIdleTime.' => 8185 '', 8186 'Sets the method PGP will use to sing and encrypt emails. Note Inline method is not compatible with RichText messages.' => 8187 '', 8188 'Sets the minimal ticket counter size if "AutoIncrement" was selected as TicketNumberGenerator. Default is 5, this means the counter starts from 10000.' => 8189 '', 8190 'Sets the minutes a notification is shown for notice about upcoming system maintenance period.' => 8191 '', 8192 'Sets the number of lines that are displayed in text messages (e.g. ticket lines in the QueueZoom).' => 8193 '', 8194 'Sets the options for PGP binary.' => '', 8195 'Sets the password for private PGP key.' => '', 8196 'Sets the prefered time units (e.g. work units, hours, minutes).' => 8197 '', 8198 'Sets the preferred digest to be used for PGP binary.' => '', 8199 'Sets the prefix to the scripts folder on the server, as configured on the web server. This setting is used as a variable, OTRS_CONFIG_ScriptAlias which is found in all forms of messaging used by the application, to build links to the tickets within the system.' => 8200 '', 8201 'Sets the queue in the ticket close screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8202 '', 8203 'Sets the queue in the ticket free text screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8204 '', 8205 'Sets the queue in the ticket note screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8206 '', 8207 'Sets the queue in the ticket owner screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8208 '', 8209 'Sets the queue in the ticket pending screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8210 '', 8211 'Sets the queue in the ticket priority screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8212 '', 8213 'Sets the queue in the ticket responsible screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8214 '', 8215 'Sets the responsible agent of the ticket in the close ticket screen of the agent interface.' => 8216 '', 8217 'Sets the responsible agent of the ticket in the ticket bulk screen of the agent interface.' => 8218 '', 8219 'Sets the responsible agent of the ticket in the ticket free text screen of the agent interface.' => 8220 '', 8221 'Sets the responsible agent of the ticket in the ticket note screen of the agent interface.' => 8222 '', 8223 'Sets the responsible agent of the ticket in the ticket owner screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8224 '', 8225 'Sets the responsible agent of the ticket in the ticket pending screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8226 '', 8227 'Sets the responsible agent of the ticket in the ticket priority screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8228 '', 8229 'Sets the responsible agent of the ticket in the ticket responsible screen of the agent interface.' => 8230 '', 8231 'Sets the service in the close ticket screen of the agent interface (Ticket::Service needs to be enabled).' => 8232 '', 8233 'Sets the service in the ticket free text screen of the agent interface (Ticket::Service needs to be enabled).' => 8234 '', 8235 'Sets the service in the ticket note screen of the agent interface (Ticket::Service needs to be enabled).' => 8236 '', 8237 'Sets the service in the ticket owner screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface (Ticket::Service needs to be enabled).' => 8238 '', 8239 'Sets the service in the ticket pending screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface (Ticket::Service needs to be enabled).' => 8240 '', 8241 'Sets the service in the ticket priority screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface (Ticket::Service needs to be enabled).' => 8242 '', 8243 'Sets the service in the ticket responsible screen of the agent interface (Ticket::Service needs to be enabled).' => 8244 '', 8245 'Sets the state of a ticket in the close ticket screen of the agent interface.' => 8246 '', 8247 'Sets the state of a ticket in the ticket bulk screen of the agent interface.' => 8248 '', 8249 'Sets the state of a ticket in the ticket free text screen of the agent interface.' => 8250 '', 8251 'Sets the state of a ticket in the ticket note screen of the agent interface.' => 8252 '', 8253 'Sets the state of a ticket in the ticket responsible screen of the agent interface.' => 8254 '', 8255 'Sets the state of the ticket in the ticket owner screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8256 '', 8257 'Sets the state of the ticket in the ticket pending screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8258 '', 8259 'Sets the state of the ticket in the ticket priority screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8260 '', 8261 'Sets the stats hook.' => '', 8262 'Sets the ticket owner in the close ticket screen of the agent interface.' => 8263 '', 8264 'Sets the ticket owner in the ticket bulk screen of the agent interface.' => 8265 '', 8266 'Sets the ticket owner in the ticket free text screen of the agent interface.' => 8267 '', 8268 'Sets the ticket owner in the ticket note screen of the agent interface.' => 8269 '', 8270 'Sets the ticket owner in the ticket owner screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8271 '', 8272 'Sets the ticket owner in the ticket pending screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8273 '', 8274 'Sets the ticket owner in the ticket priority screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8275 '', 8276 'Sets the ticket owner in the ticket responsible screen of the agent interface.' => 8277 '', 8278 'Sets the ticket type in the close ticket screen of the agent interface (Ticket::Type needs to be enabled).' => 8279 '', 8280 'Sets the ticket type in the ticket bulk screen of the agent interface.' => 8281 '', 8282 'Sets the ticket type in the ticket free text screen of the agent interface (Ticket::Type needs to be enabled).' => 8283 '', 8284 'Sets the ticket type in the ticket note screen of the agent interface (Ticket::Type needs to be enabled).' => 8285 '', 8286 'Sets the ticket type in the ticket owner screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface (Ticket::Type needs to be enabled).' => 8287 '', 8288 'Sets the ticket type in the ticket pending screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface (Ticket::Type needs to be enabled).' => 8289 '', 8290 'Sets the ticket type in the ticket priority screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface (Ticket::Type needs to be enabled).' => 8291 '', 8292 'Sets the ticket type in the ticket responsible screen of the agent interface (Ticket::Type needs to be enabled).' => 8293 '', 8294 'Sets the time zone being used internally by OTRS to e. g. store dates and times in the database. WARNING: This setting must not be changed once set and tickets or any other data containing date/time have been created.' => 8295 '', 8296 'Sets the time zone that will be assigned to newly created users and will be used for users that haven\'t yet set a time zone. This is the time zone being used as default to convert date and time between the OTRS time zone and the user\'s time zone.' => 8297 '', 8298 'Sets the timeout (in seconds) for http/ftp downloads.' => '', 8299 'Sets the timeout (in seconds) for package downloads. Overwrites "WebUserAgent::Timeout".' => 8300 '', 8301 'Shared Secret' => '', 8302 'Show a responsible selection in phone and email tickets in the agent interface.' => 8303 '', 8304 'Show article as rich text even if rich text writing is disabled.' => 8305 '', 8306 'Show command line output.' => '', 8307 'Show queues even when only locked tickets are in.' => 'Skjul køer uden frie sager', 8308 'Show the current owner in the customer interface.' => '', 8309 'Show the current queue in the customer interface.' => '', 8310 'Show the history for this ticket' => 'Vis historik for sagen', 8311 'Show the ticket history' => 'Vis sagens historik', 8312 'Shows a count of attachments in the ticket zoom, if the article has attachments.' => 8313 '', 8314 'Shows a link in the menu for creating a calendar appointment linked to the ticket directly from the ticket zoom view of the agent interface. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2". To cluster menu items use for Key "ClusterName" and for the Content any name you want to see in the UI. Use "ClusterPriority" to configure the order of a certain cluster within the toolbar.' => 8315 '', 8316 'Shows a link in the menu for subscribing / unsubscribing from a ticket in the ticket zoom view of the agent interface. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2". To cluster menu items use for Key "ClusterName" and for the Content any name you want to see in the UI. Use "ClusterPriority" to configure the order of a certain cluster within the toolbar.' => 8317 '', 8318 'Shows a link in the menu that allows linking a ticket with another object in the ticket zoom view of the agent interface. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2". To cluster menu items use for Key "ClusterName" and for the Content any name you want to see in the UI. Use "ClusterPriority" to configure the order of a certain cluster within the toolbar.' => 8319 '', 8320 'Shows a link in the menu that allows merging tickets in the ticket zoom view of the agent interface. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2". To cluster menu items use for Key "ClusterName" and for the Content any name you want to see in the UI. Use "ClusterPriority" to configure the order of a certain cluster within the toolbar.' => 8321 '', 8322 'Shows a link in the menu to access the history of a ticket in the ticket zoom view of the agent interface. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2". To cluster menu items use for Key "ClusterName" and for the Content any name you want to see in the UI. Use "ClusterPriority" to configure the order of a certain cluster within the toolbar.' => 8323 '', 8324 'Shows a link in the menu to add a free text field in the ticket zoom view of the agent interface. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2". To cluster menu items use for Key "ClusterName" and for the Content any name you want to see in the UI. Use "ClusterPriority" to configure the order of a certain cluster within the toolbar.' => 8325 '', 8326 'Shows a link in the menu to add a note in the ticket zoom view of the agent interface. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2". To cluster menu items use for Key "ClusterName" and for the Content any name you want to see in the UI. Use "ClusterPriority" to configure the order of a certain cluster within the toolbar.' => 8327 '', 8328 'Shows a link in the menu to add a note to a ticket in every ticket overview of the agent interface.' => 8329 '', 8330 'Shows a link in the menu to add a phone call inbound in the ticket zoom view of the agent interface. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2". To cluster menu items use for Key "ClusterName" and for the Content any name you want to see in the UI. Use "ClusterPriority" to configure the order of a certain cluster within the toolbar.' => 8331 '', 8332 'Shows a link in the menu to add a phone call outbound in the ticket zoom view of the agent interface. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2". To cluster menu items use for Key "ClusterName" and for the Content any name you want to see in the UI. Use "ClusterPriority" to configure the order of a certain cluster within the toolbar.' => 8333 '', 8334 'Shows a link in the menu to change the customer who requested the ticket in the ticket zoom view of the agent interface. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2". To cluster menu items use for Key "ClusterName" and for the Content any name you want to see in the UI. Use "ClusterPriority" to configure the order of a certain cluster within the toolbar.' => 8335 '', 8336 'Shows a link in the menu to change the owner of a ticket in the ticket zoom view of the agent interface. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2". To cluster menu items use for Key "ClusterName" and for the Content any name you want to see in the UI. Use "ClusterPriority" to configure the order of a certain cluster within the toolbar.' => 8337 '', 8338 'Shows a link in the menu to change the responsible agent of a ticket in the ticket zoom view of the agent interface. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2". To cluster menu items use for Key "ClusterName" and for the Content any name you want to see in the UI. Use "ClusterPriority" to configure the order of a certain cluster within the toolbar.' => 8339 '', 8340 'Shows a link in the menu to close a ticket in every ticket overview of the agent interface.' => 8341 '', 8342 'Shows a link in the menu to close a ticket in the ticket zoom view of the agent interface. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2". To cluster menu items use for Key "ClusterName" and for the Content any name you want to see in the UI. Use "ClusterPriority" to configure the order of a certain cluster within the toolbar.' => 8343 '', 8344 'Shows a link in the menu to delete a ticket in every ticket overview of the agent interface. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2".' => 8345 '', 8346 'Shows a link in the menu to delete a ticket in the ticket zoom view of the agent interface. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2". To cluster menu items use for Key "ClusterName" and for the Content any name you want to see in the UI. Use "ClusterPriority" to configure the order of a certain cluster within the toolbar.' => 8347 '', 8348 'Shows a link in the menu to enroll a ticket into a process in the ticket zoom view of the agent interface.' => 8349 '', 8350 'Shows a link in the menu to go back in the ticket zoom view of the agent interface. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2". To cluster menu items use for Key "ClusterName" and for the Content any name you want to see in the UI. Use "ClusterPriority" to configure the order of a certain cluster within the toolbar.' => 8351 '', 8352 'Shows a link in the menu to lock / unlock a ticket in the ticket overviews of the agent interface.' => 8353 '', 8354 'Shows a link in the menu to lock/unlock tickets in the ticket zoom view of the agent interface. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2". To cluster menu items use for Key "ClusterName" and for the Content any name you want to see in the UI. Use "ClusterPriority" to configure the order of a certain cluster within the toolbar.' => 8355 '', 8356 'Shows a link in the menu to move a ticket in every ticket overview of the agent interface.' => 8357 '', 8358 'Shows a link in the menu to print a ticket or an article in the ticket zoom view of the agent interface. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2". To cluster menu items use for Key "ClusterName" and for the Content any name you want to see in the UI. Use "ClusterPriority" to configure the order of a certain cluster within the toolbar.' => 8359 '', 8360 'Shows a link in the menu to see the history of a ticket in every ticket overview of the agent interface.' => 8361 '', 8362 'Shows a link in the menu to see the priority of a ticket in the ticket zoom view of the agent interface. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2". To cluster menu items use for Key "ClusterName" and for the Content any name you want to see in the UI. Use "ClusterPriority" to configure the order of a certain cluster within the toolbar.' => 8363 '', 8364 'Shows a link in the menu to send an outbound email in the ticket zoom view of the agent interface. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2". To cluster menu items use for Key "ClusterName" and for the Content any name you want to see in the UI. Use "ClusterPriority" to configure the order of a certain cluster within the toolbar.' => 8365 '', 8366 'Shows a link in the menu to set a ticket as junk in every ticket overview of the agent interface. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2".' => 8367 '', 8368 'Shows a link in the menu to set a ticket as pending in the ticket zoom view of the agent interface. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2". To cluster menu items use for Key "ClusterName" and for the Content any name you want to see in the UI. Use "ClusterPriority" to configure the order of a certain cluster within the toolbar.' => 8369 '', 8370 'Shows a link in the menu to set the priority of a ticket in every ticket overview of the agent interface.' => 8371 '', 8372 'Shows a link in the menu to zoom a ticket in the ticket overviews of the agent interface.' => 8373 '', 8374 'Shows a link to access article attachments via a html online viewer in the zoom view of the article in the agent interface.' => 8375 '', 8376 'Shows a link to download article attachments in the zoom view of the article in the agent interface.' => 8377 '', 8378 'Shows a link to see a zoomed email ticket in plain text.' => '', 8379 'Shows a link to set a ticket as junk in the ticket zoom view of the agent interface. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2". To cluster menu items use for Key "ClusterName" and for the Content any name you want to see in the UI. Use "ClusterPriority" to configure the order of a certain cluster within the toolbar.' => 8380 '', 8381 'Shows a list of all the involved agents on this ticket, in the close ticket screen of the agent interface.' => 8382 '', 8383 'Shows a list of all the involved agents on this ticket, in the ticket free text screen of the agent interface.' => 8384 '', 8385 'Shows a list of all the involved agents on this ticket, in the ticket note screen of the agent interface.' => 8386 '', 8387 'Shows a list of all the involved agents on this ticket, in the ticket owner screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8388 '', 8389 'Shows a list of all the involved agents on this ticket, in the ticket pending screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8390 '', 8391 'Shows a list of all the involved agents on this ticket, in the ticket priority screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8392 '', 8393 'Shows a list of all the involved agents on this ticket, in the ticket responsible screen of the agent interface.' => 8394 '', 8395 'Shows a list of all the possible agents (all agents with note permissions on the queue/ticket) to determine who should be informed about this note, in the close ticket screen of the agent interface.' => 8396 '', 8397 'Shows a list of all the possible agents (all agents with note permissions on the queue/ticket) to determine who should be informed about this note, in the ticket free text screen of the agent interface.' => 8398 '', 8399 'Shows a list of all the possible agents (all agents with note permissions on the queue/ticket) to determine who should be informed about this note, in the ticket note screen of the agent interface.' => 8400 '', 8401 'Shows a list of all the possible agents (all agents with note permissions on the queue/ticket) to determine who should be informed about this note, in the ticket owner screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8402 '', 8403 'Shows a list of all the possible agents (all agents with note permissions on the queue/ticket) to determine who should be informed about this note, in the ticket pending screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8404 '', 8405 'Shows a list of all the possible agents (all agents with note permissions on the queue/ticket) to determine who should be informed about this note, in the ticket priority screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8406 '', 8407 'Shows a list of all the possible agents (all agents with note permissions on the queue/ticket) to determine who should be informed about this note, in the ticket responsible screen of the agent interface.' => 8408 '', 8409 'Shows a preview of the ticket overview (CustomerInfo => 1 - shows also Customer-Info, CustomerInfoMaxSize max. size in characters of Customer-Info).' => 8410 '', 8411 'Shows a teaser link in the menu for the ticket attachment view of OTRS Business Solution™.' => 8412 '', 8413 'Shows all both ro and rw queues in the queue view.' => '', 8414 'Shows all both ro and rw tickets in the service view.' => '', 8415 'Shows all open tickets (even if they are locked) in the escalation view of the agent interface.' => 8416 '', 8417 'Shows all the articles of the ticket (expanded) in the agent zoom view.' => 8418 '', 8419 'Shows all the articles of the ticket (expanded) in the customer zoom view.' => 8420 '', 8421 'Shows all the customer identifiers in a multi-select field (not useful if you have a lot of customer identifiers).' => 8422 '', 8423 'Shows all the customer user identifiers in a multi-select field (not useful if you have a lot of customer user identifiers).' => 8424 '', 8425 'Shows an owner selection in phone and email tickets in the agent interface.' => 8426 '', 8427 'Shows customer history tickets in AgentTicketPhone, AgentTicketEmail and AgentTicketCustomer.' => 8428 '', 8429 'Shows either the last customer article\'s subject or the ticket title in the small format overview.' => 8430 '', 8431 'Shows existing parent/child queue lists in the system in the form of a tree or a list.' => 8432 '', 8433 'Shows information on how to start OTRS Daemon' => '', 8434 'Shows link to external page in the ticket zoom view of the agent interface. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2".' => 8435 '', 8436 'Shows the article head information in the agent zoom view.' => '', 8437 'Shows the articles sorted normally or in reverse, under ticket zoom in the agent interface.' => 8438 '', 8439 'Shows the customer user information (phone and email) in the compose screen.' => 8440 '', 8441 'Shows the enabled ticket attributes in the customer interface (0 = Disabled and 1 = Enabled).' => 8442 '', 8443 'Shows the message of the day (MOTD) in the agent dashboard. "Group" is used to restrict access to the plugin (e. g. Group: admin;group1;group2;). "Default" indicates if the plugin is enabled by default or if the user needs to enable it manually. "Mandatory" determines if the plugin is always shown and can not be removed by agents.' => 8444 '', 8445 'Shows the message of the day on login screen of the agent interface.' => 8446 'Viser Dagens Besked på login-skærmen i agent-interfacet.', 8447 'Shows the ticket history (reverse ordered) in the agent interface.' => 8448 '', 8449 'Shows the ticket priority options in the close ticket screen of the agent interface.' => 8450 '', 8451 'Shows the ticket priority options in the move ticket screen of the agent interface.' => 8452 '', 8453 'Shows the ticket priority options in the ticket bulk screen of the agent interface.' => 8454 '', 8455 'Shows the ticket priority options in the ticket free text screen of the agent interface.' => 8456 '', 8457 'Shows the ticket priority options in the ticket note screen of the agent interface.' => 8458 '', 8459 'Shows the ticket priority options in the ticket owner screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8460 '', 8461 'Shows the ticket priority options in the ticket pending screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8462 '', 8463 'Shows the ticket priority options in the ticket priority screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8464 '', 8465 'Shows the ticket priority options in the ticket responsible screen of the agent interface.' => 8466 '', 8467 'Shows the title field in the close ticket screen of the agent interface.' => 8468 '', 8469 'Shows the title field in the ticket free text screen of the agent interface.' => 8470 '', 8471 'Shows the title field in the ticket note screen of the agent interface.' => 8472 '', 8473 'Shows the title field in the ticket owner screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8474 '', 8475 'Shows the title field in the ticket pending screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8476 '', 8477 'Shows the title field in the ticket priority screen of a zoomed ticket in the agent interface.' => 8478 '', 8479 'Shows the title field in the ticket responsible screen of the agent interface.' => 8480 '', 8481 'Shows time in long format (days, hours, minutes), if enabled; or in short format (days, hours), if not enabled.' => 8482 '', 8483 'Shows time use complete description (days, hours, minutes), if enabled; or just first letter (d, h, m), if not enabled.' => 8484 '', 8485 'Signature data.' => '', 8486 'Signatures' => 'Signaturer', 8487 'Simple' => '', 8488 'Skin' => '', 8489 'Slovak' => '', 8490 'Slovenian' => '', 8491 'Small' => 'Lille', 8492 'Software Package Manager.' => '', 8493 'Solution time' => '', 8494 'SolutionDiffInMin' => '', 8495 'SolutionInMin' => '', 8496 'Some description!' => '', 8497 'Some picture description!' => '', 8498 'Sorts the tickets (ascendingly or descendingly) when a single queue is selected in the queue view and after the tickets are sorted by priority. Values: 0 = ascending (oldest on top, default), 1 = descending (youngest on top). Use the QueueID for the key and 0 or 1 for value.' => 8499 'Sorterer sagerne (stigende eller faldende) når en enkelt kø er valgt i kø oversigten og efter sagerne er sorteret efter prioritet. Værdier: 0 = stigende (ældste øverst, standard), 1 = faldende (nyeste øverst). Brug QueueID som nøgle og 0 eller 1 som værdi.', 8500 'Sorts the tickets (ascendingly or descendingly) when a single queue is selected in the service view and after the tickets are sorted by priority. Values: 0 = ascending (oldest on top, default), 1 = descending (youngest on top). Use the ServiceID for the key and 0 or 1 for value.' => 8501 '', 8502 'Spam' => '', 8503 'Spam Assassin example setup. Ignores emails that are marked with SpamAssassin.' => 8504 '', 8505 'Spam Assassin example setup. Moves marked mails to spam queue.' => 8506 '', 8507 'Spanish' => '', 8508 'Spanish (Colombia)' => '', 8509 'Spanish (Mexico)' => '', 8510 'Spanish stop words for fulltext index. These words will be removed from the search index.' => 8511 '', 8512 'Specifies if an agent should receive email notification of his own actions.' => 8513 '', 8514 'Specifies the directory to store the data in, if "FS" was selected for ArticleStorage.' => 8515 '', 8516 'Specifies the directory where SSL certificates are stored.' => '', 8517 'Specifies the directory where private SSL certificates are stored.' => 8518 '', 8519 'Specifies the email address that should be used by the application when sending notifications. The email address is used to build the complete display name for the notification master (i.e. "OTRS Notifications" otrs@your.example.com). You can use the OTRS_CONFIG_FQDN variable as set in your configuation, or choose another email address.' => 8520 '', 8521 'Specifies the email addresses to get notification messages from scheduler tasks.' => 8522 '', 8523 'Specifies the group where the user needs rw permissions so that he can access the "SwitchToCustomer" feature.' => 8524 '', 8525 'Specifies the group where the user needs rw permissions so that they can edit other users preferences.' => 8526 '', 8527 'Specifies the name that should be used by the application when sending notifications. The sender name is used to build the complete display name for the notification master (i.e. "OTRS Notifications" otrs@your.example.com).' => 8528 '', 8529 'Specifies the order in which the firstname and the lastname of agents will be displayed.' => 8530 'Definerer hvilken rækkefølge agenters for og efternavn vises.', 8531 'Specifies the path of the file for the logo in the page header (gif|jpg|png, 700 x 100 pixel).' => 8532 '', 8533 'Specifies the path of the file for the performance log.' => '', 8534 'Specifies the path to the converter that allows the view of Microsoft Excel files, in the web interface.' => 8535 '', 8536 'Specifies the path to the converter that allows the view of Microsoft Word files, in the web interface.' => 8537 '', 8538 'Specifies the path to the converter that allows the view of PDF documents, in the web interface.' => 8539 '', 8540 'Specifies the path to the converter that allows the view of XML files, in the web interface.' => 8541 '', 8542 'Specifies the text that should appear in the log file to denote a CGI script entry.' => 8543 '', 8544 'Specifies user id of the postmaster data base.' => '', 8545 'Specifies whether all storage backends should be checked when looking for attachments. This is only required for installations where some attachments are in the file system, and others in the database.' => 8546 '', 8547 'Specifies whether the (MIMEBase) article attachments will be indexed and searchable.' => 8548 '', 8549 'Specify how many sub directory levels to use when creating cache files. This should prevent too many cache files being in one directory.' => 8550 '', 8551 'Specify the channel to be used to fetch OTRS Business Solution™ updates. Warning: Development releases might not be complete, your system might experience unrecoverable errors and on extreme cases could become unresponsive!' => 8552 '', 8553 'Specify the password to authenticate for the first mirror database.' => 8554 '', 8555 'Specify the username to authenticate for the first mirror database.' => 8556 '', 8557 'Stable' => '', 8558 'Standard available permissions for agents within the application. If more permissions are needed, they can be entered here. Permissions must be defined to be effective. Some other good permissions have also been provided built-in: note, close, pending, customer, freetext, move, compose, responsible, forward, and bounce. Make sure that "rw" is always the last registered permission.' => 8559 '', 8560 'Start number for statistics counting. Every new stat increments this number.' => 8561 '', 8562 'Started response time escalation.' => '', 8563 'Started solution time escalation.' => '', 8564 'Started update time escalation.' => '', 8565 'Starts a wildcard search of the active object after the link object mask is started.' => 8566 '', 8567 'Stat#' => 'Rapport', 8568 'States' => 'Status', 8569 'Statistic Reports overview.' => '', 8570 'Statistics overview.' => '', 8571 'Status view' => 'Statusoversigt', 8572 'Stopped response time escalation.' => '', 8573 'Stopped solution time escalation.' => '', 8574 'Stopped update time escalation.' => '', 8575 'Stores cookies after the browser has been closed.' => '', 8576 'Strips empty lines on the ticket preview in the queue view.' => '', 8577 'Strips empty lines on the ticket preview in the service view.' => 8578 '', 8579 'Support Agent' => '', 8580 'Swahili' => '', 8581 'Swedish' => 'Svensk', 8582 'System Address Display Name' => '', 8583 'System Configuration Deployment' => '', 8584 'System Configuration Group' => '', 8585 'System Maintenance' => 'System vedligeholdelse', 8586 'Templates ↔ Attachments' => '', 8587 'Templates ↔ Queues' => '', 8588 'Textarea' => '', 8589 'Thai' => '', 8590 'The PGP signature is expired.' => '', 8591 'The PGP signature was made by a revoked key, this could mean that the signature is forged.' => 8592 '', 8593 'The PGP signature was made by an expired key.' => '', 8594 'The PGP signature with the keyid has not been verified successfully.' => 8595 '', 8596 'The PGP signature with the keyid is good.' => '', 8597 'The agent skin\'s InternalName which should be used in the agent interface. Please check the available skins in Frontend::Agent::Skins.' => 8598 '', 8599 'The customer skin\'s InternalName which should be used in the customer interface. Please check the available skins in Frontend::Customer::Skins.' => 8600 '', 8601 'The daemon registration for the scheduler cron task manager.' => 8602 '', 8603 'The daemon registration for the scheduler future task manager.' => 8604 '', 8605 'The daemon registration for the scheduler generic agent task manager.' => 8606 '', 8607 'The daemon registration for the scheduler task worker.' => '', 8608 'The daemon registration for the system configuration deployment sync manager.' => 8609 '', 8610 'The divider between TicketHook and ticket number. E.g \': \'.' => 8611 '', 8612 'The duration in minutes after emitting an event, in which the new escalation notify and start events are suppressed.' => 8613 '', 8614 'The format of the subject. \'Left\' means \'[TicketHook#:12345] Some Subject\', \'Right\' means \'Some Subject [TicketHook#:12345]\', \'None\' means \'Some Subject\' and no ticket number. In the latter case you should verify that the setting PostMaster::CheckFollowUpModule###0200-References is activated to recognize followups based on email headers.' => 8615 '', 8616 'The headline shown in the customer interface.' => '', 8617 'The identifier for a ticket, e.g. Ticket#, Call#, MyTicket#. The default is Ticket#.' => 8618 '', 8619 'The logo shown in the header of the agent interface for the skin "High Contrast". See "AgentLogo" for further description.' => 8620 '', 8621 'The logo shown in the header of the agent interface for the skin "default". See "AgentLogo" for further description.' => 8622 '', 8623 'The logo shown in the header of the agent interface for the skin "ivory". See "AgentLogo" for further description.' => 8624 '', 8625 'The logo shown in the header of the agent interface for the skin "ivory-slim". See "AgentLogo" for further description.' => 8626 '', 8627 'The logo shown in the header of the agent interface for the skin "slim". See "AgentLogo" for further description.' => 8628 '', 8629 'The logo shown in the header of the agent interface. The URL to the image can be a relative URL to the skin image directory, or a full URL to a remote web server.' => 8630 '', 8631 'The logo shown in the header of the customer interface. The URL to the image can be a relative URL to the skin image directory, or a full URL to a remote web server.' => 8632 '', 8633 'The logo shown on top of the login box of the agent interface. The URL to the image can be a relative URL to the skin image directory, or a full URL to a remote web server.' => 8634 '', 8635 'The maximal number of articles expanded on a single page in AgentTicketZoom.' => 8636 '', 8637 'The maximal number of articles shown on a single page in AgentTicketZoom.' => 8638 '', 8639 'The maximum number of mails fetched at once before reconnecting to the server.' => 8640 '', 8641 'The secret you supplied is invalid. The secret must only contain letters (A-Z, uppercase) and numbers (2-7) and must consist of 16 characters.' => 8642 '', 8643 'The text at the beginning of the subject in an email reply, e.g. RE, AW, or AS.' => 8644 '', 8645 'The text at the beginning of the subject when an email is forwarded, e.g. FW, Fwd, or WG.' => 8646 '', 8647 'The value of the From field' => '', 8648 'Theme' => 'Tema', 8649 'This event module stores attributes from CustomerUser as DynamicFields tickets. Please see DynamicFieldFromCustomerUser::Mapping setting for how to configure the mapping.' => 8650 '', 8651 'This is a Description for Comment on Framework.' => '', 8652 'This is a Description for DynamicField on Framework.' => '', 8653 'This is the default orange - black skin for the customer interface.' => 8654 '', 8655 'This is the default orange - black skin.' => '', 8656 'This key is not certified with a trusted signature!' => '', 8657 'This module and its PreRun() function will be executed, if defined, for every request. This module is useful to check some user options or to display news about new applications.' => 8658 '', 8659 'This module is part of the admin area of OTRS.' => '', 8660 'This option defines the dynamic field in which a Process Management activity entity id is stored.' => 8661 '', 8662 'This option defines the dynamic field in which a Process Management process entity id is stored.' => 8663 '', 8664 'This option defines the process tickets default lock.' => '', 8665 'This option defines the process tickets default priority.' => '', 8666 'This option defines the process tickets default queue.' => '', 8667 'This option defines the process tickets default state.' => '', 8668 'This option will deny the access to customer company tickets, which are not created by the customer user.' => 8669 '', 8670 'This setting allows you to override the built-in country list with your own list of countries. This is particularly handy if you just want to use a small select group of countries.' => 8671 '', 8672 'This setting is deprecated. Set OTRSTimeZone instead.' => '', 8673 'This setting shows the sorting attributes in all overview screen, not only in queue view.' => 8674 '', 8675 'This will allow the system to send text messages via SMS.' => 'Dette tillader systemet at sende tekstbeskeder via SMS.', 8676 'Ticket Close.' => '', 8677 'Ticket Compose Bounce Email.' => '', 8678 'Ticket Compose email Answer.' => '', 8679 'Ticket Customer.' => '', 8680 'Ticket Forward Email.' => '', 8681 'Ticket FreeText.' => '', 8682 'Ticket History.' => '', 8683 'Ticket Lock.' => '', 8684 'Ticket Merge.' => '', 8685 'Ticket Move.' => '', 8686 'Ticket Note.' => '', 8687 'Ticket Notifications' => 'Sagsbeskeder', 8688 'Ticket Outbound Email.' => '', 8689 'Ticket Overview "Medium" Limit' => 'Sagsoversigt "Mellem" grænse', 8690 'Ticket Overview "Preview" Limit' => 'Sagsoversigt "Forhåndsvisnings" grænse', 8691 'Ticket Overview "Small" Limit' => 'Sagsoversigt "Lille" grænse', 8692 'Ticket Owner.' => '', 8693 'Ticket Pending.' => '', 8694 'Ticket Print.' => '', 8695 'Ticket Priority.' => '', 8696 'Ticket Queue Overview' => 'Sagskø oversigt', 8697 'Ticket Responsible.' => '', 8698 'Ticket Watcher' => '', 8699 'Ticket Zoom' => '', 8700 'Ticket Zoom.' => '', 8701 'Ticket bulk module.' => '', 8702 'Ticket event module that triggers the escalation stop events.' => 8703 '', 8704 'Ticket limit per page for Ticket Overview "Medium".' => '', 8705 'Ticket limit per page for Ticket Overview "Preview".' => '', 8706 'Ticket limit per page for Ticket Overview "Small".' => '', 8707 'Ticket notifications' => 'Sagsbeskeder', 8708 'Ticket overview' => 'Sagsoversigt', 8709 'Ticket plain view of an email.' => '', 8710 'Ticket split dialog.' => '', 8711 'Ticket title' => '', 8712 'Ticket zoom view.' => '', 8713 'TicketNumber' => 'Sagsnummer', 8714 'Tickets.' => '', 8715 'Time in seconds that gets added to the actual time if setting a pending-state (default: 86400 = 1 day).' => 8716 '', 8717 'To accept login information, such as an EULA or license.' => '', 8718 'To download attachments.' => '', 8719 'To view HTML attachments.' => '', 8720 'Toggles display of OTRS FeatureAddons list in PackageManager.' => 8721 '', 8722 'Toolbar Item for a shortcut. Additional access control to show or not show this link can be done by using Key "Group" and Content like "rw:group1;move_into:group2".' => 8723 '', 8724 'Transport selection for appointment notifications. Please note: setting \'Active\' to 0 will only prevent agents from editing settings of this group in their personal preferences, but will still allow administrators to edit the settings of another user\'s behalf. Use \'PreferenceGroup\' to control in which area these settings should be shown in the user interface.' => 8725 '', 8726 'Transport selection for ticket notifications. Please note: setting \'Active\' to 0 will only prevent agents from editing settings of this group in their personal preferences, but will still allow administrators to edit the settings of another user\'s behalf. Use \'PreferenceGroup\' to control in which area these settings should be shown in the user interface.' => 8727 '', 8728 'Tree view' => '', 8729 'Triggers add or update of automatic calendar appointments based on certain ticket times.' => 8730 '', 8731 'Triggers ticket escalation events and notification events for escalation.' => 8732 '', 8733 'Turkish' => '', 8734 'Turns off SSL certificate validation, for example if you use a transparent HTTPS proxy. Use at your own risk!' => 8735 '', 8736 'Turns on drag and drop for the main navigation.' => '', 8737 'Turns on the remote ip address check. It should not be enabled if the application is used, for example, via a proxy farm or a dialup connection, because the remote ip address is mostly different for the requests.' => 8738 '', 8739 'Tweak the system as you wish.' => 'Tilpas systemet, som du ønsker.', 8740 'Type of daemon log rotation to use: Choose \'OTRS\' to let OTRS system to handle the file rotation, or choose \'External\' to use a 3rd party rotation mechanism (i.e. logrotate). Note: External rotation mechanism requires its own and independent configuration.' => 8741 '', 8742 'Ukrainian' => 'Ukrainsk', 8743 'Unlock tickets that are past their unlock timeout.' => '', 8744 'Unlock tickets whenever a note is added and the owner is out of office.' => 8745 '', 8746 'Unlocked ticket.' => 'Sag frigivet.', 8747 'Up' => 'Op', 8748 'Upcoming Events' => 'Forestående Hændelser', 8749 'Update Ticket "Seen" flag if every article got seen or a new Article got created.' => 8750 '', 8751 'Update time' => '', 8752 'Updates the ticket escalation index after a ticket attribute got updated.' => 8753 '', 8754 'Updates the ticket index accelerator.' => '', 8755 'Upload your PGP key.' => '', 8756 'Upload your S/MIME certificate.' => '', 8757 'Use new type of select and autocomplete fields in agent interface, where applicable (InputFields).' => 8758 '', 8759 'Use new type of select and autocomplete fields in customer interface, where applicable (InputFields).' => 8760 '', 8761 'User Profile' => 'Brugerprofil', 8762 'UserFirstname' => 'BrugerFornavn', 8763 'UserLastname' => 'BrugerEfternavn', 8764 'Users, Groups & Roles' => '', 8765 'Uses richtext for viewing and editing ticket notification.' => 'Bruger richtext til til visning og redigering af sagsbeskeder.', 8766 'Uses richtext for viewing and editing: articles, salutations, signatures, standard templates, auto responses and notifications.' => 8767 '', 8768 'Vietnam' => 'Vietnam', 8769 'View all attachments of the current ticket' => '', 8770 'View performance benchmark results.' => 'Se resultat af performance test.', 8771 'Watch this ticket' => 'Følg denne sag', 8772 'Watched Tickets' => 'Fulgte sager', 8773 'Watched Tickets.' => '', 8774 'We are performing scheduled maintenance.' => 'Vi udfører planlagt vedligeholdelse.', 8775 'We are performing scheduled maintenance. Login is temporarily not available.' => 8776 'Vi udfører planlagt vedligeholdelse. Det er ikke muligt at logge ind i øjeblikket.', 8777 'We are performing scheduled maintenance. We should be back online shortly.' => 8778 'Vi udfører planlagt vedligeholdelse. Vi er snart tilbage.', 8779 'Web Services' => 'Web Tjenester', 8780 'Web View' => '', 8781 'When agent creates a ticket, whether or not the ticket is automatically locked to the agent.' => 8782 '', 8783 'When tickets are merged, a note will be added automatically to the ticket which is no longer active. Here you can define the body of this note (this text cannot be changed by the agent).' => 8784 '', 8785 'When tickets are merged, a note will be added automatically to the ticket which is no longer active. Here you can define the subject of this note (this subject cannot be changed by the agent).' => 8786 '', 8787 'When tickets are merged, the customer can be informed per email by setting the check box "Inform Sender". In this text area, you can define a pre-formatted text which can later be modified by the agents.' => 8788 '', 8789 'Whether or not to collect meta information from articles using filters configured in Ticket::Frontend::ZoomCollectMetaFilters.' => 8790 '', 8791 'Whether to force redirect all requests from http to https protocol. Please check that your web server is configured correctly for https protocol before enable this option.' => 8792 '', 8793 'Yes, but hide archived tickets' => 'Ja, men skjul arkiverede sager', 8794 'Your email with ticket number "<OTRS_TICKET>" is bounced to "<OTRS_BOUNCE_TO>". Contact this address for further information.' => 8795 'Din e-mail med sagsnummer "<OTRS_TICKET>" er overgivet til "<OTRS_BOUNCE_TO>". Kontakt denne adresse for yderligere information.', 8796 'Your email with ticket number "<OTRS_TICKET>" is merged to "<OTRS_MERGE_TO_TICKET>".' => 8797 'Din sag nummer "<OTRS_TICKET>" er blevet samlet med sag nummer "<OTRS_MERGE_TO_TICKET>".', 8798 'Your queue selection of your preferred queues. You also get notified about those queues via email if enabled.' => 8799 '', 8800 'Your service selection of your preferred services. You also get notified about those services via email if enabled.' => 8801 '', 8802 'Zoom' => 'Vis', 8803 'attachment' => '', 8804 'bounce' => '', 8805 'compose' => '', 8806 'debug' => '', 8807 'error' => '', 8808 'forward' => '', 8809 'info' => '', 8810 'inline' => '', 8811 'normal' => 'normal', 8812 'notice' => '', 8813 'pending' => '', 8814 'phone' => 'telefon', 8815 'responsible' => '', 8816 'reverse' => 'omvendt', 8817 'stats' => '', 8818 8819 }; 8820 8821 $Self->{JavaScriptStrings} = [ 8822 ' ...and %s more', 8823 ' ...show less', 8824 '%s B', 8825 '%s GB', 8826 '%s KB', 8827 '%s MB', 8828 '%s TB', 8829 '+%s more', 8830 'A key with this name (\'%s\') already exists.', 8831 'A package upgrade was recently finished. Click here to see the results.', 8832 'A popup of this screen is already open. Do you want to close it and load this one instead?', 8833 'A preview of this website can\'t be provided because it didn\'t allow to be embedded.', 8834 'Add', 8835 'Add Event Trigger', 8836 'Add all', 8837 'Add entry', 8838 'Add key', 8839 'Add new draft', 8840 'Add new entry', 8841 'Add to favourites', 8842 'Agent', 8843 'All occurrences', 8844 'All-day', 8845 'An error occurred during communication.', 8846 'An error occurred! Please check the browser error log for more details!', 8847 'An item with this name is already present.', 8848 'An unconnected transition is already placed on the canvas. Please connect this transition first before placing another transition.', 8849 'An unknown error occurred when deleting the attachment. Please try again. If the error persists, please contact your system administrator.', 8850 'An unknown error occurred. Please contact the administrator.', 8851 'Apply', 8852 'Appointment', 8853 'Apr', 8854 'April', 8855 'Are you sure you want to delete this appointment? This operation cannot be undone.', 8856 'Are you sure you want to update all installed packages?', 8857 'Are you using a browser plugin like AdBlock or AdBlockPlus? This can cause several issues and we highly recommend you to add an exception for this domain.', 8858 'Article display', 8859 'Article filter', 8860 'As soon as you use this button or link, you will leave this screen and its current state will be saved automatically. Do you want to continue?', 8861 'Ascending sort applied, ', 8862 'Attachment was deleted successfully.', 8863 'Attachments', 8864 'Aug', 8865 'August', 8866 'Available space %s of %s.', 8867 'Basic information', 8868 'By restoring this deployment all settings will be reverted to the value they had at the time of the deployment. Do you really want to continue?', 8869 'Calendar', 8870 'Cancel', 8871 'Cannot proceed', 8872 'Clear', 8873 'Clear all', 8874 'Clear debug log', 8875 'Clear search', 8876 'Click to delete this attachment.', 8877 'Click to select a file for upload.', 8878 'Click to select a file or just drop it here.', 8879 'Click to select files or just drop them here.', 8880 'Clone web service', 8881 'Close preview', 8882 'Close this dialog', 8883 'Complex %s with %s arguments', 8884 'Confirm', 8885 'Could not open popup window. Please disable any popup blockers for this application.', 8886 'Current selection', 8887 'Currently not possible', 8888 'Customer interface does not support articles not visible for customers.', 8889 'Data Protection', 8890 'Date/Time', 8891 'Day', 8892 'Dec', 8893 'December', 8894 'Delete', 8895 'Delete Entity', 8896 'Delete conditions', 8897 'Delete draft', 8898 'Delete error handling module', 8899 'Delete field', 8900 'Delete invoker', 8901 'Delete operation', 8902 'Delete this Attachment', 8903 'Delete this Event Trigger', 8904 'Delete this Invoker', 8905 'Delete this Key Mapping', 8906 'Delete this Mail Account', 8907 'Delete this Operation', 8908 'Delete this PostMasterFilter', 8909 'Delete this Template', 8910 'Delete web service', 8911 'Deleting attachment...', 8912 'Deleting the field and its data. This may take a while...', 8913 'Deleting the mail account and its data. This may take a while...', 8914 'Deleting the postmaster filter and its data. This may take a while...', 8915 'Deleting the template and its data. This may take a while...', 8916 'Deploy', 8917 'Deploy now', 8918 'Deploying, please wait...', 8919 'Deployment comment...', 8920 'Deployment successful. You\'re being redirected...', 8921 'Descending sort applied, ', 8922 'Description', 8923 'Dismiss', 8924 'Do not show this warning again.', 8925 'Do you really want to continue?', 8926 'Do you really want to delete "%s"?', 8927 'Do you really want to delete this certificate?', 8928 'Do you really want to delete this dynamic field? ALL associated data will be LOST!', 8929 'Do you really want to delete this generic agent job?', 8930 'Do you really want to delete this key?', 8931 'Do you really want to delete this link?', 8932 'Do you really want to delete this notification language?', 8933 'Do you really want to delete this notification?', 8934 'Do you really want to delete this scheduled system maintenance?', 8935 'Do you really want to delete this statistic?', 8936 'Do you really want to reset this setting to it\'s default value?', 8937 'Do you really want to revert this setting to its historical value?', 8938 'Don\'t save, update manually', 8939 'Draft title', 8940 'Duplicate event.', 8941 'Duplicated entry', 8942 'Edit Field Details', 8943 'Edit this setting', 8944 'Edit this transition', 8945 'End date', 8946 'Error', 8947 'Error during AJAX communication', 8948 'Error during AJAX communication. Status: %s, Error: %s', 8949 'Error in the mail settings. Please correct and try again.', 8950 'Error: Browser Check failed!', 8951 'Event Type Filter', 8952 'Expanded', 8953 'Feb', 8954 'February', 8955 'Filters', 8956 'Find out more', 8957 'Finished', 8958 'First select a customer user, then select a customer ID to assign to this ticket.', 8959 'Fr', 8960 'Fri', 8961 'Friday', 8962 'Generate', 8963 'Generate Result', 8964 'Generating...', 8965 'Grouped', 8966 'Help', 8967 'Hide EntityIDs', 8968 'If you now leave this page, all open popup windows will be closed, too!', 8969 'Import web service', 8970 'Information about the OTRS Daemon', 8971 'Invalid date (need a future date)!', 8972 'Invalid date (need a past date)!', 8973 'Invalid date!', 8974 'It is going to be deleted from the field, please try again.', 8975 'It is not possible to add a new event trigger because the event is not set.', 8976 'It is not possible to set this entry to invalid. All affected configuration settings have to be changed beforehand.', 8977 'It was not possible to delete this draft.', 8978 'It was not possible to generate the Support Bundle.', 8979 'Jan', 8980 'January', 8981 'Jul', 8982 'July', 8983 'Jump', 8984 'Jun', 8985 'June', 8986 'Just this occurrence', 8987 'Keys with values can\'t be renamed. Please remove this key/value pair instead and re-add it afterwards.', 8988 'Less', 8989 'Link', 8990 'Loading, please wait...', 8991 'Loading...', 8992 'Location', 8993 'Mail check successful.', 8994 'Mapping for Key', 8995 'Mapping for Key %s', 8996 'Mar', 8997 'March', 8998 'May', 8999 'May_long', 9000 'Mo', 9001 'Mon', 9002 'Monday', 9003 'Month', 9004 'More', 9005 'Name', 9006 'Namespace %s could not be initialized, because %s could not be found.', 9007 'Next', 9008 'No Data Available.', 9009 'No TransitionActions assigned.', 9010 'No data found.', 9011 'No dialogs assigned yet. Just pick an activity dialog from the list on the left and drag it here.', 9012 'No matches found.', 9013 'No package information available.', 9014 'No response from get package upgrade result.', 9015 'No response from get package upgrade run status.', 9016 'No response from package upgrade all.', 9017 'No sort applied, ', 9018 'No space left for the following files: %s', 9019 'Not available', 9020 'Notice', 9021 'Notification', 9022 'Nov', 9023 'November', 9024 'OK', 9025 'Oct', 9026 'October', 9027 'One or more errors occurred!', 9028 'Open URL in new tab', 9029 'Open date selection', 9030 'Open this node in a new window', 9031 'Please add values for all keys before saving the setting.', 9032 'Please check the fields marked as red for valid inputs.', 9033 'Please either turn some off first or increase the limit in configuration.', 9034 'Please enter at least one search value or * to find anything.', 9035 'Please enter at least one search word to find anything.', 9036 'Please note that at least one of the settings you have changed requires a page reload. Click here to reload the current screen.', 9037 'Please only select at most %s files for upload.', 9038 'Please only select one file for upload.', 9039 'Please remove the following words from your search as they cannot be searched for:', 9040 'Please see the documentation or ask your admin for further information.', 9041 'Please turn off Compatibility Mode in Internet Explorer!', 9042 'Please wait...', 9043 'Preparing to deploy, please wait...', 9044 'Press Ctrl+C (Cmd+C) to copy to clipboard', 9045 'Previous', 9046 'Process state', 9047 'Queues', 9048 'Reload page', 9049 'Reload page (%ss)', 9050 'Remove', 9051 'Remove Entity from canvas', 9052 'Remove active filters for this widget.', 9053 'Remove all user changes.', 9054 'Remove from favourites', 9055 'Remove selection', 9056 'Remove the Transition from this Process', 9057 'Remove the filter', 9058 'Remove this dynamic field', 9059 'Remove this entry', 9060 'Repeat', 9061 'Request Details', 9062 'Request Details for Communication ID', 9063 'Reset', 9064 'Reset globally', 9065 'Reset locally', 9066 'Reset option is required!', 9067 'Reset options', 9068 'Reset setting', 9069 'Reset setting on global level.', 9070 'Resource', 9071 'Resources', 9072 'Restore default settings', 9073 'Restore web service configuration', 9074 'Rule', 9075 'Running', 9076 'Sa', 9077 'Sat', 9078 'Saturday', 9079 'Save', 9080 'Save and update automatically', 9081 'Scale preview content', 9082 'Search', 9083 'Search attributes', 9084 'Search the System Configuration', 9085 'Searching for linkable objects. This may take a while...', 9086 'Select a customer ID to assign to this ticket', 9087 'Select a customer ID to assign to this ticket.', 9088 'Select all', 9089 'Sending Update...', 9090 'Sep', 9091 'September', 9092 'Setting a template will overwrite any text or attachment.', 9093 'Settings', 9094 'Show', 9095 'Show EntityIDs', 9096 'Show current selection', 9097 'Show or hide the content.', 9098 'Slide the navigation bar', 9099 'Sorry, but you can\'t disable all methods for notifications marked as mandatory.', 9100 'Sorry, but you can\'t disable all methods for this notification.', 9101 'Sorry, the only existing condition can\'t be removed.', 9102 'Sorry, the only existing field can\'t be removed.', 9103 'Sorry, the only existing parameter can\'t be removed.', 9104 'Sorry, you can only upload %s files.', 9105 'Sorry, you can only upload one file here.', 9106 'Split', 9107 'Stacked', 9108 'Start date', 9109 'Status', 9110 'Stream', 9111 'Su', 9112 'Sun', 9113 'Sunday', 9114 'Support Bundle', 9115 'Support Data information was successfully sent.', 9116 'Switch to desktop mode', 9117 'Switch to mobile mode', 9118 'System Registration', 9119 'Team', 9120 'Th', 9121 'The browser you are using is too old.', 9122 'The deployment is already running.', 9123 'The following files are not allowed to be uploaded: %s', 9124 'The following files exceed the maximum allowed size per file of %s and were not uploaded: %s', 9125 'The following files were already uploaded and have not been uploaded again: %s', 9126 'The item you\'re currently viewing is part of a not-yet-deployed configuration setting, which makes it impossible to edit it in its current state. Please wait until the setting has been deployed. If you\'re unsure what to do next, please contact your system administrator.', 9127 'The key must not be empty.', 9128 'The mail could not be sent', 9129 'There are currently no elements available to select from.', 9130 'There are no more drafts available.', 9131 'There is a package upgrade process running, click here to see status information about the upgrade progress.', 9132 'There was an error deleting the attachment. Please check the logs for more information.', 9133 'There was an error. Please save all settings you are editing and check the logs for more information.', 9134 'This Activity cannot be deleted because it is the Start Activity.', 9135 'This Activity is already used in the Process. You cannot add it twice!', 9136 'This Transition is already used for this Activity. You cannot use it twice!', 9137 'This TransitionAction is already used in this Path. You cannot use it twice!', 9138 'This address already exists on the address list.', 9139 'This element has children elements and can currently not be removed.', 9140 'This event is already attached to the job, Please use a different one.', 9141 'This feature is part of the %s. Please contact us at %s for an upgrade.', 9142 'This field can have no more than 250 characters.', 9143 'This field is required.', 9144 'This is %s', 9145 'This is a repeating appointment', 9146 'This is currently disabled because of an ongoing package upgrade.', 9147 'This item still contains sub items. Are you sure you want to remove this item including its sub items?', 9148 'This option is currently disabled because the OTRS Daemon is not running.', 9149 'This software runs with a huge lists of browsers, please upgrade to one of these.', 9150 'This window must be called from compose window.', 9151 'Thu', 9152 'Thursday', 9153 'Timeline Day', 9154 'Timeline Month', 9155 'Timeline Week', 9156 'Title', 9157 'Today', 9158 'Too many active calendars', 9159 'Try again', 9160 'Tu', 9161 'Tue', 9162 'Tuesday', 9163 'Unfortunately deploying is currently not possible, maybe because another agent is already deploying. Please try again later.', 9164 'Unknown', 9165 'Unlock setting.', 9166 'Update All Packages', 9167 'Update Result', 9168 'Update all packages', 9169 'Update manually', 9170 'Upload information', 9171 'Uploading...', 9172 'Use options below to narrow down for which tickets appointments will be automatically created.', 9173 'WARNING: When you change the name of the group \'admin\', before making the appropriate changes in the SysConfig, you will be locked out of the administrations panel! If this happens, please rename the group back to admin per SQL statement.', 9174 'Warning', 9175 'Was not possible to send Support Data information.', 9176 'We', 9177 'Wed', 9178 'Wednesday', 9179 'Week', 9180 'Would you like to edit just this occurrence or all occurrences?', 9181 'Yes', 9182 'You can either have the affected settings updated automatically to reflect the changes you just made or do it on your own by pressing \'update manually\'.', 9183 'You can use the category selection to limit the navigation tree below to entries from the selected category. As soon as you select the category, the tree will be re-built.', 9184 'You have undeployed settings, would you like to deploy them?', 9185 'activate to apply a descending sort', 9186 'activate to apply an ascending sort', 9187 'activate to remove the sort', 9188 'and %s more...', 9189 'day', 9190 'month', 9191 'more', 9192 'no', 9193 'none', 9194 'or', 9195 'sorting is disabled', 9196 'user(s) have modified this setting.', 9197 'week', 9198 'yes', 9199 ]; 9200 9201 # $$STOP$$ 9202 return; 9203} 92041; 9205